Canon filters

INDEX
B+W filters
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Body adaptors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Canon filters
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Canon lenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Canon lenshoods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Cokin filters
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5–7
Cosina lenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Filter storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Hoya filters
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
Kenko converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
Lee filters
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8–9
Lenshoods
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Minolta filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Nikon filters
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Nikon lenshoods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Nikon lenses
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Sigma lenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Tamron lenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
Voigtlander lenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
Beattie screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Bean bag
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Bronica accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Cable and air releases . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Canon accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . .16–17
Cleaning and maintenance . . . . . . . . . .23
Flarebuster
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Lens and body caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Lens cases
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Mamiya accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Minolta accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Nikon accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . .18–19
Op/tech straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Pentax accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Spirit levels
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Benbo tripods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Clamps, mini tripods . . . . . . . . . . . .24-25
Cullmann tripod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Ergorest
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
FLM ballheads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Giottos tripod and heads . . . . . . . . . . .35
Gitzo tripods
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40–41
IFF studio stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Manfrotto
. . . . . . . . . . . .32, 36–39
Monopods
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30–31
Novoflex heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Quick releases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-29
Slik tripods
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Tiltall tripod
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Tripod accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Velbon tripods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32–33
Bellows units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Close-up lenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Copy tables & stand . . . . . . . . . . . .44–45
Extension tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Macro brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Macro flash
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Novoflex macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41–44
Canon flash
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Flash accessories, general . . . . . . . . . .46
Flash X-tender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Metz
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47–49
Minolta flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Nikon flash
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Pentax flash
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
PocketWizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Quantum batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Vivitar
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Sigma
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Sto-fen Omnibounce . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Stroboframe
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-53
Sunpak
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Wein slaves
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Billingham
Crumpler
Domke
Kata
Lowepro
Peli
Silvestri
Zing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76–77
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74, 78
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .75, 105
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73-80
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74–75
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
FILTERS / LENSES
CAMERA ACCESSORIES
CAMERA SUPPORTS
Albums and mounts . . . . . . . . . . . .90-92
Braun projectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Guillotines
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Leica projectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
Light boxes, viewers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
Magnifiers
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Photo holders etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
Portfolios
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Print finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
Rollei projectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
Slide copier
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Slide and neg filing . . . . . . . . . . . .86–87
Slide projection accessories . . . . . . . . .82
Slide magazines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Slide mounters and storage . . . . . . . . .85
CLOSE-UP & MACRO
CAMERA FLASH
STUDIO LIGHTING
BAGS
Interfit tungsten . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58–59
Interfit flash
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60–61
Elinchrom flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61–63
Elinchrom halogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Gossen meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70–71
Interfit lighting accessories . . . . . .64/66
Lastolite backgrounds . . . . . . . . . .68–69
Light meters
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70–71
Lastolite reflectors, umbrellas etc .63–65
Lighting stands, accessories . . . . .66–67
Minolta meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70–71
Prolinca flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Sekonic meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70–71
Batteries and chargers . . . . . . . . . . . .98
Enlargers
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Enlarging accessories . . . . . . . . . .93–94
Film accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Materials
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96–97
Processing equipment . . . . . . . . . .94–95
SLIDE / FILING
DARKROOM ETC.
Card readers
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
CD storage
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
Digital accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
Inkjet materials . . . . . . . . . . . . .106-107
Media storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
Printers
. . . . . . . . . . . . .104–105
Scanners
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
Storage devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
BOOKS
DIGITAL
Speed Graphic
1
Some tips on buying filters
FILTERS
Square v. round filters
If you’re planning on just using a few filters, say UV, polarising, and the odd warm-up
or b+w contrast filter, choose round glass filters. They’re durable and take up a small
amount of space in a bag or pocket. If you have several lenses, you can use stepping
rings (p10) to adapt different sizes.
However, if you like the idea of using lots of filters, and in particular graduated
types, a square filter system makes a lot of sense. They are mostly made from optical
resin rather than glass - no difference in image quality, but more difficult to handle
and rather more prone to scratches - but usually less expensive.
General purpose filters
UV and Skylight Essential protection, so buy one for each lens. The difference is small
but significant. UV filters are colourless, improve contrast and reduce blue casts
caused by excess UV light. Skylight filters have a slight warming tint, useful for colour
slide photography where a blue cast can be caused by a dull day, electronic flash etc.
Polarising Eliminates reflections off most surfaces, enriches colours, especially blue
skies (when used at right angles to the prevailing light). The two types have exactly
the same effect.
LINEAR suits most manual focus cameras (except a few which use a beam splitter for
the metering system); CIRCULAR is the correct type for all autofocus cameras.
Polarisers lose up to 3 stops of light, depending on the position selected, so you might
need a tripod with slow films.
Neutral density Help when stuck with a fast film in bright light, or where you deliberately want a long exposure. Available in x2 (1 stop), x4 (2stops), and x8 (3 stops).
Filters for colour photography
Warm-up filters Available in varying strengths from 81A (the weakest), to 81EF.
Reduce blue casts caused by mid-day light, and add a pleasing warmth to many
subjects. Try an 81B as a start point.
Interior photography As slide film is balanced for ‘middle of the day’ light (5500ºK),
tungsten interior light will give an excessively orange look. This is corrected by the
use of a deep blue 80A filter, or if using photoflood lamps, an 80B. Fluorescent lamps
give a green cast: an FL-W corrects white tubes, FL-D daylight type tubes.
85B for tungsten films used in daylight. All 85 series can be used to give a very warm
effect where 81 types are not enough.
82 series (also known as ‘morning and evening’) correct reddish tones when colour
temperature falls at the beginning or end of the day.
Black and white filters
Yellow Essential to give any contrast between clouds and sky.
Yellow-Green Theoretically perfect rendition of landscapes, correcting foliage and sky.
Orange The recommended for UK skies. Cuts through haze and increases contrast.
Subdues freckles on faces, but can render foliage too dark.
Red Exaggerates cloudscapes. Dark blue skies become virtually black. Excellent for
cutting haze in distant shots. Good for rendering detail in brickwork. Anything green,
however, comes out very dark.
Green Ideal for predominantly green landscapes. Adds a healthy tanned look to
outdoor portraits.
Light blue (82C or 38) Good for tungsten light
portraits, and will also enhance any outdoor
mist or haze.
Infra-red b/w You will need at least a Red 25 (e.g.
Hoya). Better still is the Red 29 from
Heliopan. These still allow a lot of the
visible light spectrum through, so to get the
classic ‘soot and whitewash’ look with such
films as Kodak HIE you will need something like
Hoya’s IR72, a Lee 87 or Heliopan RG780, or the Cokin 007
89B filter.
2
Speed Graphic
Hoya
Hoya is the world’s largest optical glass
manufacturer, supplying many leading
camera and lens manufacturers with their
raw glass. There are two good reasons for
choosing Hoya (and why we do not sell
‘anybrand’ filters like your local dealer):
Hoya Product Codes
Standard: HY followed by size and suffix
HMC: HYH followed by size and suffix
Pro-1: HYP followed by size and suffix
e.g. 52mm HMC red is ‘HYH52R’
Hoya filters are made only by Hoya, and
there is strict batch to batch consistency –
unlike other names, who may source from
several manufacturers.
OUR PRICES SAVE UP
TO 25% ON RRP
Apart from graduated and Softeners,
which are acrylic, all Hoya filters are
glass! Many cheaper brands use CR39
optical resin which damages more easily.
Pro-1 super-multicoated
Twelve layers of coating on the UV and Skylight filters enables an average light transmission to 99.7%. The mounts are just 3mm thick, enabling use without vignetting with the
widest of wide-angle lenses. Pro-1 Circular Polarisers have 7 layers of coating on the rear
surfaces, are 5mm deep, and won’t vignette with an 18mm lens.
Filter type
UV
Skylight 1B
Circular Polarising
Suffix 49 52
55
UV
20.50 22.20 23.70
1B
20.50 22.20 23.70
CPOL 53.60 56.00 60.80
58
25.30
25.30
62.40
62
28.40
28.40
71.00
67
32.30
32.30
78.00
72
77
82
36.30 40.30 45.80
36.30 40.30 45.80
99.95 115.00 153.95
HMC multicoated
Four layers of coating on both sides improves light transmission to 97%. 5mm mount.
Filter type
UV
Skylight 1B
Yellow K2
Yellow-Green XO
Orange G
Red 25A
Green X1
81A
81B
81C
ND2
ND4
Video/digital
series
Suffix
UV
1B
Y
YG
O
R
G
81A
81B
81C
ND2
ND4
46
11.20
11.20
18.00
18.00
18.00
18.00
18.00
18.00
18.00
49
12.30
12.30
17.60
17.60
17.60
17.60
17.60
17.60
17.60
17.60
17.60
Filter type
Clear
UV
HMC coated (except Skylight 1B
circular polarising). ND4
ND8
Circular Polarising
52
13.20
13.20
19.00
19.00
19.00
19.00
19.00
19.00
19.00
19.00
19.00
19.00
Suffix
C
UV
1B
ND4
ND8
CPOL
55
14.80
14.80
21.50
21.50
21.50
21.50
21.50
21.50
21.50
21.50
21.50
58
17.80
17.80
23.90
23.90
23.90
23.90
23.90
23.90
23.90
23.90
23.90
23.90
27
16.20
62
19.00
19.00
24.50
24.50
24.50
24.50
24.50
24.50
24.50
24.50
24.50
24.50
28
67
24.20
24.20
30.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
30
72
29.40
29.40
39.95
39.95
39.95
39.95
39.95
39.95
39.95
39.95
39.95
39.95
37
16.20
16.20 16.20 16.20
16.20
16.20
16.40
16.40
16.40
23.95 23.95 23.95 23.95
77
36.00
36.00
49.00
49.00
49.00
49.00
49.00
49.00
49.00
49.00
49.00
49.00
43
16.20
16.20
18.00
23.95
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
FILTERS
Standard double-coated series
Single coated on both sides to improve light transmission. Glass and mounts are of the same quality as the more expensive Hoya filters.
Mount depth is 5mm, and 8mm on polarisers.
Filter type
UV
Skylight 1B
Yellow K2
Yellow-Green XO
Orange G
Red 25A
Green X1
80A
80B
80C
81A
81B
81C
82A
82B
82C
85
85B
85C
ND2
ND4
ND8
Close-up +1
Close-up +2
Close-up +3
Close-up +4
Close-up Set
Macro Close-up 10x
Diffuser
FL-D
FL-W
Star 6
Star 8
Soft Spot Set
Centre Spot
Softener A
Softener B
Infrared IR72
Gradual Grey
Gradual Blue
Gradual Tobacco
Linear Polarising
Circular Polarising
Suffix 24
UV
1B 16.20
Y
YG
O
R
G
80A
80B
80C
81A
81B
81C
82A
82B
82C
85
85B
85C
ND2
ND4
ND8
CU1
CU2
CU3
CU4
CUSET
CU10
DIFF
FLD
FLW
ST6
ST8
SS
CS
SOFA
SOFB
IR
GG
GB
GT
POL
CPOL
30.5
16.20
16.20
16.40
39
16.20
16.20
16.40
16.40
16.40 16.40
16.40 16.40
16.40
40.5
16.20
16.20
16.40
16.40
16.40
16.40
16.40
43
16.20
16.20
16.40
16.40
16.40
16.40
16.40
46
9.00
9.00
11.20
11.20
11.20
11.20
11.20
49
7.95
7.95
12.30
12.30
12.30
12.30
12.30
12.30
12.30
12.30
16.40 16.40 11.20 12.30
12.30
12.30
12.30
16.40 16.40 16.40 16.40 11.20
11.20
11.20
11.20
11.20
11.20
18.00 18.00 18.00 18.00
23.95
23.95
12.30
12.30
12.30
12.30
12.30
12.30
12.30
12.30
12.30
12.30
12.30
37.20
37.20
12.30
19.00
19.00
12.30
12.30
23.60
19.00
23.60
23.60
23.60
19.00
19.00
19.00
17.60
22.00
52
8.95
8.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
11.95
35.20
35.20
11.95
18.00
18.00
11.95
11.95
22.50
18.00
21.50
21.50
21.50
18.00
18.00
18.00
17.95
22.20
55
9.95
9.95
13.30
13.30
13.30
13.30
13.30
13.30
13.30
13.30
13.30
13.30
13.30
13.30
13.30
13.30
13.30
13.30
13.30
13.30
13.30
13.30
13.30
13.30
13.30
13.30
36.10
36.10
13.30
20.30
20.30
13.30
13.30
25.00
20.30
23.95
23.95
23.95
20.30
20.30
20.30
20.00
24.70
58
11.50
11.50
16.20
16.20
16.20
16.20
16.20
16.20
16.20
16.20
16.20
16.20
16.20
16.20
16.20
16.20
16.20
16.20
16.20
16.20
16.20
16.20
16.20
16.20
16.20
16.20
45.80
62
14.95
14.95
18.40
18.40
18.40
18.40
18.40
18.40
18.40
18.40
18.40
18.40
18.40
18.40
18.40
18.40
18.40
18.40
16.20
22.60
22.60
16.20
16.20
28.80
22.60
27.50
27.50
27.50
22.60
22.60
22.60
22.30
28.50
‘Moose’ Warmtone circular polarisers
Made by Hoya for their subsidiary brand Kenko, to the
specification of top American wildlife photographer
‘Moose’ Peterson, this filter combines an 81A warm-up
with a circular polariser in 8mm depth mount. As used by
several of the UK’s leading nature photographers!
FAX: 01420 543 544
18.40
18.40
18.40
18.40
18.40
18.40
18.40
67
18.95
18.95
23.50
23.50
23.50
23.50
23.50
23.50
23.50
23.50
23.50
23.50
23.50
23.50
23.50
23.50
23.50
23.50
23.50
23.50
23.50
23.50
23.50
23.50
23.50
23.50
72
23.50
23.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
28.50
77
28.50
28.50
34.90
34.90
34.90
34.90
34.90
34.90
34.90
34.90
34.90
34.90
34.90
34.90
34.90
34.90
34.90
34.90
34.90
34.90
34.90
34.90
34.90
34.90
34.90
34.90
18.40
24.80
24.80
18.40
18.40
38.20
24.80
36.50
36.50
23.50
30.50
30.50
23.50
23.50
44.30
30.50
42.40
42.40
28.50 34.90
40.50
40.50
28.50
28.50
45.00
40.50
82
86 95
39.95 51.00 69.95
39.95 51.00 69.95
48.70
48.70
48.70
48.70
48.70
48.70
48.70
24.50 30.00 39.95 49.00 59.95
85.00
37.70 43.70 44.50 54.30 71.60 85.00
KEM49
KEM52
KEM55
KEM58
KEM62
KEM67
KEM72
KEM77
KEM82
49mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.95
52mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.50
55mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.50
58mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.95
62mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.50
67mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.95
72mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.95
77mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74.95
82mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.95
Wratten Filters
Kodak filters are now manufactured and
distributed by Tiffen – well known maker
of filters for the motion picture industry.
Initially there will be a limited range
available, but this will grow in response to
demand, so please be aware that there
may be a lead time in supply.
75mm (3”) square
EK1495498 Yellow 8. . . . . . . . . . . 28.50
EK1495514 Yellow-Green 11 . . . . . 28.50
EK1495522 Deep Yellow 12. . . . . . 28.50
EK1495548 Deep Yellow 15. . . . . . 28.50
EK1495571 Orange 22 . . . . . . . . . 28.50
EK1495605 Red Tricolor 25 . . . . . 28.50
EK1495621 Red 29. . . . . . . . . . . . 28.50
EK1495787 Blue Tricolor 47 . . . . . 28.50
EK1495860 Green Tricolor 58 . . . . 28.50
EK1840867 Blue 80A . . . . . . . . . . 28.50
EK1496041 Blue 80B . . . . . . . . . . 28.50
EK1496066 81A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.50
EK1496074 81B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.50
EK1496082 81C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.50
EK1496090 81D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.50
EK1496108 81EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.50
EK1496330 ND0.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.00
EK1496363 ND0.6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.00
EK1496397 ND0.9 . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.00
EK1704105 CC025M . . . . . . . . . . . 28.50
EK1496645 CC05M . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.50
EK1496652 CC10M . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.50
EK1496256 87 Infra-red. . . . . . . . 68.40
100mm (4”) square
EK1496967 Yellow 8. . . . . . . . . . . 44.70
EK1496983 Yellow-Green 11. . . . . 44.70
EK1496991 Deep Yellow 12 . . . . . 44.70
EK1497015 Deep Yellow 15 . . . . . 44.70
EK1497049 Orange 22 . . . . . . . . . 44.70
EK1497072 Red Tricolor 25 . . . . . 44.70
EK1497098 Red 29. . . . . . . . . . . . 44.70
EK1497205 Blue Tricolor 47 . . . . . 44.70
EK1497395 Green Tricolor 58 . . . . 44.70
EK1843663 Blue 80A . . . . . . . . . . 44.70
EK1497536 Blue 80B . . . . . . . . . . 44.70
EK1497569 81A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.70
EK1497577 81B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.70
EK1497585 81C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.70
EK1497593 81D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.70
EK1497601 81EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.70
EK1497320 ND0.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 89.50
EK1497353 ND0.6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 89.50
EK1497387 ND0.9 . . . . . . . . . . . . 89.50
EK1704568 CC025M . . . . . . . . . . . 44.70
EK1498021 CC05M . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.70
EK1498039 CC10M . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.70
EK1497759 87 Infra-red . . . . . . . 107.60
Speed Graphic
3
FILTERS
B+W
Standard coated filters
A division of Jos. Schneider
Optical Works, B+W manufactures
filters to the highest optical and
mechanical standards.
Schott optical glasses are
married to a black anodised brass
mount. This has less of a
tendency to bind on the lens than
the more common aluminium
type. The filter glass is held in
place with a screw ring, rather
than a spring circlip, for added
security.
Most filters are now supplied
in the slim 4mm ‘F-Pro’ mount.
Standard polarisers are 9mm, and
slimline polarisers are available
in the MRC series. These are 5mm
deep, have no front thread, and
are supplied with push-on cap.
Käsemann polarisers have
higher efficiency polarising foils,
and are edge-sealed to protect
against humidity.
The tables on this page show only
a selection of the vast range of
B+W filters. We can order any
filter, with delivery in around 3
weeks if in stock at the factory.
B+W Product Codes
Standard Coated
BW followed by size and suffix
e.g. 62mm KR1.5 (1A) is
BW621A
MRC Multi-Coated
BWM followed by size and
suffix
e.g. 62mm Med Yellow 022 is
BWM62Y22
FREE when you spend £50 or
more on B+W filters
A 68 page A4 B+W Filter Handbook.
As well as detailing all the B+W product lines,
this is full of useful extra information on filter
use, transmission curves, factors etc.
The Multi Resistant Coating used on MRC
filters comprises 4 layers of antireflection coating, plus a
final layer on either side
which resists water
and dust. This makes
them easy to clean
and resistant to
scratches. Together with
the Schott glass and black
anodised brass mounts, they can lay claim
to being the finest filters money can buy.
Slimline MRC filters are 3mm thick
(UV or Sky) or 5mm (circular polariser)
and have no front thread.
4
Speed Graphic
On the left, filter
surface with
conventional coating;
on the right after
MRC coating.
Filter type
UV (010)
KR1.5 Sky 1A
Med Yellow 022
Dark Yellow 023
Yellow-Orange 040
Red-Orange 041
Yellow-Green 060
Green 061
Light Red 090
Red 091
KB1.5 (82A)
KB12 (80B)
KB15 (80A)
KR3 (81C)
KR6 (81EF)
81A
81B
ND0.3 (101)
ND0.6 (102)
ND0.9 (103)
Close-up +1
Close-up +2
Close-up +3
Close-up +4
Redhancer
Infra-red 092
Linear Polarising
Circular Polarising
Zeiss Softar I
Zeiss Softar II
Suffix
UV
1A
Y22
Y23
O40
R41
YG60
G61
R90
R91
KB1
KB12
KB15
KR3
KR6
81A
81B
ND3
ND6
ND9
CU1
CU2
CU3
CU4
RED
IR92
POL
CPOL
ZS1
ZS2
39
13.50
13.50
15.50
15.50
15.50
15.50
15.50
15.50
15.50
15.50
15.50
15.50
15.50
15.50
15.50
15.50
15.50
15.50
15.50
24.95
46
49
13.50 9.95
13.50 9.95
15.50 10.80
15.50 10.80
15.50 10.80
15.50 10.80
15.50 10.80
15.50 10.80
15.50 10.80
15.50 10.80
15.50 10.80
15.50 10.80
15.50 10.80
15.50 10.80
15.50 10.80
15.50 10.80
15.50 10.80
15.50 10.80
15.50 10.80
24.95 20.20
15.50 10.80
15.50 10.80
15.50 10.80
15.50 10.80
20.90
28.90 36.40 37.50
24.90 20.20
34.70 34.70 26.95
86.70
86.70
52
9.95
9.95
10.80
10.80
10.80
10.80
10.80
10.80
10.80
10.80
10.80
10.80
10.80
10.80
10.80
10.80
10.80
10.80
10.80
20.20
10.80
10.80
10.80
10.80
20.90
40.40
20.20
27.95
86.70
86.70
55
10.80
10.80
12.20
12.20
12.20
12.20
12.20
12.20
12.20
12.20
12.20
12.20
12.20
12.20
12.20
12.20
12.20
12.20
12.20
24.95
12.20
12.20
12.20
12.20
25.60
49.00
20.20
28.95
98.20
98.20
58
12.20
12.20
13.50
13.50
13.50
13.50
13.50
13.50
13.50
13.50
13.50
13.50
13.50
13.50
13.50
13.50
13.50
13.50
13.50
24.95
13.50
13.50
13.50
13.50
25.60
51.90
22.90
31.95
98.20
98.20
60
22.20
22.20
22.20
22.20
22.20
22.20
22.20
22.20
22.20
22.20
22.20
22.20
22.20
22.20
22.20
22.20
22.20
22.20
22.20
41.80
22.20
22.20
22.20
22.20
41.80
53.20
62
67
72
77
82
14.20 17.50 22.20 24.95 40.50
14.20 17.50 22.20 24.95 40.50
16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50
16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50
16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50
16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50
16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50
16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50
16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50
16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50
16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50
16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50
16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50
16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50
16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50
16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50
16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50
16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50
16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50
41.80 41.80 50.50 57.30 70.80
16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95
16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95
16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95
16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95
41.80 41.80 49.95 58.00
51.90 57.80 69.30 86.70 98.20
24.95 26.95 36.70 40.50 57.30
46.20 34.70 40.50 46.20 51.95
98.20104.00104.00 115.60127.00
98.20104.00104.00 115.60127.00
MRC multi-coated filters
Filter type
UV 010
KR1.5 Sky 1A
KR1.5 (slimline)
Med Yellow 022
Dark Yellow 023
Yellow-Orange 040
Red-Orange 041
Yellow-green 060
Green 061
Light Red 090
Red 091
KR3 (81C)
KR6 (81EF)
81A
81B
ND0.3 (101)
ND0.6 (102)
Linear Polarising
Circular Polarising
Circ Pol (slimline)
Suffix
UV
1A
1AS
Y22
Y23
O40
R41
YG60
G61
R90
R91
KR3
KR6
81A
81B
ND3
ND6
POL
CPOL
CPOLS
39 46
49
52
55
58
60
23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70
23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70
57.30
23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70
23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70
23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70
23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70
23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70
23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70
23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70
23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70
23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70
23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70
23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70
23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70
23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70
23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70
30.30 31.70 33.70 35.70
43.80 47.20 50.50 53.90 60.70
44.80 49.00 52.00 56.20
62
24.30
24.30
49.90
24.30
24.30
24.30
24.30
24.30
24.30
24.30
24.30
24.30
24.30
24.30
24.30
24.30
24.30
37.00
57.30
60.70
67
30.30
30.30
53.90
30.30
30.30
30.30
30.30
30.30
30.30
30.30
30.30
30.30
30.30
30.30
30.30
30.30
30.30
39.95
67.40
74.20
72
77
82
37.00 43.80 59.95
37.00 43.80 59.95
59.90 64.00 69.90
37.00 43.80 59.95
37.00 43.80 59.95
37.00 43.80 59.95
37.00 43.80 59.95
37.00 43.80 59.95
37.00 43.80 59.95
37.00 43.80 59.95
37.00 43.80 59.95
37.00 43.80 59.95
37.00 43.80 59.95
37.00 43.80
37.00 43.80
37.00 43.80 59.95
37.00 43.80 59.95
49.95 57.20
79.95 89.95
94.40 109.95134.50
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
FILTERS
Cokin
P Series
Our most popular Cokin system, 84mm
wide, and suitable for use with lenses of
20–24mm focal length on 35mm format,
or 50mm with most 120 SLRs.
Adaptors are available from 49mm to
82mm, plus Hasselblad and current
Rollei bayonet fittings.
P Series filters come in a protective plastic case.
Cokin P Starter Kits
Neutral Density
Grad Kit
Contains P121L, P121M
and P121S (1, 2 and 3
stop) graduates, plus a P
series filter holder.
CKPNDKIT £30.00
Cokin filters are square or oblong, and are made from CR39
optical resin, which means they are strong and light.
Unlike glass filters, Cokin filters slide into a filter holder
which is then attached to the lens by means of an
adaptor ring.
As well as a generally lower price than the glass
equivalent, the Cokin system offers a wide variety of
graduated filters, which can be adjusted vertically in
the holder. Most useful of all are the Neutral Density
types which can balance the exposure for, say, a
bright overcast sky against a darker foreground.
Z-Pro Series
X-Pro Series
New 100mm wide filters, compatible with
other 100mm filter systems, supplied in
suede-style pouch with anti-static lining.
There is no Cokin filter holder available for these filters, so we offer our
customer a special introductory deal (see
below) on the Lee holder.
100mm size filters will be necessary if ultra wide-angle
lenses of 17 or 18mm are to be used.
At 130mm wide, this is the largest
filter system on the market, and
has been tested with ultra-wide
lenses in every format (e.g. 14mm
on 35mm). Made to stringent
standards, using newly developed
4mm CR39 optical resin, which
shows better optical transmission
properties than similar thinner
filters.
Adaptors are available from 62mm to 112mm, plus a
Hasselblad and Rollei bayonets. There is also a Universal
Adaptor which attaches via 4 screws for lenses with
damaged threads or without a front ring. Each X-Pro
filter comes in a suede pouch with static-free lining.
Cokin Z-Pro ND Grad Kit
Soft cut 100mm grads in 1, 2, and 3 stop density (Z121L,
Z121M, and Z121S). Usual total price £106.80.
CKZNDKIT £
5995
Need a filter system capable of dealing with ultra-wides,
but on a budget? Buy the Z-Pro ND Kit and we’ll sell you
the Lee Foundation Kit holder for £43, saving £5. You’ll
just need to add a Lee adaptor of your lens size.
W950 Kit
W951 Kit
Contains P001 Yellow
(for a general
purpose sky
enhancer), P003 Red (for
dramatic skies) and P004
Green (to lighten foliage), plus P series filter holder.
CKPBWKIT £20.00
Filter holder, X121M 2-stop ND Grad, X164 Circular
Polariser, and Filter Wallet.
CKW951 £219.95
W960 Kit
Filter holder,
X121L, X121M and
X121 (1, 2, and 3
stop ND Grads),
and Filter Wallet.
CKW960 £132.95
Landscape Kit 1
Contains P123S Blue Grad Soft, P037 81EF warm-up, and
P197 Sunset 1, plus P series filter holder.
CKLKIT1 £28.00
Kits do not include adaptor rings.
W961 Kit
A Series
FAX: 01420 543 544
Great value packages which give substantial savings on
the separate item prices and which also include the XPro Filter Wallet. All you need is an adaptor ring.
Filter holder, X121M 2-stop ND Grad, X160 Linear
Polariser, and Filter Wallet.
CKW950 £149.95
Black and
White Kit
Please note that no further discounts apply
to these kit prices, but extra filters or
adaptors bought with them will attract a
further 10% discount on listed prices.
Cokin X-Pro Starter Kits
At 67mm wide, with 35mm format SLRs the widest angle
lens which can be used without vignetting (seeing the filter
holder in the picture) is 35mm, so we would recommend ‘A’
filters just for digital, twin lens, or similar cameras with
smaller lenses. We carry a small selection from stock, but
can usually get anything from the importer within 3 days.
Filter holder,
X121M 2-stop ND,
X123L Blue 2
Light, X125L
Tobacco Light
Grads and Filter
Wallet. CKW961
£132.95
Speed Graphic
5
FILTERS
Cokin
Cokin Product Codes
Please insert ‘CK’ followed by the
system type before the number shown
after the description. So a P series 120
grad would be CKP120
10% DISCOUNT
off your total Cokin order value
when you buy 3 filters or more
(includes hoods and Ilford filter)
Filter holders
P Series
CKBP700 Standard P Holder . . . . . . 7.00
CKBP800 Filter holder kit (inc expanded
100pp catalogue and P252 cap . . . . . 8.50
Wide Angle P Series holder
Accepts one filter (can be a polariser) and
allows use with super-wide lenses (1920mm on 35mm). CKBPW700A £8.80
X-Pro
To allow use of a polariser with extreme
wide angle lenses the X-Pro holder can be
reversed and the filter inserted where the
adaptor would usually go. This places the
polariser virtually on the edge of the lens.
CKB100 X-Pro Holder . . . . . . . . . 38.00
A-P conversion kit
P filter holder, expanded Cokin catalogue,
and the P249 adaptor to enable A series
filters to be used in the P holder at focal
lengths over 35mm. Requires P series
adaptor ring. CKB181 £10.50
P Series accessories
CKP249 A-P Adaptor . . . . . . . . . . . 9.00
CKP252 Filter holder Cap. . . . . . . . 3.00
CKP253 Adaptor Cap . . . . . . . . . . . 3.00
CKP308 Coupling Ring + Holder. . 10.00
6
Speed Graphic
Filters
Description
Number P type Z-Pro
Code Prefix CKP... CKZ...
Yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .001
9.50 22.70
Orange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .002
9.50 22.70
Red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .003
9.50 22.70
Green . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .004
9.50 22.70
Sepia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .005
9.50 23.80
Yellow/Green . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .006
9.50 22.70
Infra Red 720 (89B) . . . . . . . . . . .007 23.50 49.00
Blue 80A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .020
9.50 24.60
Blue 80B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .021
9.50 24.60
Blue 80C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .022
9.50 24.60
Blue 82A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .023
9.50 24.60
Blue 82B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .024
9.50 24.60
Blue 82C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .025
9.50 24.60
Warm 81A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .026
9.50 24.60
Warm 81B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .027
9.50 24.60
Warm 81C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .028
9.50 24.60
85A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .029
9.50 24.60
85B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .030
9.50 24.60
85C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .031
9.50 24.60
Warm 81D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .035
9.50 24.60
FL-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .036
9.50 24.60
Warm 81EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .037
9.50 24.60
Sepialight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .045 11.70 24.60
FL-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .046 11.70 24.60
Gold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .047 11.70
n.a
Cyan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .050 11.70
n.a
Star 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .055 14.90
n.a
Star 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .056 14.90
n.a
Star 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .057 14.90
n.a
Star 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .058 14.90
n.a
Softstar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .059 14.90
n.a
Incolor 1 CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .060 11.30
n.a
Incolor 2 CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .061 11.30
n.a
Grey 1 CS/WA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .072 11.30
n.a
Grey 2 CS/WA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .073 11.30
n.a
Pastel 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .086 12.90 33.90
Pastel 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .087 12.90 33.90
Close-up +1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 18.20
n.a
Close-up +2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 18.20
n.a
Close-up +3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 18.20
n.a
Splitfield +1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111 18.20
n.a
Splitfield +2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 18.20
n.a
Splitfield +3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 18.20
n.a
Neutral Density Graduated ND2 . .121L 12.90 36.80
Neutral Density Graduated ND4 .121M 12.90 36.80
Neutral Density Graduated ND8 .121S 12.90 36.80
Neutral Density Grad Full ND8 . . .121F 12.90 36.80
Blue 1 Graduated . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 12.90 31.20
Blue 2 Graduated . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 12.90 31.20
Blue 2 Graduated Light . . . . . . . .123L 12.90 31.20
Blue 2 Graduated Soft . . . . . . . .123S 12.90 31.20
Blue 2 Graduated Full . . . . . . . . .123F 12.90 31.20
Tobacco 1 Graduated . . . . . . . . . .124 12.90 33.60
Tobacco 2 Graduated . . . . . . . . . .125 12.90 33.60
Description
X-Pro
CKX...
33.50
33.50
33.50
33.50
33.50
33.50
85.00
33.50
33.50
33.50
33.50
33.50
33.50
33.50
33.50
33.50
33.50
33.50
33.50
33.50
38.30
33.50
33.50
38.30
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
43.00
43.00
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
41.20
41.20
41.20
41.20
41.20
41.20
41.20
41.20
41.20
41.20
41.20
Number P type
Code Prefix CKP...
Tobacco 2 Graduated Light . . . . .125L
Tobacco 2 Graduated Soft . . . . . .125S
Tobacco 2 Graduated Full . . . . . .125F
Mauve 1 Graduated . . . . . . . . . . .126
Mauve 2 Graduated . . . . . . . . . . .127
Pink 1 Graduated . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
Pink 2 Graduated . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Emerald 1 Graduated . . . . . . . . . .130
Emerald 2 Graduated . . . . . . . . . .131
Yellow 1 Graduated . . . . . . . . . . .132
Yellow 2 Graduated . . . . . . . . . . .133
Gradual FL-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
Gradual Fl-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
Oval Centre Spot White . . . . . . . . .140
Oval Centre Spot Black . . . . . . . . .141
Net 1 White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
Net 1 Black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Net 2 White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
Net 2 Black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
Wedding 1 White . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
Wedding 1 Black . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
Fog 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Fog 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Neutral Density ND2 . . . . . . . . . . .152
Neutral Density ND4 . . . . . . . . . . .153
Neutral Density ND8 . . . . . . . . . . .154
Linear Polarising . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Circular Polarising . . . . . . . . . . . .164
Polariser Redhancer . . . . . . . . . . .165
Radial Zoom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
Rainspot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
Softspot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
Sunspot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
Gelatin Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194
Rainbow 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195
Rainbow 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
Sunset 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
Sunset 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198
Multi-Image 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
Multi-Image 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
Multi-Image 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
Multi-Image 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
Parallel Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209
Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216
Super Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
Skylight 1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
UV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231
Skylight 1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232
Double Exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . .249
Creative Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375
Yellow 1 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . . .660
Yellow 2 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . . .661
Orange 1 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . .662
Orange 2 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . .663
Red 1 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . . . . .664
Red 2 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665
12.90
12.90
12.90
12.90
12.90
12.90
12.90
12.90
12.90
12.90
12.90
12.90
12.90
11.30
11.30
10.20
10.20
10.20
10.20
10.20
10.20
12.90
12.90
9.50
9.50
9.50
30.00
53.00
53.00
13.40
13.40
13.40
13.40
8.70
17.20
17.20
22.40
22.40
31.80
31.80
31.80
31.80
31.80
24.50
31.80
9.50
9.50
9.50
7.00
24.50
13.90
13.90
13.90
13.90
13.90
13.90
Z-Pro
CKZ...
X-Pro
CKX...
33.60
33.60
33.60
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
33.60
33.60
25.40
25.40
20.60
20.60
20.60
20.60
20.60
20.60
n.a
n.a
27.00
27.00
27.00
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
37.20
37.20
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
20.00
20.00
20.00
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
41.20
41.20
41.20
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
41.20
41.20
31.50
33.50
33.50
33.50
33.50
33.50
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
46.80
46.80
n.a
124.20
189.95
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
43.00
43.00
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
28.70
28.70
28.70
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
FILTERS
Description
Number P type
Code Prefix CKP...
Blue 1 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . . . .666
Blue 2 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . . . .667
Mauve 1 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . . .668
Mauve 2 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . . .669
Pink 1 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . . . .670
Pink 2 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . . . .671
Sunsoft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .694
Champagne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .695
Softwarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .696
Colour compensation Cyan 05 . . . .700
Colour compensation Cyan 10 . . . .701
Colour compensation Cyan 20 . . . .703
Colour compensation Cyan 30 . . . .705
Colour compensation Cyan 40 . . . .707
Colour compensation Magenta 05 .710
Colour compensation Magenta 10 .711
Colour compensation Magenta 20 .713
Colour compensation Magenta 30 .715
Colour compensation Magenta 40 .717
Colour compensation Yellow 05 . .720
Colour compensation Yellow 10 . . .721
Colour compensation Yellow 20 . .723
Colour compensation Yellow 30 . .725
Colour compensation Yellow 40 . . .727
Diffuser Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .820
Diffuser 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .830
Diffuser 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .840
Diffuser 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .850
13.90
13.90
13.90
13.90
13.90
13.90
11.70
11.70
11.70
13.90
13.90
13.90
13.90
13.90
13.90
13.90
13.90
13.90
13.90
13.90
13.90
13.90
13.90
13.90
11.70
11.70
11.70
11.70
Adaptors
49mm
CKP449 . . . 6.50
52mm
CKP452 . . . 6.50
55mm
CKP455 . . . 6.50
58mm
CKP458 . . . 6.50
62mm
CKP462 . . . 6.50
67mm
CKP467 . . . 6.50
72mm
CKP472 . . . 6.50
77mm
CKP477 . . . 6.50
82mm
CKP482 . . . 6.50
Hasselblad adaptors
Series 50
CKP401 . . 15.00
Series 60
CKP402 . . 18.00
Series 70
CKP403 . . 18.00
Rollei 6000 CKP404 . . 18.00
Universal
CKP499 . . 15.00
Larger X-Pro adaptors
86mm (thread pitch 0.75mm)
86mm (thread pitch 1.00mm)
95mm (thread pitch 1.00mm)
105mm (thread pitch 0.75mm)
112mm (thread pitch 0.75mm)
112mm (thread pitch 1.00mm)
112mm (thread pitch 1.5mm)
CKX462. . . 29.00
CKX467. . . 29.00
CKX472. . . 29.00
CKX477. . . 29.00
CKX482. . . 29.00
Z-Pro
CKZ...
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
34.50
n.a
34.50
35.80
35.80
35.80
35.80
35.80
35.80
35.80
35.80
35.80
35.80
35.80
35.80
35.80
35.80
35.80
34.50
34.50
34.50
34.50
X-Pro
CKX...
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
43.00
n.a
43.00
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
43.00
43.00
43.00
43.00
Lens hoods
Storage
Cokin Modular Hood
Fits to the front of the filter holder without
taking up any of the filter slots. Two or
three can be fixed together to make a
longer hood for telephoto lenses.
P Series CKP255. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £9.50
Speed Graphic P Series Bellows Hood
A and P type Filter Wallet
Takes 7 filters plus adaptor rings.
CKA306 A Wallet £13.00
CKP306 P Wallet £15.00
X-Pro Filter Wallet
Room for 8 filters
or rings and filter
holder.
CKXFW £27.00
Ilford P Series
infra-red filter
A high quality self-supporting hood, made in England, which allows
precise shading of the lens. The hood fits directly on the front of the
P series filter holder and can be used with 24mm lenses on 35mm
cameras, or 50mm lenses on 120 format cameras.
CB84WA £34.95
Cokin Modular
Bellows Hoods
CKX484. . . 33.50
CKX487. . . 33.50
CKX485. . . 33.50
CKX499. . . 33.50
CKX486A. . 29.00
CKX486B . 29.00
CKX495B . 29.00
CKX405. . . 29.00
CKX412A. . 29.00
CKX412B. . 29.00
CKX412C . . 29.00
FAX: 01420 543 544
The Cokin bellows hood is larger, and has a wider flare than our
own, and will accommodate super-wide angle lenses. With a
distinctive red outer finish, the hood comes complete with a nondetachable integral holder.
CKA350 for A Series . . . . . . . . . . . £89.95
CKP350 for P Series . . . . . . . . . . £107.95
CKX350 for X-Pro Series . . . . . . . £179.95
10% discount off these prices when hood purchased with 3 or more
Cokin filters
Designed for use with
Ilford’s SFX film, but
equally useful for other
types of black and white
IR film, this consists of a P194 gel holder
with ready-mounted filter. As it’s therefore 75mm in diameter, use with wideangle lenses is restricted. ILSFXFIL £11.95
NEW Cokin Infra-red filters
A Wratten 89B filter which is darker than
the Ilford offering. It filters out light
below approximately 720nm, so gives an
excellent infra-red result with films like
Kodak HIE whilst making best use of their
relative low sensitivity. Available in all
four Cokin sizes:
CKA007 A series . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.00
CKP007 P series . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.50
CKZ007 Z-Pro series . . . . . . . . . . 49.00
CKX007 X-Pro series . . . . . . . . . . 85.00
Speed Graphic
7
FILTERS
Lee 100mm Filter System
Lee are one of the world’s leading manufacturers of filters for cinema and professional
use. Their 100mm size camera system enables use of wider angle lenses. Graduated
filters are 150 x 100mm, which gives a larger range of adjustment. All resin filters are
hand made from the finest polymeric resin with stringent quality control procedures
guaranteeing batch to batch consistency. The filter holder is adjustable for 2mm or
4mm filters, and can take Cokin P or Hitech types with optional adaptors. Lee bellows
hoods are self-supporting, and do not require the use of bulky and heavy rails.
Glass Filters
5% DISCOUNT
off these prices when you spend more than £150 on any Lee 100mm
filter system products. Prices include VAT.
Filter Holders
Bellows Lens Hoods
LEFK
Foundation Kit . . . . . . . . 48.00
LEPK
Professional Kit . . . . . . . 92.50
Professional Kit shown above
LEUK
Upgrade Kit . . . . . . . . . . 61.00
LETA
Tandem Adaptor . . . . . . . 17.50
LEPUH
100mm Push-on holder. . 94.20
Special versions of the push-on holder with
reducing ‘doughnuts’ can be ordered.
Standard Hood
Fits on holder or
direct to
adaptor ring.
LEBLH £73.30
Adaptor Rings
Sturdy, and long-lasting, with aluminium
screw thread. Wide-angle adaptors have a
recessed thread, and should be used when
the standard adaptor causes vignetting
with a wide-angle lens.
LE49
49mm standard . . . . . . . 16.00
LE52
52mm standard . . . . . . . 16.00
LE55
55mm standard . . . . . . . 16.00
LE58
58mm standard . . . . . . . 16.00
LE62
62mm standard . . . . . . . 16.00
LE67
67mm standard . . . . . . . 16.00
LE72
72mm standard . . . . . . . 16.00
LE77
77mm standard . . . . . . . 16.00
LE82
82mm standard . . . . . . . 34.30
LE86
86mm standard . . . . . . . 34.30
LE93
93mm standard . . . . . . . 49.70
LE95
95mm standard . . . . . . . 49.70
LE105
105mm standard . . . . . . 49.85
LE50H
Hasselblad Series 50 . . . 34.30
LE60H
Hasselblad Series 60 . . . 34.30
LE70H
Hasselblad Series 70 . . . 34.30
LER6
Rollei 6000 . . . . . . . . . . 34.30
LE49W
49mm wide-angle. . . . . . 31.50
LE52W
52mm wide-angle. . . . . . 31.50
LE55W
55mm wide-angle. . . . . . 31.50
LE58W
58mm wide-angle. . . . . . 31.50
LE62W
62mm wide-angle. . . . . . 31.50
LE67W
67mm wide-angle . . . . . . 31.50
LE72W
72mm wide-angle . . . . . . 31.50
LE77W
77mm wide-angle. . . . . . 31.50
LE82W
82mm wide-angle. . . . . . 35.60
8
Speed Graphic
Single Slot
Hood
The same as
above, but with the
addition of one filter slot at
the rear. LEBLHS £80.50
Double Slot Hood
With two
filter slots,
this can be a
good alternative to using a
filter holder
for those who
plan to use just
a warm-up and grad.
LEBLHD £80.50
Accessories
Adapt Cokin filters to the Lee holder,
increase the size of the holder with extra
guides, and keep filters pristine with a
high quality filter cleaning cloth and
cleaning solution.
LECPMTG Cokin P mounts x 3 (grad) 6.20
LECPMTS Cokin P mounts x 3 (sq) . . 6.20
LEPMT
Polyester filter mts x 10 . 12.40
LEFCS
Filter cleaning solution . . 3.20
LECC
Cleaning cloth . . . . . . . . . 4.20
LEG1
1mm filter guides. . . . . . . 2.20
LEG2
2mm filter guides. . . . . . . 2.20
LEG4
4mm filter guides. . . . . . . 2.20
LESS1
No.1 screw set (4 x 1/2”) . 1.00
NEW Universal
Hood
175x145mm size
allows use of
wider angle
lenses without
the bulk of the
Wide Angle Hood.
Comes with two filter
slots which can be detached.
LEUH £99.95
The round 105mm polariser shown here
reduces vignetting problems and attaches to
the holder via an adaptor ring.
LEPOL
Square Linear Polariser. . 95.00
LECPOL Square Circular Polariser107.70
LE105LP 105mm Linear Polariser 120.00
LE105CP 105mm Circular Polariser 190.00
LEPLRING 105mm Adaptor Ring . . . 28.50
LEENH
Red Enhancer . . . . . . . . 146.50
Glass Soft Focus Filter
Wide Angle Hood
Largest 210x160mm hood gives optimum
shading on ultra wide lenses.
LEBLHW Std Wide Angle Hood . . 149.95
LEBLHW1 As above with filter slot 149.95
Gives a very gentle and flattering result
which does not overpower the image and
has minimal effect on contrast. Changes
in aperture or focal length do not affect
the result. 2mm thick, it’s good for landscapes as well as portraits. LEGSF £125.00
Filter
Pouches
Leather filter
pouch
Easy access design
for 6 filters. Fits in
large pocket or
clips to a belt.
Luxury black
leather. LEFPL £68.50
LESS2
LESS3
LESS4
No.2 screw set (4 x 5/8”) . 1.00
No.3 screw set (4 x 3/4”) . 1.00
No.4 screw set (4 x 7/8”) . 1.00
Gel Snap Kit
A simple polyester
or gelatin 100mm
filter holder which
fits any lens up to
83mm diameter
without needing
an adaptor, and
includes four
useful filters.
LESNAP £29.70
Multi-filter
pouch
Holds up to 10 filters in
anti-static sleeves.
LEFP £28.50
Other Lee products
These pages do not show all of the filters
and accessories available. We can get
any Lee item – usual delivery is 3–4
weeks from placing your order.
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
FILTERS
Resin filter sets
LEATSET Autumn Tint Set . . . . . . . 79.40
LECGSET Colour Grad Set . . . . . . . 79.40
LECOSET Coral Set . . . . . . . . . . . . 79.40
LELANSET Landscape Set . . . . . . . . 79.40
LEMSET Mist Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79.40
LENETSET Net Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56.70
LEPTSET Pale Tint Set. . . . . . . . . . 79.40
LEPGSET Pop Grad Set . . . . . . . . . 79.40
LESSSET Selective Star Set . . . . . . 79.40
LESKBSET Sky Blue Set . . . . . . . . . . 79.40
LESKSET Sky Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79.40
LESSET Stripe Set. . . . . . . . . . . . 79.40
LESRSET Sunrise Set . . . . . . . . . . 79.40
LESUNSET Sunset Set . . . . . . . . . . . 79.40
LETWSET Twilight Set . . . . . . . . . . 79.40
Resin Filters
Tough, easy to handle and clean, and
made to the finest standards. Many are
available in kits, saving on separate
prices, in a handy ‘pop-up’ pack design.
Graduated types are available in soft
(slow) transition, or hard (fast). For
general purpose work the soft type is
most useful. Below is a selection: please
ask for anything not shown.
Resin sets are
supplied in a
‘pop-up’ cardboard pack.
Single resins
come in a
padded pouch.
Resin colour filters
Neutral density filter sets
ND0.3 (1 stop) ND0.6 (2stop) ND0.9 (3 stop)
ND Kits contain the above densities in
either soft or hard graduation.
LESNDSET Soft ND Grad Set. . . . . . 119.00
LEHNDSET Hard ND Grad Set . . . . . 119.00
Single neutral density graduates
LENDG3S ND0.3 Grad Soft . . . . . . . 47.90
LENDG45SND0.45 Grad Soft . . . . . . 47.90
LENDG6S ND0.6 Grad Soft . . . . . . . 47.90
LENDG75S ND0.75 Grad Soft . . . . . . 47.90
LENDG9S ND0.9 Grad Soft . . . . . . . 47.90
LENDG3H ND0.3 Grad Hard . . . . . . 47.90
LENDG45HND0.45 Grad Hard . . . . . 47.90
LENDG6H ND0.6 Grad Hard . . . . . . 47.90
LENDG75HND0.75 Grad Hard. . . . . . 47.90
LENDG9H ND0.9 Grad Hard . . . . . . 47.90
Solid neutral density resin filters
LERND3 ND0.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.20
LERND45 ND0.45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.20
LERND6 ND0.6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.20
LERND75 ND0.75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.20
LERND9 ND0.9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.20
FAX: 01420 543 544
LER81A
LER81B
LER81C
LER81D
LER81EF
LER80A
LER80B
LER82A
LER82B
LER82C
81A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30
81B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30
81C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30
81D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30
81EF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30
80A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30
80B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30
82A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30
82B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30
82C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30
Resin graduates
Available to order in hard or soft cut
(please specifiy when ordering):
Sky Blue 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 . . . . . . . . . . 36.30
Real Blue 1, 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30
Straw 1, 2, or 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30
Mahogany 1, 2 or 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.90
Coral 1–14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30
Twilight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.90
Chocolate 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 . . . . . . . . . 44.90
Sepia 1, 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.90
Tobacco 1, 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.90
Antique Swede 1, 2, 3 or 4 . . . . . . . 44.90
Sunset graduates
LERSUN1 Sunset 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.90
LERSUN2 Sunset 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.90
LERSUN3 Sunset 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.90
Stripe filters
Lee Colour Magic
Yellow, Pink, Cyan, Magenta, Coral, Blue,
Pale Coral and Straw. . . . . . . . . . . . 52.90
Resin b/w filters
LERY8
Yellow 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.90
LERYG11 Yellow Green 11 . . . . . . . 52.90
LERY12 Deep Yellow 12 . . . . . . . 52.90
LERY16 Yellow Orange 16 . . . . . . 52.90
LERO21 Orange 21 . . . . . . . . . . . 52.90
LERR23 Light Red 23A. . . . . . . . . 52.90
LERR25 Tricolour Red 25 . . . . . . . 52.90
UV filters
1A, 1B, 2B or 2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30
Colour compensating (CC) . . . . . . . 36.30
Polyester Filters
100x100mm. Also available to order in
75x75mm. Can easily be cut to any special
size. Single filters supplied unmounted.
LEP81A 81A polyester . . . . . . . . . 11.00
LEP81B 81B polyester . . . . . . . . . 11.00
LEP81C 81C polyester . . . . . . . . . 11.00
All other CC types are . . . . . . . . . . . 11.00
LEPIR
87 infra-red . . . . . . . . . . 14.50
LEPY8
Yellow 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.00
LEPYG11 Yellow-Green 11 . . . . . . . 11.00
LEPY12 Deep Yellow 12 . . . . . . . . 11.00
LEPY16 Yellow Orange 16 . . . . . . 11.00
LEPO21 Orange 21 . . . . . . . . . . . 11.00
LEPR23 Light Red 23. . . . . . . . . . 11.00
LEPR25 Tricolour Red 25 . . . . . . . 14.50
LEPND3 Neutral Density 0.3. . . . . 19.30
LEPND6 Neutral Density 0.6. . . . . 19.30
LEPND9 Neutral Density 0.9. . . . . 19.30
Polyester sets
LEPBW
Black and White Set . . . . 29.40
LEPCT
Colour Temperature Set . 29.40
LEPFCT Fine CT Set . . . . . . . . . . . 29.40
LEPND
Neutral Density Set. . . . . 29.40
LEPSF
Soft Focus Set . . . . . . . . 29.40
LEPWU Warm Up Set . . . . . . . . . 29.40
Lee polyester filters are made
from a high quality polyester
base that is tough, impervious to water, and
easy to clean. Filters
supplied in sets are
ready mounted as
shown here.
Mounts can be
purchased in
packs of 10 for
£12.00
An inexpensive way to experiment with
colour filtration. Each set contains six
to twelve 10 x 12” polyester filters and
cutting tool. They can be used over any
light source. Some sets, like the
Original Pack, are designed for experimenting - this can create 50 different
colours from 12 filters. Others give fine
control over studio light sources.
A leaflet is available.
All packs priced at £13.20
LECMST Studio Pack
Technical filters for basic light control:
201 Full CTB, 281 3/4 CTB, 204 Full CTO,
285 3/4 CTO, 298 0.15ND, 209 0.3ND,
210 O.6ND, 211 0.9ND.
CTB filters convert tungsten to daylight;
CTO filters convert daylight to tungsten.
LECMCOM Complementary Pack
Explore the basics of colour addition
and subtraction:
164 Flame Red, 124 Dark Green, 119 Dark
Blue, 176 Loving Amber, 174 Dark Steel
Blue, 138 Pale Green, 101 Yellow, 115
Peacock Blue, 128 Bright Pink, 007 Pale
Yellow, 117 Steel Blue, 035 Light Pink.
LECMO Original Pack
Creates 50 colours from 12:
101 Yellow, 116 Med. Blue Green, 118
Light Blue, 122 Fern Green, 126 Mauve,
128 Bright Pink, 129 Heavy Frost, 144
No Colour Blue, 179 Chrome Orange,
180 Dark Lavender, 192 Flesh Pink, 228
Brushed Silk.
Other Colour Magic Packs
LECMARC
Arc Correction
LECMLT
Light Tint
LECMSAT
Saturates
LECMSTP
Studio Plus
LECMT
Tints
Speed Graphic
9
FILTERS & ACCESSORIES
Canon filters
Stepping Rings
Body adaptors
CAF52UV 52mm UV . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.00
CAF52SKY 52mm Skylight . . . . . . . . 21.00
CAF52PLC 52mm Circular Polarising 76.95
CAF58UV 58mm UV . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.00
CAF58SKY 58mm Skylight . . . . . . . . 25.00
CAF58S1 58mm Softmat 1. . . . . . . 65.00
CAF58S2 58mm Softmat 2. . . . . . . 65.00
CAF58PLC 58mm Circular Polarising 84.95
CAF72UV 72mm UV . . . . . . . . . . . . 43.00
CAF72SKY 72mm Skylight . . . . . . . . 43.00
CAF72PLC 72mm Circular Polarising118.95
Buying a full set of filters for each lens
size can be a costly business.
Occasionally-used filters can be adapted
by means of one of these rings. Stepping
down by about 4mm on standard or tele
focal lengths is usually OK, but definitely
not for wide-angles. It’s best therefore to
standardise on your largest lens size and
step up to this from smaller sizes.
All sizes listed below each £3.95
Allow a lens of a different mount to be
attached to a body, and still maintain
focus to infinity. Note that any metering
connections will be lost.
First mount is the body; second mount is
the lens to be attached
Canon EOS – M42 screw
KDBACAFM42 £21.50
Canon EOS – Canon FD
KDBACAFFD £39.95
Minolta Dynax – M42 screw
KDBAMAFM42 £21.50
Minolta Dynax – Minolta MD
KDBAMAFMD £49.95
Nikon – M42 screw
KDBANM42 £12.00
Pentax K – M42 screw
KDBPKM42 £12.00
Minolta filters
MN49UV
MN49SKY
MN49CP
MN55UV
MN55SKY
MN55CP
MN62UV
MN62SKY
MN72UV
MN72SKY
MN72CP
49mm UV . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.00
49mm Skylight . . . . . . . . 21.00
49mm Circular Polarising 59.95
55mm UV . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.00
55mm Skylight . . . . . . . . 27.00
55mm Circular Polarising 59.95
62mm UV . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.00
62mm Circular Polarising103.50
72mm UV . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.95
72mm Skylight . . . . . . . . 69.95
72mm Circular Polarising137.00
Nikon filters
NK52L37C 52mm L37C UV . . . . . . . . 27.20
NK52L1BC52mm L1BC Skylight. . . . 29.95
NK52Y48 52mm Y48 Yellow . . . . . . 27.20
NK52O56 52mm O56 Orange . . . . . 27.20
NK52R60 52mm R60 Red . . . . . . . . 27.20
NK52A2 52mm A2 Light Amber . . 27.20
NK52CPOL 52mm Circular Polarising 69.95
NK62L37C 62mm L37C UV . . . . . . . . 41.00
NK62L1BC62mm L1BC Skylight. . . . 46.00
NK62Y48 62mm Y48 Yellow . . . . . . 41.00
NK62O56 62mm O56 Orange . . . . . 41.00
NK62R60 62mm R60 Red . . . . . . . . 41.00
NK62A2 62mm A2 Light Amber . . 33.95
NK62CPOL 62mm Circular Polarising 99.70
NK72L37C 72mm L37C UV . . . . . . . . 69.95
NK72L1BC 72mm L1BC Skylight . . . . 75.95
NK72Y48 72mm Y48 Yellow . . . . . . 55.00
NK72O56 72mm O56 Orange . . . . . 55.00
NK72R60 72mm R60 Red . . . . . . . . 55.00
NK72A2 72mm A2 Light Amber . . 55.00
NK72CPOL 72mm Circular Polarising172.80
NK77L37C 77mm L37C UV . . . . . . . . 75.95
NK77Y48 77mm Y48 . . . . . . . . . . . 68.40
NK77O56 77mm O56 Orange . . . . . 68.40
NK77R60 77mm R60 Red . . . . . . . . 68.40
NK77A2 77mm A2 Light Amber . . 68.40
NK77CPOL 77mm Circular Polarising182.90
10 Speed Graphic
Step-up
KD2737
KD2746
KD2749
KD2837
KD3037
KD3046
KD3049
KD30546
KD30549
KD35549
KD3746
KD3749
KD3752
KD3755
KD37546
KD40543
KD40546
KD40549
KD4346
KD4349
KD4352
KD4649
KD4652
KD4655
KD4658
KD4952
KD4955
KD4958
KD4962
KD5255
KD5258
KD5262
KD5267
KD5558
27–37
27–46
27–49
28–37
30–37
30–46
30–49
30.5–46
30.5–49
35.5–49
37–46
37–49
37–52
37–55
37.5–46
40.5–43
40.5–46
40.5–49
43–46
43–49
43–52
46–49
46–52
46–55
46–58
49–52
49–55
49–58
49–62
52–55
52–58
52–62
52–67
55–58
KD5562 55–62
KD5567 55–67
KD5862 58–62
KD5867 58–67
KD5872 58–72
KD6267 62–67
KD6272 62–72
KD6277 62–77
KD6772 67–72
KD6777 67–77
KD6782 67–82
KD7277 72–77
KD7282 72–82
KD7286 72–86
KD7782 77–82
KD7786 77–86
Step down
KD4946 49–46
KD5249 52–49
KD5549 55–49
KD5552 55–52
KD5849 58–49
KD5852 58–52
KD5855 58–55
KD6252 62–52
KD6255 62–55
KD6258 62–58
KD6762 67–62
KD7262 72–62
KD7267 72–67
KD7762 77-62
KD7772 77-72
KD8272 82–72
KD8277 82–77
Make your own coupling ring
Allows a lens to be reversed on to
another to create a high power macro
lens. At present we do not have a reliable supply, but customer Ian Parsons
wrote to suggest an alternative: use a
small quantity of Araldite to cement
two Cokin P adaptors back to back,
with a bit of black paint to touch up!
Filter storage
Op/tech Filter Pack
A secure way of carrying or protecting two
filters (up to 77mm). This neoprene case
contains two pockets and
protects
against
dust, moisture and impact. It can
be attached to clothing or
equipment via a snap hook.
OPFP £8.95
Novoflex body adaptors
Precision-engineered, retaining infinity
focus. No functions are transmitted
between body and lens.
First mount is the body; second mount is
the lens to be attached
Canon EOS–Leica R (NVEOS/LER). . 109.00
Canon EOS–Nikon (NVEOS/NIK) . . 109.00
Leica M–M42 (NVLEM/CO) . . . . . . . 109.00
Leica M–Leica R (NVLEM/LER) . . . . 109.00
Leica M–Nikon (NVLEM/NIK) . . . . . 109.00
Leica M–Olympus OM (NVLEM/OM) 109.00
Nikon–Leica 39mm (NVNIKLEIK) . . . 59.00
Many other available, including 35mm to
medium format and Canon video to 35mm
Lowepro Filter Pocket
A compact padded pouch with vinylcovered mesh pockets for 6 filters up to
82mm. Tab closure.21x11.5 x2.5cm folded
LPSFFP £15.00
Hasselblad & Rollei adaptors
KDB5052
KDB5055
KDB5067
KDB6062
KDB6067
HYBAY1
Bayonet 50–52mm . . . . . . 9.95
Bayonet 50–55mm . . . . . . 9.95
Bayonet 50–67mm . . . . . . 9.95
Bayonet 60–62mm . . . . . . 9.95
Bayonet 60–67mm . . . . . . 9.95
Rollei Bayonet 1–46mm . . 9.95
Series VII adaptors
To mount Series VII thread accessories on
standard filter threads. All sizes £3.95
KD46S7 46mm
KD49S7 49mm
KD52S7 52mm
KD55S7 55mm
KD58S7 58mm
KD62S7 62mm
Filter wrenches
Unjamb filters which have become stuck
on a lens, or together. Supplied as a pair.
Two sizes available:
KDWRS Wrenches 48-58mm . . . . . 2.95
KDWRL Wrenches 62-77mm . . . . . 3.95
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
LENSES
B+W Single Filter Cases
Canon
Cosina
A popular zoom in
the Canon range is
the 90–300/f45.6USM. Gaining
1/2 stop on the
75–300USM at the
portrait end it also
comes in at under
£190. A ideal
complement to a
28–90 standard.
As supplied with B+W filters, translucent
impact resistant plastic with foam rubber
insert. Three sizes:
BWFC52 Filters >52mm . . . . . . . . . 1.75
BWFC77 Filters >77m. . . . . . . . . . . 1.95
BWFC105 Filters >105mm . . . . . . . . 2.50
B+W Filter
Cassette
Same construction as the single filter
boxes above, but with space for 4 filters,
sizes 49–58mm. BWFC4 £3.95
B+W Filter Pouches
Made from durable water and abrasion
resistant nylon fabric. Lined with foam
material, with Velcro closing and clear
plastic window for identification tag.
BWFPE1 11.5x11.5cm >77mm . . . . 3.95
BWFPE2 14,5x14.5cm >105mm . . . 5.95
BWFPE3 20x20cm larger filters . . . 7.95
FAX: 01420 543 544
Fixed focus
14/f2.8L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1525.00
15/f2.8 EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499.95
20/f2.8 USM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357.00
24/f1.4 L USM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985.00
24/f2.8 EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345.00
28/f1.8 USM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338.00
28/f2.8 EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149.95
35/f1.4 L USM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985.00
35/f2 EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204.95
50/f1.4 USM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267.00
50/f1.8 EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84.95
85/f1.2 L USM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1299.95
85/f1.8 USM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289.95
100/f2 EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331.50
135/f2 L USM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765.00
135/f2.8 EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239.90
200/f2.8 L USM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561.00
300/f4L IS USM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 977.00
400/f5.6 L USM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935.00
Zoom
16-35/f2.8 L USM . . . . . . . . . . . . 1119.95
17-40/f4 L USM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578.00
20-35/f3.5 USM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315.00
24-70/f2.8 L USM. . . . . . . . . . . . . 968.50
24-85/f3.5-4.5 USM . . . . . . . . . . . 267.00
28-90/f4-5.6 USM/2. . . . . . . . . . . 139.95
28-105/f3.5-4.5 USM/2 . . . . . . . . 197.00
28-105/f4-5.6 USM . . . . . . . . . . . 164.95
28-135/f3.5-5.6 IS USM . . . . . . . . 355.00
28-200/f3.5-5.6 USM . . . . . . . . . . 373.95
28–300/f3.5-5.6 L IS USM . . . . . 1699.95
35-80/f4-5.6/3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109.95
35-350/f3.5 L USM . . . . . . . . . . . 1274.00
70-200/f2.8 L IS USM. . . . . . . . . 1439.95
70-200/f4 L USM . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518.00
75-300/f4-5.6 USM/3. . . . . . . . . . 203.95
75-300/f4-5.6 IS USM . . . . . . . . . 374.00
80-200/f4-5.6/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134.95
90-300/f4-5.6 USM . . . . . . . . . . . 189.95
100-300/f4.5 USM . . . . . . . . . . . . 239.95
100-400/f4.5-5.6 L IS USM. . . . . 1198.00
19–35/f3.5-4.5
all fittings
£
12995
100/f3.5 Macro has focusing is from infinity to 1:2 (half life size on the negative).
With the addition of the supplied attachment lens this increases to 1:1 (lifesize).
Special purpose
50/f2.5 EF Macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203.95
Life size converter for 50 Macro . . 179.95
MPE-65mm Macro. . . . . . . . . . . . . 935.00
100/f2.8 EF Macro . . . . . . . . . . . . 405.00
180/f3.5 L USM Macro . . . . . . . . 1075.00
Extender EF 1.4x /2 . . . . . . . . . . . 245.00
Extender EF 2x /2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245.00
The high performance 1.4x and 2x extenders can only be used with a select number
of L series lenses, and not with standard EF
types.
19-35/f3.5-4.5 Canon .................129.95
19-35/f3.5-4.5 Nik/Min/Pen...........129.95
28-80/f3.5-5.6 Canon...................89.95
28-80/f3.5-5.6 Nik/Min/Pen ............81.00
28-105/f2.8-3.8 Canon ...............159.95
28-105/f2.8-3.8 Nik/Min .............149.95
28-210/f3.5-5.6 Canon................127.00
28-210/f3.5-5.6 Nik/Min .............117.00
28-210/f4.2-6.5 Canon................144.00
28-210/f4.2-6.5 Nik/Min/Pn...........135.00
28-300/f4-6.3 Canon ..................177.00
28-300/f4-6.3 Nik/Min................168.00
70-210/f4.5-5.6 Canon................109.00
70-210/f4.5-5.6 Nik/Min...............98.30
70-210/f2.8-4 Canon ..................204.95
70-210/f2.8-4 Nik/Min ................196.50
70-300/f4.5-5.6 Canon ...............144.00
70-300/f4.5-5.6 Nik/Min .............135.00
100-300/f5.6-6.7 Canon..............109.95
100-300/f5.6-6.7 Nik/Min/Pen .......102.95
100-400/f4.5-6.7 Canon..............204.95
100-400/f4.5-6.7 Nik/Min ...........196.50
100/f3.5 Macro Canon.................129.95
100/f3.5 Macro Nik/Min/Pen ........129.95
Speed Graphic
11
LENSES
Nikon
Sigma
EX Series lenses offer the highest performance at affordable levels, with exemplary build quality. The EX finish
matches the look of many high end
marque lenses, especially those from
Nikon. We can usually get any Sigma lens
not in stock by the following day, which
means delivery to you within 2-3 days of
placing the order.
The 70-200/f2.8 AF-S
VR IF-ED, to give its
full title, is the latest
in a long line of
advanced fast professional telephoto
zooms from Nikon. It
replaces, and is
smaller than, the 80200 IF-ED, and adds
Vibration Reduction.
EX Series
Fixed focus
Zoom
10.5/f2.8 AF-G ED ......................525.00
14/f2.8 AF-D ............................1141.50
16/f2.8 AF-D fisheye ...................575.00
18/f2.8 AF-D............................1158.50
20/f2.8 AF-D .............................515.80
24/f2.8 AF-D .............................355.20
28/f1.4 AF-D............................1479.90
28/f2.8 AF-D .............................196.50
35/f2 AF-D................................228.50
50/f1.4 AF-D .............................219.90
50/f1.8 AF-D...............................99.95
85/f1.4 AF-D .............................803.50
85/f1.8 AF-D .............................338.20
105/f2 AF DC .............................735.70
135/f2 AF-D DC ..........................929.90
180/f2.8 AF-D IF ED ....................575.00
300/f4 AFS IF ED........................887.00
12-24/f4 AFS-G DX IF ED ..............785.00
17-35/f2.8 AFS-D IF ..................1225.00
17-55/f2.8 AF-G IF-ED ...............1029.95
18-35/f3.5-4.5 AF-D IF ED ............387.95
24-50/f3.3-4.5 AF-D ...................338.20
24-85/f2.8-4 AF-D......................465.00
24-85/f3.5-4.5 AFS-G .................338.00
24-120/f3.5-5.6 AF-G VR IF ED .....449.70
28-70/f2.8 AFS-D IF ..................1225.00
28-100/f3.5-5.6 AF-G .................158.95
28-105/f3.5-4.5 AF.....................312.90
28-200/f3.5-5.6 AF-G IF ED..........255.00
35-70/f2.8 AF-D.........................507.00
70-200/f2.8 AF-S VR IF ED .........1288.00
70-300/f4.5-5.6 AF-D ED .............279.95
70-300/f4-5.6 AF-G ....................159.95
80-200/f2.8 AF-D ED...................845.00
80-400/f4.5-5.6 AF-D VR............1073.90
Nikon continues to expand its DX range of
lenses specifically designed for digital SLRs.
The image circle of a DX lens is designed to
cover just the sensor (so it won’t work with
film cameras). The 10.5mm/f2.8 is a 180º
fisheye, and it’s joined by a compact
17–55/f2.8 zoom.
12 Speed Graphic
Special purpose
60/f2.8 AF-D Micro .....................372.00
105/f2.8 AF-D Micro ...................659.60
200/f4 AF-D Micro ....................1099.00
70-180/f4.5-5.6 AF-D Mic ............845.00
TC14E/2 AFS converter ................338.00
TC20E/2 AFS converter ................279.95
Every lens manfacturer has two or three
different quality levels in its range – that’s
why there’s a £1000 difference between the
‘amateur’ and ‘professional’ standard
zoom. Mind you, stopped down to f11 the
difference is often tricky to spot, but in the
middle there are frequently lenses delivering excellent performance and the 70300/f4-5.6 APO Macro Super is one such.
‘Apo’ means apochromatic, which
means the lens corrects the tendency of
colours to focus at different points, especially apparent in a long focus lens, resulting in colour fringing and loss of perceived
sharpness. Three low dispersion glass
elements do the job here, and currently the
lens is coming with a FREE achromatic AML
close-up lens.
Standard series
8/f4 fisheye ..............................529.95
14/f2.8 HSM C, N, S ....................579.95
14/f2.8 M, P ..............................579.95
15/f2.8 full frame fisheye ............324.95
20/f1.8 DG................................265.00
24/f1.8 DG ................................229.95
28/f1.8 DG ................................179.95
50/f2.8 DG Macro .......................234.95
105/f2.8 DG Macro .....................295.00
150/f2.8 EX DG HSM Macro ..........449.95
180/f3.5 APO Macro....................459.95
12–24/f4.5-5.6 DG .....................469.95
15–30/f3.5-4.5 DG .....................434.95
17–35/f2.8-4 HSM DG .................329.95
20–40/f2.8 DG...........................399.95
24–60/f2.8 DG...........................309.95
28–70/f2.8 EX DG.......................229.95
28–135/f2.8-4 Asph IF ................249.95
50–500/f4-6.3 APO HSM..............699.00
70–200/f2.8 APO HSM.................589.95
80–400/f4.5-5.6 APO OS..............847.00
100–300/f4 IF**........................699.00
120–300/f2.8 IF APO HSM **......1689.00
300–800/f5.6 IF APO HSM ..........4199.00
1.4x Apo converter .....................145.00
2x Apo converter........................179.00
** Includes FREE 2x EX converter while
stocks last.
New EX lenses
600/f8 mirror man focus..............357.60
24–70/f3.5-5.6 HF .......................99.95
24-135/f2.8-4 Asph IF.................249.95
28–70/f2.8-4 HSZ Asph.................95.50
28-80/f3.5-5.6 Asph RF.................75.00
28-105/f2.8-4 Asph ....................158.95
28-105/f3.8-5.6 Asph IF ...............99.95
28-135/f3.8-5.6 Asph IF..............104.95
28-200/f3.5-5.6 Asph DL .............144.95
28-300/f3.5-6.3 Asph DL .............189.95
70-300/f4-5.6 Apo Mac ...............169.00
70-300/f4-5.6 DL Mac...................99.95
135-400/f4.5-5.6 Apo IF..............479.00
170-500/f5.6-6.3 Apo IF..............467.00
150/f2.8 EX
DG HSM Macro
Compact
(67mm filter
size)
28–70/f2.8
EX DG
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
LENSES
Converters
Tamron
Teleconverters and autofocusing
Customers are sometimes perplexed to find that their converter won’t autofocus with a
particular lens. The reason is an optical one: they lose light - 1 stop for the 1.4x, and 2
stops for the 2x. Camera manufacturers design their autofocus sensors to work with
lenses of f8 or faster, and so when a 2x converter is attached to a 70-300mm zoom with
an aperture range of f4-5.6, this becomes f8-f11, and at the 300mm end, autofocusing
stops. It’s only really a problem however, if you’re photographing moving subjects.
Kenko Pro-300 converters
Kenko 7-element
2x autofocus converters
Double the power of your lens. Fitting
between the lens and the body, they retain
all metering functions, and are ideally
suited to focal lengths above 50mm. The
7-element design and multicoating keep
performance loss to a minimum. Please
note the restrictions regarding autofocusing in the panel above. £88.95
KE2X7C Kenko 2x MC-7E Canon AF
KE2X7M Kenko 2x MC-7E Minolta AF
KE2X7N Kenko 2x MC-7E Nikon AF
KE2X7P Kenko 2x MC-7E Pentax AF
High grade multicoated converters
designed for lenses 100mm or longer, and
using low dispersion Hoya glass. The 1.4x
has 5 elements and autofocuses with lenses
f5.6 or faster. The 2x has 7 elements, autofocuses with lenses f4.5 or faster.
Canon and Nikon now digital compatible
KEP14C Pro-300 1.4x Canon AF . 138.50
KEP14M Pro-300 1.4x Minolta AF 129.95
KEP14N Pro-300 1.4x Nikon AF . 138.50
KEP2C
Pro-300 2x Canon AF . . 152.50
KEP2M
Pro-300 2x Minolta AF . 148.00
KEP2N
Pro-300 2x Nikon AF . . . 152.50
New Di lenses
The 28–75/f2.8 is a compact zoom with fixed
aperture, and the 180/f3.5 Macro a high performance telephoto with 1:1 subject repro. This
year they are joined by a 17–35/f2.8-4 and soon
a 70–200/f2.8. All these lenses have a ‘Di’
suffix. They still cover a 35mm negative, but the
light exit path has been optimised to minimise
colour aberrations on digital cameras.
17–35/f2.8-4
Autofocus lenses
28-200/f3.8-5.6 Asph XR .........159.90
Mount availability:
28-300/f3.5-6.3 Asph XR .........249.90
70-300/f4-5.6 Macro ...............109.90
80-210/f4-5.6 .........................85.90
Canon, Minolta, Nikon, Pentax
Canon, Minolta, Nikon
14/f2.8 Asph SP IF ..................855.00
90/f2.8 Macro SP Di ................299.90
180/f3.5 Macro Di ...................529.00
300/f2.8 .............................2299.00
17–35/f2.8-4 Di .....................349.00
19–35/f3.5-4.5 ......................179.90
24-135/f3.5-5.6 Asph IF ..........329.90
28-75/f2.8 Di .........................269.00
28-80/f3.5-5.6 Asph .................69.95
28-105/f4-5.6 IF .....................119.90
28-105/f2.8 Asph SP IF ............599.00
Voigtländer
FAX: 01420 543 544
Lenses have been discontinued, but
these mounts are still available:
Canon FD, Contax/Yashica (not MM),
Konica, Minolta AF, Minolta MD,
Nikon F/AI, Olympus OM, Pentax ES,
Pentax KA, Pentax M42.
Each £41.95
35/f1.2 Nokton M
The fastest coupled rangefinder lens ever
made, for Leica/Voigtlander M mount
cameras. 10 elements in 7 groups, 12
blade iris, 52mm
filter thread,
minimum
focus 0.7m,
weight 490g.
VL35MN
£699.00
Manual focus lenses
Traditionally-made metal and glass lenses
of a very high optical and mechanical
standard, featuring fast maximum apertures, bayonet fit metal lenshoods
(extra), and available in these fittings:
Canon FD, Minolta MD, Olympus OM, Nikon
AIS (with F prong), Pentax PK/AB, Contax
and M42 screw.
Please state mount when ordering
VLSL40 40/f2.0 aspherical . . . . 269.90
VLSL75 75/f2.5 Color Heliar . . . 269.90
VLSL90 90/f3.5 Close Focus . . . 269.90
VLSL125 125/f2.5 Apo Lanthar . . 499.90
VLSL180 180/f4 Apo Lanthar . . . 269.90
Adaptall mounts
40/f2.0
125/f2.5 Apo Lanthar
75/f2.5
Lenshoods
VLSL40HD40mm Hood Type D. . . . . 38.00
VLSL40HS 40mm Hood Type S . . . . . 38.00
VLSL75HS 75mm Straight Hood . . . 38.00
VLSL75H 75mm/90mm Hood. . . . . 57.00
VLSL125H 125mm Hood . . . . . . . . . 57.00
VL35MNH
Vented style
hood
75.00
Speed Graphic
13
LENS ACCESSORIES
Canon EOS lens hoods
Nikon lens hoods
B+W metal lens hoods
Black anodised aluminium hoods with
internal anti-reflection ribs.
A vital accessory to ensure optimum
performance from your Canon lens. Most
types bayonet on to the front of the lens
leaving the filter thread free and are made
from impact-resistant plastic.
Our product code is the hood designation
with ‘CA’ in front e.g. ET60 is ‘CAET60’.
Hood Fits
Price
ES62AD 50/f1.8 Mk2 . . . . . . . . . . . 17.95
ES71/2 50/f1.4USM . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95
ET54
80-200/f4.5-5.6USM,
55-200USM . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.95
ET60
75-300/f4.5-5.6 Mk2/3,
90-300/F4.5-5.6 . . . . . . . . 17.95
ET62/2 100-300/f5.6L . . . . . . . . . 17.95
ET64/2 75-300/f4-5.6 USM IS. . . . 27.50
ET65/3 85/f1.8USM, 100/f2USM,
100-300/f4.5USM, 70-210/
f3.5-4.5USM, 75-300/f4-5.6
non-USM, 135/f2.8SF . . . . 17.95
ET67
100/f2.8 Macro USM . . . . . 24.95
ET74
70-200/f4 L USM . . . . . . . 32.95
EW54/2 35/f4-5.6USM all types . . . 17.95
EW60/2 24/f2.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95
EW60B 28-105/4-5.6 . . . . . . . . . . 17.95
EW60C 28-80/f3.5-4.5USM all types
28-90/f3.5-4.5 all types
18-35/f3.5-5.6, 18-55EF-S 17.95
EW62 35-80/f4-5.6 non-USM . . . 17.95
EW63/2 28-105/f3.5-4.5USM
28/f1.8USM . . . . . . . . . . . 17.95
EW65/2 28/f2.8. 35/f2, 50/f1.8Mk1 17.95
EW68A 28-80/f3.5-5.6USM Mk 1 . 22.95
EW68B 35-105/f4.5-5.6 non-USM. 22.95
EW73/2 24-85/f3.5-4.5USM. . . . . . 18.95
EW73B 17–85/f4-5.6 IS USM . . . . 19.95
EW75/2 20/f2.8USM, 20-35/f2.8L . 42.95
EW78B/2 28-135/f3.5-5.6USM IS. . . 19.95
EW78D 28-200/f3.5-5.6 . . . . . . . . 17.95
EW83/2 20-35/f3.5-4.5USM. . . . . . 19.95
EW83B/2 28-70/f2.8. . . . . . . . . . . . 32.95
EW83E 16–35L, 17–40L , 10-22EF-S 29.95
not a complete listing: we can supply and
hood not shown here.
14 Speed Graphic
Some Nikon lenses are being supplied
complete with a hood, but you may need a
spare, or you have one of the many lenses
where a hood is a desirable extra. Our
product code is the hood designation with
‘NK’ in front e.g. HB3 is ‘NKHB3’.
Hood Fits
Price
HB1
35-70/f2.8AF-D, 28-85AF
35-135AF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.95
HB2
35-105AF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.95
HB3
24-50AF-D . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.95
HB4
20/f2.8AF-D . . . . . . . . . . . 11.95
HB8
20-35/f2.8AF-D . . . . . . . . 23.95
HB11
24-120/f3.5-5.6AF-D. . . . . 10.95
HB15 70-300AF-D ED . . . . . . . . . 10.95
HB17
80-200AFS-D. . . . . . . . . . . 10.95
HB18 28-105/f3.5-4.5AF-D . . . . 10.95
HB19
28-70/f2.8 AF-D IF . . . . . . 10.95
HB20 28-80/f3.5-5.6AF-G . . . . . 10.95
HB23 17-35/f2.8, 18-35AF-D,
12-24AF-G DX . . . . . . . . . . 10.95
HB24
80-400AF-D VR . . . . . . . . . 13.95
HB25 24-85AF-D, 24-120AF-G . . 23.95
HB26 70-300 AF-G . . . . . . . . . . . 10.95
HB27
28-200 AF-G . . . . . . . . . . . 10.95
HB28 24-85AF-S G . . . . . . . . . . . 10.95
HB29 70-200/f2.8AF-G VR . . . . . 29.95
HB31
17-55AF-G DX . . . . . . . . . . 24.95
HB32 18-70 G AF-S . . . . . . . . . . 10.95
HN1
24/f2.8AF/MF, 35/f2.8PC . 23.95
HN2
28/f2.8AF/MF, 35-70AF,
35-80AF-D . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.95
HN3
35/f1.4, 35/f2, 35/f2.8AF/MF
55/f2.8 Micro . . . . . . . . . . 22.95
HN22 60/f2.8 AF Micro . . . . . . . 27.95
HN23 80-200/f4, 85/f1.8AF . . . . 32.95
HN24 70-210AF, 75-300AF . . . . . 30.95
HN28 80-200/f2.8AF ED . . . . . . . 23.95
HN30 200/f4 AF-D Micro. . . . . . . 35.95
HN31 85/f1.4AF-D . . . . . . . . . . . 35.95
HR1
80-200/f4.5-5.6D . . . . . . . 23.95
HR2
50/f1.8AF, 50/f1.4AF . . . . 23.95
HS7
105/f2.8 AF Micro . . . . . . . 37.95
Type 950
For 50mm focal lengths
BWH9546 46mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95
BWH9549 49mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95
BWH9552 52mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95
BWH9555 55mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.50
BWH9558 58mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.95
BWH9562 62mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.50
Type 960
For telephoto lenses
BWH9649 49mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.95
BWH9652 52mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95
BWH9655 55mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.50
BWH9658 58mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.50
BWH9662 62mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.95
BWH9667 67mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95
BWH9672 72mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.00
BWH9677 77mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.95
BWH9682 82mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.95
B+W collapsible rubber hood
High-grade rubber for standard/tele lenses
Type 970
For 28/35mm lenses
BWH9749 49mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.95
BWH9752 52mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95
BWH9755 55mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.50
BWH9758 58mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.50
BWH9762 62mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.95
BWH9767 67mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.50
BWH9772 72mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.95
BWH9777 77mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95
BWH9782 82mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.95
BWH9039 39mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.50
BWH9040 40.5mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50
BWH9043 43mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50
BWH9046 46mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.50
BWH9049 49mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.50
BWH9052 52mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.50
BWH9055 55mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.95
BWH9058 58mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.95
Hama capkeepers
Hoya Multihood
A high quality rubber hood which adapts
to wide-angle (28mm), normal and telephoto positions by pushing it into one of
three pre-set positions.
HY49HOOD
HY52HOOD
HY55HOOD
HY58HOOD
HY62HOOD
HY67HOOD
HY72HOOD
HY77HOOD
49mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.95
52mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.25
55mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.50
58mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.25
62mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95
67mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.70
72mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.30
77mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.95
Lens caps will drop off, so if you can put
up with a dangling cap, these could be
just the ticket. 5898 (pictured) fits round
the lens barrel and stays with each lens.
HA5898 £1.95
5899 attaches to the strap lug on the
camera. HA5899 £1.95
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
ACCESSORIES
Lens and
body caps
Camera manufacturers’ caps
with logos just like the
one that fell
off.
Canon
CA52LC
CA58LC
CA67LC
CA72LC
CA77LC
CARCEF
CABC
Nikon
NK52LC
NK58LC
NK62LC
NK72LC
NK77LC
NKLF1
NKBF1A
Minolta
MN49LC
MN55LC
MN62LC
MN72LC
MNLR1
MNBC1
Pentax
PX49LC
PX52LC
PX58LC
PX67LC
PX72LC
PX82LC
EOS 52mm . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.40
EOS 58mm . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.40
EOS 67mm . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.50
EOS 72mm . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20
EOS 77mm . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20
EOS Rear Lens Cap EF . . . . 2.65
EOS Body Cap RF3. . . . . . . 3.20
52mm Lens Cap . . . . . . . . 5.95
58mm Lens Cap . . . . . . . . 5.95
62mm Lens Cap . . . . . . . . 5.95
72mm Lens Cap . . . . . . . . 5.95
77mm Lens Cap . . . . . . . . 5.95
LF-1 Rear Lens Cap . . . . . . 5.95
BF-1A Body Cap . . . . . . . . 5.95
LF1249 49mm Lens Cap . . 5.00
LF1255 55mm Lens Cap . . 5.00
LF1262 62mm Lens Cap . . 5.00
LF1272 72mm Lens Cap. . . 5.00
Rear Lens Cap AF . . . . . . . 3.00
Body Cap AF . . . . . . . . . . . 3.00
49mm Lens Cap
52mm Lens Cap
58mm Lens Cap
67mm Lens Cap
72mm Lens Cap
82mm Lens Cap
. . . . . . . . 4.50
. . . . . . . . 4.50
. . . . . . . . 4.50
. . . . . . . . 4.50
. . . . . . . . 5.50
. . . . . . . . 7.00
Non-branded caps
Good quality plastic. Each £2.95
Clip-on lens caps
KD46LC 46mm
KD49LC 49mm
KD52LC 52mm
KD55LC 55mm
KD58LC 58mm
KD62LC 62mm
KD67LC 67mm
KD72LC 72mm
KD77LC 77mm
KD82LC 82mm
Rear lens caps
KDRCFD Canon FD
KDRCM42 M42 screw
KDRCMD Minolta MD
KDRCN Nikon
KDRCO Olympus
KDRCPK Pentax K
Body caps
KDBCFD Canon FD
KDBCM42 M42 screw
KDBCMD Minolta MD
KDBCN Nikon
KDBCO Olympus
KDBCPK Pentax K
FAX: 01420 543 544
45º split 90º split
Plain Gridded image image
Beattie Screens
Gain more light through the viewfinder
with a Beattie Intenscreen. Approx
increase: 35mm 2 stops; medium format 3
stops; large format 4-5 stops.
Benefits include:
Better viewfinder clarity
Improved ease and accuracy of focusing
Easier composition
Intenscreens are produced using a
special surface coating and high quality
corrective element which produces a
tighter cone of light. The effect is a much
brighter and clearer image, especially in
low light levels. They are an ideal choice if
you usually use long lenses, or for macro
photography.
All screens are available in plain or
gridded versions without rangefinder; most
have a choice of split-image, which can be
combined with either type. Screens for AF
cameras do not have focusing marks.
Fitting is a simple process (check
camera manufacturer’s instructions).
PLEASE STATE CAMERA TYPE AND SCREEN
COMBINATION WHEN ORDERING.
Zing lens pouches
Neoprene pouches with drawstring
closure, suitable for lenses, flashguns,
camera bodies and many other items of
equipment.
Nikon FM3, FM2, FE2, FE, FA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F801, 8008 etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F90, F90X, N90 etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F100, D1/X/H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F, F2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F5, Kodak 620 etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Canon EOS 5, A2 etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EOS 1/N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Olympus OM1, OM2, OM3, OM4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pentax Z-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LX, MX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leica R4, R5, R6, R7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contax RTS III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hasselblad 500CM, ELM, 503 etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . Bronica ETR, ETR-S, ETR-Si . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SQ, SQ-A, SQ-Ai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GS-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mamiya 645, 1000S etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645 Super, Pro etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C220 etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C330, C330f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C330S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RB67 etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RZ67 etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rollei TLR (most 68.6 x 64mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TLR (most 63 x 56mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SLX, 66, 6006, 6008, 2.8GX etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pentax 645 (not AF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6x7 (not Mk2) technician install . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yashicamat 124G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 5” view cameras (state make and model) . . . Please phone for details of other medium and large format types.
Small 10cm long x 8.5cm dia. £10.00
ZLPSB
Small lens pouch black hem
ZLPSBL Small lens pouch blue hem
ZLPSP
Small lens pouch purple hem
Medium 15cm long x 9cm dia. £11.00
ZLPMB
Medium lens pouch black hem
ZLPMBL Medium lens pouch blue hem
ZLPMP
Medium lens pouch purple hem
Large 19cm long x 9cm dia. £12.00
ZLPLB
Large lens pouch black hem
ZLPLBL Large lens pouch blue hem
ZLPLP
Large lens pouch purple hem
86.00
86.00
90.00
90.00
119.30
119.30
131.00
131.00
86.00
96.00
86.00
86.00
86.00
86.00
86.00
189.90
195.80
166.40
166.40
160.50
195.80
160.50
160.50
160.50
219.20
219.20
160.50
160.50
160.50
160.50
166.40
160.50
236.90
Drawstring padded pouches
Low cost protection for lenses in or out of
a bag. Drawstring top with identity tag.
KDLPS
Lens pouch S 75x90mm . . 2.95
KDLPM Lens pouch M 75x110mm . 3.25
KDLPM+ Lens pouch M+ 90x140mm 3.50
KDLPL
Lens pouch L 90x170mm . 3.75
KDLPXL Lens pouch XL 90x200mm 3.95
Speed Graphic
15
CAMERA ACCESSORIES
Canon
Grips and packs
BG-E1 Battery Grip
For EOS 300D
Large capacity battery grip which uses two
BP-511/512 packs to double the shooting
capacity of the EOS300D. Duplicates
shutter button, main dial, AF/AE lock, AF
point selection and AV+/- buttons for use
when camera is held vertically.
CABGE1 £143.40
Remote controls and cords
BG-E2 Battery Grip
Timer Remote Controller 80N3
Remote Switch 60T3
For EOS3/1V/1D/10D/20D. Self-timer,
interval timer and long exposure timer,
with a range of 1 second to 100 hours.
Exposure count setting. CART80N3 £98.00
For EOS 1/1n/5/600/620/650/RT. A 60cm
cord controlling TTL metering as well as
shutter release. CARS60T3 £36.20
Extension Cord 1000T3
10m extension cord for the Remote Switch
60T3. CAET3 £39.95
Remote Switch Adaptor T3
GR80TP
(shown above) For EOS500/500N/3000
A grip extender with hand strap which
also features a fold-out mini tripod.
CAGR80TP £47.70
GR100TP Similar design for the EOS300.
CAGR100TP £59.00
For EOS 20D
Holds two BP-511A batteries or six NiMH
or alkaline AA batteries. Can also use DC
Coupler. Duplicates shutter button, main
dial, AF/AE lock and AF point selection for
use when camera is held vertically.
CABGE2 £143.40
Converts 2.5mm jack accessories to EOS T3
style socket. CAADT3 £22.30
Remote Switch 80N3
Cable Release Adaptor T3
For EOS3/1V/1D/10D/20D. Basic 80cm
wired remote which activates metering as
well as releasing shutter. CARS80N3 £39.50
Allows the use of a
conventional
threaded cable
release on EOS
cameras using the
T3 type remote
switch socket.
CACADT3 £24.20
Extension Cord 1000N3
10m extension cord for the Timer Remote
Controller or Remote Switch 80N3.
CAEN3 £49.30
Remote Switch Adaptor N3
Enable T3 type remote releases to be used
with EOS1V/3/1D etc. CAADN3 £39.50
BG-ED3 Battery Grip
BP8 Battery pack
For EOS500/500N/3000/5000.
Takes 4 x AA alkaline or NiCad batteries to
extend shooting time, and doubles as a
vertical grip extension. CABP8 £21.70
BP200 Battery Pack
Remote Switch 60E3
For EOS30/50/50E/500/500N/300/300D.
Triggers TTL metering and fires shutter.
60cm long. CARS60E3 £23.80
No extension cord available for this release.
RC-1 Infra-red Controller
For EOS10/100/30/33/50/50E/IX/300D.
Fires the shutter from up to 5m distance.
Immediate release or 2 second delay.
CARC1 £17.80
16 Speed Graphic
LC3/LC4 Wireless Controller
LC3 For EOS 1/1n/5/600/620/650/RT.
LC4 For EOS3/1V/1D/10D/20D
Fires camera shutter from up to 100m
away, with three selectable channels. Four
release modes: single shot, continuous,
test mode, and 3.5 sec delay release. LC3
transmitter will take the Remote Switch
60T3; LC4 the Remote Switch 80N3. The
receiver unit of both types can be used as
a slave unit to fire a flash.
CALC3 or CALC4. Both types cost £309.95
For EOS300. Holds 4 x AA size alkaline or
NiCad batteries (not lithium), has shutter
button for vertical operation.
CABP200 £49.50
BP220 Battery Pack
For EOS300V. Holds 4 x AA size alkaline or
NiCad batteries (not lithium), has shutter
button for vertical operation.
CABP220 £39.50
BP300 Battery Pack
For EOS 33/30
Takes 4 x AA size alkaline or 2 x 2CR123A
lithium, and duplicates shutter button and
AE lock for vertical operation.
CABP300 £66.95
For EOS 10D, D30, D60
Holds two BP-511 (not BP-512) batteries
or the DC coupler DR400. Also has
secondary shutter release, mode dial,
exposure lock and focus point selection
buttons. CABGED3 £143.40
EOS digital SLR power
For EOS300D, 10D, 20D, D30, D60
CABP511 Lithium Ion battery . . . . 54.95
CABP511A Lithium Ion battery . . . . 54.95
CACB5L BP511/A charger (1 batt) 39.95
CAPS400 BP511 charger (2 batts) . 89.00
CAACKE2 ACK-E2 AC adaptor . . . . . 59.00
For EOS 1D, 1Ds
CANPE3 NP-E3 NiMH battery . . . . 95.00
CANCE2 NC-E2 Ni-MH charger . . 241.50
CADCKE1 DC Coupler Kit . . . . . . . . 76.00
EOS 1v, EOS 3 packs
for EOS1v/1n/1/3
CABPE1 Dual battery pack BPE-1 135.80
CABMPE Spare pack for BPE-1 . . . 26.70
CAGRE2 Std grip for EOS1v . . . . . 40.50
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
CAMERA ACCESSORIES
Digital camera
accessories
Eyecups
With a very soft
rubber surround, EOS
eyecups won’t
scratch spectacles.
Type EB
For EOS 10/100/1000 (all versions)/300/
3000/500/500N/5000/600/620/650/RT/
700/750/850/D30/D60/10D/20D
CAEB
Eyecup EB . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.25
CAEC2
Eyecup EC/2 for EOS 1 (all) 9.70
CAED
Eyecup ED EOS 3/30/5/50 7.90
CAEF
Eyecup EF EOS300V/300D . 6.90
Type ED-E
95mm across, it
improves the
accuracy of the
eyefocus
feature. Fits
EOS5/50/50E and
EOS 3. CAEDE £8.95
Anti-fog eyepieces
Have a water-absorbent polymer coating
to prevent fogging.
CAECFOG For EOS 1 models . . . . . . 24.95
CAEDFOG For EOS 3/30/33/5/50 . . 24.95
Correction lenses EB
To mount these on the viewfinder the
supplied eyecup is first removed. A separate Rubber Frame is required, into which
the correction lens fits. For all EOS models
taking EB, EC and EF eyecups.
CAEBRUB Rubber Frame EB . . . . . . . 5.95
CAECRUB Rubber Frame EC . . . . . . . 7.60
CAEFRUB Rubber Frame EF. . . . . . . . 6.90
Lenses are available in -4, -3, -2,-0.5, 0,
+0.5, +1,+1.5, +2, +3 strengths (-1 is the
viewfinder standard)
Code example CAEB+0.5. Each . . . . . 8.60
Anglefinder C
Gives a correctly oriented image and is
useful for low angle, copying or macro
work. Offers switchable magnification
from 1.25x (full size) to 2.5x (centre of
image). Includes adaptors for all EOS
eyepiece sizes. CAANGC £148.50
FAX: 01420 543 544
Powershot G1/G2/G3/G5
CATDC58N Tele conversion lens 58. . 79.00
CAWDC58NWide conversion lens 58 109.00
CALDC58 Lens adaptor (G1/G2). . . 15.00
CALDC58BLens adaptor (G3/G5). . . 15.00
CACR560 Car battery charger. . . . . 89.95
CABP511 Lithium Ion battery . . . . 54.95
Adaptor ED/2 converts older Anglefinder
B and Magnifier S to the larger EOS 5
eyepiece. CAADED2 £14.95
For EOS 1, EOS 3 (EC)
CAECA
Type A Microprism . . . . . 25.90
CAECB
Type B New Split Image . 25.90
CAECC
Type C All Matte . . . . . . . 25.90
CAECD
Type D Matte + Grid . . . . 25.90
CAECH
Type H Matte + Scale . . . 25.90
CAECI
Type I Double Cross Hair . 25.90
CAECK
Type K New Laser Matte . 59.70
CAECL
Type L Cross Split Image . 25.90
CAECN
Type N New Laser Matte . 25.90
Type EC screens
Up to 3 separate cameras can be operated
to a distance of 60m, with a choice of
single frame or continuous. Requires
FS1100 adaptor.
MNIRN £299
Grips and battery packs
WP-DC300 Waterproof case
for Powershot S30/S40/S45/S50. Housing
allows use of these cameras to a maximum
30m depth. CAWPDC300 £149.00
WP-DC700 for A70. CAWPDC700 £149.00
WP-DC800 for Digital Ixus 400.
CAWPDC800 £149.000
WP-DC900 for A80. CAWPDC900 £149.00
WP-DC10 for Digital Ixus II.
CAWPDC10 £149.00
AW-DC10 for Digital Ixus I. £149.00
Powershot S Series
CANB2L NiMH battery . . . . . . . . . 45.00
CAACK700 AC adaptor kit . . . . . . . . 45.00
CAPS900 Black velvet soft case . . . 18.00
For EOS 5 (ED)
CAEDC
Type C All Matte . . . . . . . 23.70
CAEDD
Type D Matte + Grid . . . . 23.70
CAEDH Type H Matte + Scale . . . 23.70
CAEDNE Type NE Standard Matte . 23.70
CAEDO
Type O Matte + Focus Pts. 23.70
Canon flash accessories are on p50. Canon
filters and hoods on pages 10, 14.
Suitable for all Dynax models equipped
with remote control socket.
RC1000S
MNRCS 50cm long release . . . . . 40.00
RC1000L
MNRCL 5m long release . . . . . . . 50.00
Wireless controller IR1n Set
Focusing screens
These are a one piece item, and have the
correction lens integrated with the frame.
Fit EOS 3/30/33/5/50
Available in -4, -3, -2, -0.5, 0, +0.5,
+1,+1.5, +2, +3 strengths.
Code example CAED+0.5. Each . . . . 17.95
For all EOS models except
1/3/5/30/33/50/50E/IX/IX7
Extends the
viewfinder 15mm
nearer to your eye,
and can improve
viewing comfort.
CAEX15 £17.95
Remote control cords
Powershot accessories
Correction lenses ED
Eyepiece extender EP-EX15
Minolta
Powershot A Series
CANB4H NB4H-100 battery . . . . . 15.00
CAACK600 AC adaptor kit . . . . . . . . 45.00
CATDC52 Tele conversion lens 52. . 79.00
CAWDC52 Wide conversion lens 52 . 79.00
CALDC52 Lens adaptor (A30/A40) . 15.00
CAPS600 Case for all A series . . . . 18.00
Digital Ixus
CANB3L NiMH battery . . . . . . . . . 29.00
CAACK900 AC adaptor kit . . . . . . . . 45.00
CADCC30 Leather case for D Ixus . . 25.00
As well as providing a second shutter
release and a comfortable grip, the grips
for the 600si and 700/800si also provide a
PC flash sync socket.
MNVC600 VC600 grip 600si . . . . . 124.50
MNVC700 VC700 grip 700si/800si 133.70
MNVC7 VC7 grip Dynax 7 . . . . . 142.50
MNBP100 BP100 AA battery pack . . 86.95
MNBP200 BP200 AA battery pack . . 49.95
Viewfinder accessories
Angle finder Vn shown right fits all
Minolta cameras, has
1x or 2x magnification
and can be rotated for
viewing at any angle.
MNAFVN £165.00
Magnifier Vn is
hinged and gives a
fixed 2.3x magnification for critical copy
or macro work.
MNMVN £68.00
MNEC1 EC-1000 eyecup . . . . . . . . 8.00
MNEC7 EC-7xi eyecup. . . . . . . . . . 8.00
MNEH7 EH-7 eyecup (X-series) . . . 6.00
Eyepiece correction lenses for Dynax
cameras available in -4, -3, -2, -1, +0.5,
+1, +1.5, +2, +3 dioptres. £10.00
Speed Graphic
17
CAMERA ACCESSORIES
Viewfinder accessories
Nikon
Remote controls and cords
Ten pin types for F5, F100, F90/90X, D1,
D2H, D100
Two pin types for F4S/F4E, F801/S, F70,
F501, F301, MD4, MD12, MD15
MC20
MC12B
Can be used as a straight
release like the MC30,
or timed exposures
up to 10 hours.
80cm long.
NKMC20
£91.50
80cm remote release activating viewfinder
display and metering before firing
shutter. NKMC12B £52.50
Eyecups
DR5/6 Anglefinder
Circular Nikon eyecups are
fixed to the viewfinder
by the screw-in
eyepiece provided
with the camera; rectangular ones slide on
the fixed eyepiece.
DK2 F5, F4, F3HP, D2H
NKDK2 £5.95
DK3 FM/FE, FM2/FE2, FA
NKDK3 £8.95
DK4 F3 (std version) NKDK4 £5.65
DK6 F90/X, F100, F801, D1 NKDK6 £8.95
DK9 F50, F60, F70 NKDK9 £3.95
DK10 F80 £3.95
DK16 F65, F75, D100, D70 £3.95
FE12 F501, F601. NKFE12 £5.95
Ideal for copying or macro
photography, providing an
upright, unreversed image.
Built-in dioptric eyesight
adjustment. The DR5 fits all
round eyepiece Nikon SLRs;
the DR6 is for
rectangular eyepiece
models like the D70.
NKDR5/NKDR6
Both types each £177.70
Eyepiece covers
MC30
80cm release which duplicates the functions of the camera shutter release.
NKMC30
£52.95
MC21
3 metre
extension cord
for MC20 and MC30 releases.
NKMC21 £59.60
MC22 1 metre banana plug cord.
NKMC22 £54.90
MC25 20cm cord which adapts 2-pin
releases to 10-pin socket. NKMC25 £59.60
MC26 20cm cord to adapt 10-pin releases
to 2-pin sockets. NKMC26 £54.90
ML-L3
Remote for F65, F75, D70. NKMLL3 £14.95
ML3 infrared remote set
The Modulite ML3 allows single, continuous, and 3-second delay shutter firing up
to a distance of 8 metres. The receiver
unit is powered by the camera batteries,
and rotates 360º, and can be set up for
auto triggering when the IR beam is split.
For all 10-pin cameras (can be adapted for
others by means of the MC25 cord).
NKML3 £167.50
18 Speed Graphic
MC10 3 metre remote release for MD4,
MD11 and MD12 drives. NKMC10 £54.90
MR3 terminal release
Adapts 2-pin electronic sockets to create
an extra shutter release point, with the
added advantage of a threaded cable
release socket. NKMR3 £32.95
Conventional threaded releases for FM2/F3
and older models
AR3 30cm cable release. NKAR3 £17.95
AR7 double cable release. NKAR7 £67.00
AR10 double cable release for F801, 501,
301. NKAR10 £74.00
AR9 soft shutter release
Allows better recognition of the pressure
release point. For all
makes of camera with
a standard threaded
release. NKAR9 £5.95
ML2 IR set
For 2-pin cameras. Three separate channels enabling operation of motor-driven
cameras up to 100 metres away. Single,
continuous and
3-sec delay
shooting modes.
Wireless slave
flash operation
is also possible.
NKML2 £317.50
Block extraneous light from the
viewfinder to avoid exposure errors.
NKDK5 DK5 (F50,60,70,80, D100) 3.95
NKDK8 DK8 (F100, 90, 801, D1) . . 3.95
Replacement eyepieces
NKEPF3 F3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95
NKEPF3HPF3HP/T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95
NKEPF4 F4, F5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.95
NKEPF90 F100/F90/F801/D1. . . . . 10.95
NKEPFM FM/2, FE/2, FA . . . . . . . . 14.95
Anti-fog eyepieces
NKDK14 DK14 F5, F3, D1 . . . . . . . 14.95
NKDK15 DK15 F100, F90X. . . . . . . 14.95
NKDK17A DK17A D2H. . . . . . . . . . . 19.95
Eyepiece adaptors
FE10 adapts ‘traditional’ size circular
eyepiece (as used on DG2) to square
eyepieces (F70, F80 etc) NKFE10 £3.95
DK7 adapts this size to the larger circular
screw size of F100, F90 etc NKDK7 £5.95
DG2 Eyepiece magnifier
Provides 2x magnification of the central
portion of the
finder image
which is helpful
for critical
focusing in
close-up
photography. -5
to +1 dioptre
adjustment built in. For all but FM/FE/FA
cameras an adaptor FE10 or DK7 will be
required. NKDG2 £71.00
Correction lenses
Order code example: –2 for F5 would be
NKF5–2.
F5, F4, F3HP, D1 type (NKF5. . .) £14.95
–3, –2, 0, +1, +2
FM/2, FE/2, FA type (NKFM. . .) £14.95
–5, –4, –3, –2, 0, +0.5, +1, +2, +3
F3 type (NKF3. . .) £14.95
–5, –4, –3, –2, 0, +0.5, +1, +2, +3
F90/X, F100 (NKF90. . .) £12.95
–5, –4, –3, –2, 0, +0.5, +1, +2, +3
F50–80, D100, D70 (NKF80. . .) £12.95
–5, –4, –3, –2, 0, +0.5, +1, +2, +3
D2H type (NKDK17. . .) £12.95
Focusing screens
The standard screen for manual focus cameras is the Type K. AF
cameras have a Type B all matte. Most popular alternative screen
is the Type E, which has grid pattern, ideal for architectural
photography. The F5 EC–B and EC–E screens feature an
Electrochromic device which shows the focusing area selected.
Please ask about screens not shown.
F90/F90X screens
NKF90B B type
NKF90E E type
£26.30
F100/D1 screens
NKF100B B type
NKF100E E type
£18.95
FM3A screens
NKFMB3 B type
NKFME3 E type
£19.95
F5 screens
NKF5ECB EC-B type
£83.50
NKF5ECE EC-E type
£75.00
Std screens £43.50
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
CAMERA ACCESSORIES
SLR power packs
Digital camera accessories
Pentax
n.b. other digital SLR accessories are shown in the relevant sections on the left.
Despite the high cost, Nikon’s NiMH packs
and chargers offer a high capacity/rapid
recharge option for the intensive user
which will quickly offset the expenditure
when measured against the cost of
alkaline batteries. F100/F90X users have
an in-between option of lithium battery
holders which will help lengthen time
between refills.
For F5
NKMS30 MS30 AA battery holder . 18.95
NKMN30 MN30 NiMH battery pack145.00
NKMH30 MH30 NiMH charger . . . 289.95
For F100
NKMB15 MB15 High Speed Grip . 136.50
NKMS15 MS15 AA battery holder . 14.50
NKMS13 MS13 lithium batt holder 23.70
NKMN15 MN15 NiMH battery pack 81.50
NKMH15 MH15 NiMH charger . . . 179.95
For F90X
NKMB10 MB10 Battery Grip . . . . 135.00
NKMS10 MS10 battery hldr MB10 . 16.50
NKMS8 MS8 AA battery holder . . 14.50
NKMS11 MS11 lithium batt holder 19.95
For F80
NKMS16 MS16 AA battery holder . . 9.95
NKMB16 MB16 AA battery pack. . . 79.95
For F55/75
NKMB18 MB18 AA battery pack . . 69.95
For D1
NKEN4
EN4 NiMH battery pack . . 81.90
NKEH4 EH4 AC adaptor . . . . . . . 68.50
NKMH17 MH17 in-car charger . . . 136.50
NKMH18 MH18 quick charger . . . 209.00
For D100, D70*
NKMBD100 MBD100 battery pack. . 227.50
NKMSD100 MSD100 AA battery hldr . 19.95
NKENEL3*ENEL3 NiMH battery pack 45.50
NKEH5* EH5 AC adaptor . . . . . . . 68.50
WT-1 Wireless Transmitter
Hoods
Attaches to the D2H base and USB2.0
port to transmit images up to 30m to
any compatible access
point
attached to
a computer
set up as an
FTP server.
Extended
range
antenna WAE1 shown
increases range to 150m.
NKWT1 £359.00 WA-E1 £TBA
NKHRE5700 Lens hood for E5700 . . 19.95
NKHNE5000 Lens hood for E5000 . . 19.95
NKHNCP10 Lens hood for E5400 . . . 19.95
NKHLE5000 LCD hood for E5000 . . . 19.95
LCD Monitor covers
NKWC24
NKWCE63
NKWCE68
NKWCE80
NKFCE8
NKFCE9
NKTCE15
NKTCE2
NKTCE3
NKURE3
NKURE4
NKURE5
NKURE6
NKURE7
NKURE8
Extra protection for this important item.
NKBM1 BM-1 D1 series . . . . . . . . . 5.95
NKBM2 BM-2 D100 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95
NKBM3 BM-3 D2H . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.95
Nikon Capture 4
Optional software package
which works in
conjunction
with Nikon View
to add extra
functionality.
Correct curves, colour balance, size/resolution, and unsharp masking of RAW data
whilst still in NEF format, Dodge and Burn
to optimise highlight/shadow info. Image
Dust Off maps sensor dust to automatically
correct NEF images. Vignette control and
Fisheye-to-Rectilinear image conversion,
and more. NKC4 £112.00
Nikon straps
Data backs
NKMF25
NKMF26
NKMF29
NKMF27
NKMF28
MHF22
MF25 Data back F90/X . . 96.50
MF26 Multi-control F90/X 214.80
MF29 Data back F100 . . . 88.50
MF27 Data back F5 . . . . 149.95
MF28 Multi-control F5. . 487.00
MF22 Data back F4 . . . . 142.50
FAX: 01420 543 544
(left to right) AN4Y 25mm wide
black/yellow nylon NKAN4Y £19.95
AN4B 25mm wide all black woven nylon
NKAN4B £19.95
Cable Switch F
Digital converters
WC-E24 0.66x wide . . . . 66.50
WC-E63 0.63x wide . . . . . 92.70
WC-E68 0.68x wide . . . . 122.50
WC-E80 0.68x wide 5700 131.30
FC-E8 0.21x fisheye . . . 192.50
FC-E9 fisheye 5700 . . . . 218.70
TC-E15ED 1.5x tele . . . . 142.50
TC-E2 2x tele . . . . . . . . . 92.70
TC-E3ED 3x tele . . . . . . 192.50
UR-E3 step ring 775 . . . . . 9.95
UR-E4 step ring 885 . . . . . 9.95
UR-E5 step ring 5000 . . . . 9.95
UR-E6 step ring 5000 . . . . 9.95
UR-E7 step ring 775/885 . 9.95
UR-E8 step ring 5700 . . . . 9.95
Slide copier ES-E28
Allows digital copying of slide or negative
films when attached to the 28mm thread
of many Nikon digital cameras. Includes
carriers for mounted slides and
unmounted negatives. 52mm front filter
thread. NKESE28 £58.00
AN1 10mm wide black leather with shoulder pad (for cameras with D rings).
NKAN1 £19.95
AN7 12mm woven nylon (standard type as
supplied with camera) NKAN7 £14.50
Hand strap AH4
Extra support when using big lenses. For
F5/F4/ F100/F90X/
F70/ F60. NKAH4
£55.00
Nikon flash accessories are on page 51
Nikon filters and hoods are on p10/14
Suitable for MZ-5, MZ-10, MZ series and
645 as detailed below (not Z1-P). 1.1m
long, has lock to keep shutter open on
bulb setting. PXCSF £28.00
Other remote releases
PXCSFDP C/Switch Fdp for Z1-P . . . . 28.00
PXCS105 C/Switch CS-105 MZ-S. . . . 40.00
PXCS205 C/Switch CS-205 MZ-6,*ist 25.00
PXCS130 C/Switch CS-130 MZ-S . . . 50.00
PXTS110 Timer Switch TS-110 MZ-S 109.00
PXCA10 Cable Switch Adaptor . . . . 39.00
Battery Packs & Grips
PXBPFG
PXBG10
PXBG20
Battery Pack Fg . . . . . . . 89.95
BG-10 Grip MZ-S . . . . . . 117.00
BG-20 Grip *ist . . . . . . . 89.95
Viewfinder accessories
PXMFB
Eyecups
PXECFD
PXECFF
PXECFG
PXECFH
PXECFK
PXECFL
PXFM
PXVC
Magnifier Fb 2x . . . . . . . 44.00
Eyecup Fd Z-1P, Z-1. . . . . 14.00
Eyecup Ff Z-70 . . . . . . . . 14.00
Eyecup Fg MZ-5, MZ-3 . . . 14.00
Eyecup Fh MZ-50, MZ-M . 14.00
Eyecup Fk MZ-7. . . . . . . . 14.00
Eyecup Fl MZ-S . . . . . . . . 14.00
Eyecup Fm *ist . . . . . . . . 14.00
Viewfinder cap (all models) 3.30
Data backs
Data Back Fg for MZ-5, MZ-7 and MZ-10.
Records date, month and year, and time in
hours and minutes. PXDBFG £40.00
PXDBFJ Data Back Fj MZ-6, MZ-30,
MZ50, MZ-M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.00
Other accessories
PXRSC
Release socket cap F . . . . . 3.30
PXRSCL Release socket cap MZ-S . . 3.30
MZ-S focusing screens
PXGF60 GF-60 Matte . . . . . . . . . . 25.00
PXGG60 GG-60 Matte + Grid. . . . . 25.00
Z Series focusing screens
are still available, each. . . . . . . . . . 25.00
Speed Graphic
19
CAMERA ACCESSORIES
Bronica
Mamiya
ETR-Si system
645 Pro TL system
Viewfinders
BR6004 Prism Viewfinder . . . . . 268.20
BR6005 Rotary Finder E. . . . . . . 336.30
BR6008 AE-III Prism Finder E . . 535.80
Film Backs etc
BR6034 120 Ei Back. . . . . . . . . . 178.00
BR6037 220 Ei Back . . . . . . . . . 222.70
BR6032 35mm Ei Back N . . . . . . 312.20
BR6033 35mm Ei back W . . . . . . 312.20
BR6038 Polaroid Back E. . . . . . . 267.50
BR6041 Darkslide E Pol back . . . . 16.20
BR6043 Darkslide E 120/220 back 16.20
Grips/Drives
BR6050 Motor winder Ei II. . . . . 357.00
BR6052 Speed Grip E. . . . . . . . . 169.95
Focusing screens Ei
Viewfinders
MM02032 Prism Finder FP401. . . . 287.40
MM02040 AE Prism Finder FE401 . 799.40
MM04064 Magnifier FD401. . . . . . . 99.95
MM04066 Angle Finder N/case . . . 138.00
MM04071 Eyecup Prism Finders . . . 17.00
Film backs and inserts
MM03000 120 Back HA401 . . . . . . 228.00
MM03012 220 Back HB401 . . . . . . 228.00
MM03015 135 Back HC401 . . . . . . 274.00
MM03020 Polaroid Back HP401 . . 238.60
MM04146 Dark Slide 120/220. . . . . 10.00
MM04148 Dark Slide Polaroid Back. . 8.50
MM03030 120 Insert c/w case . . . . 77.40
MM03035 220 Insert c/w case . . . . 77.40
MM03040 135 Insert N c/w case . . 109.90
Grips/Drives
MM04023 Power Drive WG401. . . . 281.30
MM04106 Left Hand Grip GL402 . . 139.95
MM04107 Terminal Adaptor RA402 . 21.00
Focusing screens
MM04033 Type A Matte. . . . . . . . . . 27.00
MM04034 Type A4 Grid . . . . . . . . . . 27.00
MM04035 Type B Rangefinder spot. 27.00
MM04036 Type C Microprism . . . . . 27.00
MM04037 Type E R/F–Microprism . . 27.00
MM04038 Type E 135/Panoramic . . 27.00
Correction lenses
MM04039 Waist Level Finder +2 . . . 14.00
MM04040 Waist Level Finder +1 . . . 14.00
MM04041 Waist Level Finder 0 . . . . 14.00
MM04042 Waist Level Finder -1.5 . . 14.00
MM04043 Waist Level Finder -2 . . . 14.00
MM04044 Waist Level Finder -3 . . . 14.00
MM04051 Prism/AE Finders 401 +3 15.00
MM04052 Prism/AE Finders 401 +2 15.00
MM04053 Prism/AE Finders 401 +1 15.00
MM04054 Prism/AE Finders 401 -1 . 15.00
MM04055 Prism/AE Finders 401 -2 . 15.00
MM04056 Prism/AE Finders 401 -3 . 15.00
Lens hoods
MM04215 Hood 45mm . . . . . . . . . . 22.00
MM04217 Hood 55mm . . . . . . . . . . 22.00
MM04221 Hood 80/f2.8/110mm. . . 22.00
MM04223 Hood 80/f1.9 . . . . . . . . . 22.00
MM04224 Hood 55–110mm . . . . . . 32.00
Close-up accessories
MM04076 Auto Tube No1 (12mm) . 109.95
MM04078 Auto Tube No2 (24mm) . 109.95
MM04080 Auto Tube No3 (36mm) . 109.95
Other 645 Pro-TL accessories
MM04094 Bellows Lens Hood . . . . 179.95
MM04090 Conn Ring RT58 . . . . . . . 35.00
MM04092 Conn Ring RT67 . . . . . . . 35.00
BR6053 Microprism/Horiz. Split . 49.80
BR6054 Matte Ei (standard) . . . . 49.80
BR6055 Grid Lines . . . . . . . . . . . 49.80
BR6056 Microprism. . . . . . . . . . . 49.80
BR6057 Split Image . . . . . . . . . . 49.80
BR6058 Microprism/Split 135 . . . 49.80
BR6064 Matte 135 . . . . . . . . . . . 49.80
BR6065 Microprism/Diag. Split . . 49.80
Correction lenses
BR6066 AE-II/Plain Prism +1.5 . . 35.90
BR6067 AE-II/Plain Prism +0.5 . . 35.90
BR6068 AE-II/Plain Prism -0.5 . . 35.90
BR6069 AE-II/Plain Prism -1.5 . . 35.90
BR6070 AE-II/Plain Prism -2.5 . . 35.90
BR6071 AE-II/Plain Prism -3.5 . . 35.90
BR6072 AE-II/Plain Prism -4.5 . . 35.90
BR6074 Waist Level Finder +1.5. . 35.90
20 Speed Graphic
BR6075 Waist Level Finder +0.5. . 35.90
BR6076 Waist Level Finder -0.5 . . 35.90
BR6077 Waist Level Finder -1.5 . . 35.90
BR6078 Waist Level Finder -2.5 . . 35.90
BR6079 Waist Level Finder -3.5 . . 35.90
BR6080 Waist Level Finder -4.5 . . 35.90
BR6082 Rotary Finder +1.5 . . . . . 35.90
BR6083 Rotary Finder +0.5 . . . . . 35.90
BR6084 Rotary Finder -0.5 . . . . . 35.90
BR6085 Rotary Finder -1.5 . . . . . 35.90
BR6086 Rotary Finder -2.5 . . . . . 35.90
BR6087 Rotary Finder -3.5 . . . . . 35.90
BR6088 Rotary Finder -4.5 . . . . . 35.90
BR6091 AE-III Finder Std +0.5:-2 35.90
BR6092 AE-III Finder Minus -2:-5 35.90
BR6093 AE-III Finder Plus +3:0 . . 35.90
Lens hoods
BR6094 Lens Hood 40 & 50mm . . 35.40
BR6095 Lens Hood 60 & 75mm . . 35.40
BR6097 Lens Hood 105-200mm. . 35.40
Close-up accessories
BR6117 62mm CU No 1 lens. . . . . 55.40
BR6118 62mm CU No 2 lens . . . . 55.40
Other ETR-S accessories
BR6049 SCA386 TTL flash adap . 145.00
BR6127 Cable release ETR/SQ . . . 33.20
BR6149 Neck strap ETR/SQ/GS . . 38.70
BR6128 Front Body Cap E . . . . . . 11.20
BR6129 Top Body Cover E . . . . . . 13.30
BR6142 Finder Bottom Cover E . . 11.20
BR6148 Rear Body Cover E. . . . . . 11.20
BR6481 Battery Chamber Cover E. 11.20
BR6132 Rapid Focusing Lever E . . 24.40
BR6133 Winding Crank E . . . . . . . 16.60
BR6135 Eyecup AE-II/Prism Fndr. 11.20
BR6137 Eyecup Rotary Finder E . . 11.20
BR6488 Eyecup AE-III (small). . . 11.20
BR6489 Eyecup AE-III (large) . . . 11.20
Bronica Supply
Although production has now ceased,
ETR-S and, with some exceptions, SQ-A
accessories will continue to be available
for several months.
MM04115 Remote Control Set RS401 275.00
MM04116 Electro Release A 1m . . . 60.00
MM04117 Electro Release B 4m . . . 67.00
MM04114 Cable Release Adaptor 2 . 27.00
MM04119 Quickshoe AQ701 . . . . . 139.00
MM04130 Front Body Cap. . . . . . . . . 8.00
MM04134 Rear Body Cap N . . . . . . . . 8.00
MM04136 Upper Body Cover N . . . . . 8.00
MM04200 58mm Lens Cap . . . . . . . 10.00
MM04202 67mm Lens Cap . . . . . . . 10.00
MM04208 Rear Lens Cap . . . . . . . . . 10.00
MM04005 SCA396 Flash Adaptor. . 120.00
MZ3952 SCA3952 (645AF) . . . . . . 89.00
MM04007 Strobe Bracket AD401. . . 99.95
Please ask for prices on Mamiya 645AF,
645E, RZ67 Pro II and RB67 Pro SD
accessories.
Mamiya 7 system
MM32000 135 Panoramic Kit AD701 139.95
MM32001 Polarising Filter . . . . . . 159.95
MM32002 Adaptor Ring for above. . 38.00
MM32005 Rear Cap 80/150mm . . . . . 6.20
MM32010 Rear Cap 43/65mm. . . . . . 6.20
MM32015 Body Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00
MM32020 Hood 80mm . . . . . . . . . . 32.00
MM32025 Hood 43mm . . . . . . . . . . 32.00
MM32030 Hood 65mm . . . . . . . . . . 32.00
MM32035 Hood 150mm . . . . . . . . . 32.00
MM32037 Hood 210mm . . . . . . . . . 34.00
MM32040 Close-up Adaptor Kit. . . 285.00
MM32057 Quick Shoe AQ702 . . . . 144.00
MM32060 Soft Lens Case Type A . . . 21.00
Mamiya 7 eyepiece correction lenses are the
same as those for the 645 Prism/AE Finders
401 listed to the left.
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
CAMERA ACCESSORIES
Op/tech straps
Gotcha Strap
These soft and durable neoprene straps help reduce the apparent weight of equipment by
up to 50%, and increase carrying comfort. First in the field over a decade ago, Op/Tech
straps, unlike others, offer a lifetime guarantee against material or manufacturing
defects. Two benefits of the thoughtful design:
You can quickly detach the main strap and join the two ends remaining attached to the
camera to form a useful hand strap.
A comfortable neoprene wrist strap for
cameras, camcorders and binoculars.
Velcro wrist attachment with adjustable
strap and quick disconnect. Ideal as a
security measure.
OPGSB
Gotcha Strap black £9.95
Buying extra connects to suit various pieces of equipment enables you to use just one
strap for all of them.
Grip Strap
Classic Strap
Half way between the Fashion and Pro
straps in width, and with an edge binding
for a more ‘tailored’ look, this gives all the
benefits of Op/tech weight reduction with
less bulk. Supplied with 3/8” webbing
connects. £15.95
OPCSB
black
OPCSG
green
Pro Strap
Our best-selling strap, and best bet for
those who carry heavy cameras or use
long lenses. Non-slip backing and quick
connecting system. Supplied with 3/8”
webbing connects which are adjustable in
length. £16.95
OPPSB black
OPPSN navy blue
OPPSG
green
OPPSB bright red
Super Pro Strap
As Pro Strap, but complete with the
connects type A or B shown on the right.
OPSPA
Super Pro Strap ‘A’ . . . . . 18.95
OPSPB
Super Pro Strap ‘B’ . . . . . 18.95
Fashion Strap
A narrower 35mm strap suitable for
lighter cameras or binoculars. Supplied
with Adjustable Connects. £14.95
OPFSB
black
OPFSG
green
FAX: 01420 543 544
Stabilizer Strap
Solves the
problem of
neck-hung
camera
crashing
around
when on
the move.
A stretchy
panel with a
hole for the
camera lens
is attached
around your body with a quick-release
strap. 19-55” adjustment.
OPSS £14.95 Camera strap not included
Attach the metal base to the tripod
socket, and the other end to the normal
strap socket and you have a snug and
secure way of carrying a camera.
OPGS £29.95
Bag straps etc
Op/tech S.O.S. Strap
Stands for ‘Saves On Shoulders’, and suits
cameras bags, briefcases and luggage.
Pad on the strap is a dark grey.
OPSOS £19.95
Op/tech Bag Strap
Similar in style to the Pro Strap. Easy to
attach to any bag with rings via swivel
hooks. Adjusts from 29–52”. Black.
OPBS £18.95
Op/tech connects
Numbers reference different types as
shown right, dimensions indicate the
range of adjustment, and prices are
quoted per pair:
OPRC
1 Regular 4.5” (fixed) . . . 6.95
OPAC
2 Adjustable 7.5-10” . . . . 7.95
OPELC
Extra long 12” . . . . . . . . . 7.95
OPWC
3 3/8” webbing 3-13” . . . 7.95
OPPLC
4 Pro loop (1/4”) 9-12” . . 8.95
Medium format connectors
As 3/8” webbing style, but with lug ends
to fit post type strap connects.
OPSPAC 5 Pro Connects ‘A’
Bronica (ETR, not ETR-S), Hasselblad,
Pentax LX, Kiev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
OPSPBC 6 Pro Connects ‘B’
Mamiya (not 645 Super/Pro), Pentax
67/645, Rollei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
The Op/tech connection system allows
you to use one strap across a variety of
cameras. Each camera can have a set of
suitable connects, and the ends of
these can be joined together to form a
handstrap when the strap is detached.
More Op/tech products. See page 36 for the Op/tech Tripod Strap. Page 72 for D-Series digital
camera protection.
Op/tech Retrieve-It
A secure system for carrying a variety of
small items –
a nylon
coated stainless steel
cable extends
up to 76cm. It
fully retracts
an item
weighing 170g and will support one
weighing up to 4kg. OPRT £7.95
Speed Graphic
21
CAMERA ACCESSORIES
Cable releases
Air releases
Hama
Standard type Simple black fabric covered
type with knurled time lock screw.
HA5321 Hama std 25cm release. . . 4.25
HA5331 Hama std 50cm release. . . 4.95
Heavy Duty
Black PVC
covered, 30cm
length, with
disc time lock.
HA5300 £11.95
6m air release
Get yourself in the picture without the
uncertainty of a self-timer. Can be
unwound to any length from the reel for
use. Rubber, not plastic bulb. 6m/20ft
long. HA5361 £8.95
Hama viewfinder cover
Flare Buster
Useful when
photographing
with the eye away
from the
viewfinder, for
example on a
tripod, where
extraneous light
could fool the
metering system. Fits cameras with a
conventional accessory shoe. The cover
may be hinged up to allow focusing. Not
suitable for Minolta or AF SLRs with a
deep pentaprism (Nikon F801/F90; Canon
EOS5 etc). HA4550 £5.75
2-bubble spirit level
Mounts on a
standard
accessory shoe
(not Minolta),
to provide a
level check in
two planes.
KD2BL £7.95
Kaiser 10m air release
Can be divided into two lengths of 5m.
Detachable 15cm cable release gives more
flexibility. With cover. KA6144 £33.40
Kaiser self-adhesive level
For permanent attachment to cameras,
tripods, flash bars
etc. Can also be
screwed in place.
26mm diameter.
KA6386 £9.50
Lens hoods for ultra wides, even if they are
of the ‘ideal’ petal style, have little effect
because of the necessary wide flare to avoid
vignetting. The Flarebuster effectively
shields any lens, and can be positioned well
out of shot. The arm is 15 ins (38cms) long,
and there are two versions; one for a standard camera accessory shoe, and one with a
bulldog clip at either end. With shade, two
vignettes and two reflectors.
FBAS
Flarebuster Accy Shoe. . . 23.50
FBDC
Flarebuster Double Clip. . 23.50
Grippa beanbag
Silvestri releases
Professional quality 50cm releases with a
plastic casing to resist kinking, smooth
action, and a disc time lock collar. £15.30
SVCR50BL Blue
SVCR50R Pink
Heavy Duty Release Bomb-proof version
of the above. 50cm, black cover.
SVCR50HD £24.70
Mechanical
self-timer
Nicely made clockwork 1960’s
Japanese relic. Fits a
standard threaded
release socket.
Maximum delay
about 15secs.
KDST £19.95
22 Speed Graphic
Hama right-angled release adaptor
Some cameras have rather inaccessible
release sockets. This will cure the
problem. HA5128 £7.95
Soft release and spirit level
Screws into a
standard cable
release socket
and provides a
larger pressure
pad and a
handy level.
KDSRL £3.50
Kaiser autofocus SLR adaptor
The traditional threaded release socket
having disappeared from all but a few top-end
SLR models, this handy device easily velcroes
in place to resolve the problem and allow the
use of non-electronic release accessories.
(cable release not included) KA6154 £7.95
Cars make good mobile hides for
photographing animals, and many nature
photographers support their telephoto
lenses on the car door. Conventional
beanbags have a tendency to slip off the
window glass. The Grippa’s unique ‘H’
design allows the bag to grip the door
instead of sagging, but can equally be
used on a flat surface. Measuring 22cm,
and constructed of tough grey/green
cloth, the Grippa can be filled with dried
beans, polystyrene pellets (not supplied).
MLG £12.95
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
CLEANING & MAINTENANCE
Hama Large Blower Brush
This has a larger than average 60mm bulb
to give a decent amount of air, very soft
high quality hair in the brush, and a
retractable telescopic ferrule to keep the
brush clean when not in use.
HA5609 £6.95
Hama Dust-Ex
Hama Lens Pen
Kenair Master
An ‘all-in-one’ solution to lens care. First remove grit
and dust with the brush at one end, then reverse the
pen to reveal a velvet pad with non-toxic cleaner which
can be wiped around the glass to remove smudges and
other greasy contaminants. Replacing the cap
recharges for the next use. HA5604 £8.95
A 360ml professional size
aerosol
containing a
high-pressure
CFC-free gas.
Ideal for removing grit and
dust from negs
and slides as
well as photo
and other
equipment. The
valve in the kit
can be re-used.
Master Kit KRKENR01 . . . . . . . . . . 13.50
Refill single KRKENR02 . . . . . . . . . . 6.95
Refill 3-pack KR02KIT . . . . . . . . . . 18.90
Prophot wipes
Gepe Air Duster
Market-leading ‘wetwipe’ as used by
leading airlines to
keep forward visibility AOK (well Air
France especially, as
this is a French
product). Cleans,
degreases and applies antistatic coating
to lenses.
NPPP
12 sachet pack . . . . . . . . . 2.50
NPPP5
5 packs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.00
Large capacity can with
reusuable valve and
extension tube option.
CFC-free propellant.
Kodak Cleaning Kit
A natural alternative to CFC-aerosols, the
Dust-Ex gives a healthy blast of air to the
most inaccessible corner, thanks to a
double-valve system. HA5610 £7.50
GPADK
GP3880
GP3804
600ml Can with Valve . . . 11.95
600ml refill . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20
5ft extension tube . . . . . . 9.40
Hama Contact Cleaner
Clean battery terminals and maintain
equipment performance with this pen. A
retractable bundle of glass fibres, 2.5cm
in length, removes any layer of oxidation
on battery terminals. HA5629 £3.95
Hama Cleaning Kit
Basic lens
care. A blower
brush,
silicon-free
lens cleaning
fluid, and a
pack of lens
tissues.
HA5932 £4.95
Lens Tissues
As above. Pack of 5. HA5915 £5.50
Lens Cleaning Fluid
Won’t damage
multicoatings,
and doesn’t
leave messy
traces. Pumpaction spray
head; includes
one pack of 30
lens tissues.
n.b. do not use on plastic, or camera
mirrors. HA5902 £5.25
FAX: 01420 543 544
Mini Kenair
A handy-sized 85ml version,
ideal for an equipment bag.
Includes an extension hose
for inaccessible places.
KRKENR010 £4.95
Cleaning
cloths
A specified by US Government agencies.
37ml fluid dispenser and 50 sheets of soft,
lintless paper. KKCKIT £6.25
KKLC
Lens Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . 4.75
KKLCP
Lens Cleaning Papers . . . 1.95
Opticlean
Opticlean is an advanced
polymer which is applied to
the lens surface with a
brush, allowed to cure for
2-5 minutes, and peeled
off with a sticky tab,
leaving the lens surface in
pristine, factory-fresh
condition. Not for everyday
use, but ideal for an annual
service, or for that newlyacquired secondhand
bargain, and as many
awards have testified, the
best there is.
OCPP Pro Pack 14.95
Peca LCD Cleaning Kit
Contains cleaning fluid designed especially for LCD screens, Soft-Tek microfibre
cleaning cloth,
both contained
in a pocket
sized plastic
case.
KRPEC010
£9.95
Ilford Antistaticum
is a 32cm square
cloth used to
eliminate static
on negatives,
slides, lenses etc.
ILSTAT £4.95
Kauser 30cm high tech cloth
The softest microfibre cloth we have
found. Absorbs moisture and grease particles. Keeps its quality when washed.
KUCLOTH £4.95
Silica Gel
50mm square
sachets, as supplied
in your camera box,
these will help keep
moisture at bay in
steamy climes. Pack
of 3. HA5900 £3.75
Hama 20cm microfibre cloth
A smaller and thinner version of the
above. HA5916 £2.95
Speed Graphic
23
CLAMPS & SUPPORTS
Hama pocket clamp/tripod
One of the longest running items in the Hama
catalogue, and a very handy item to have in
your bag or pocket. It’s just 13cm high with a
clamping diameter of 3.5cm. The legs unscrew
and are stored inside the centre part. Strong
enough to support compacts and lighter
35mm SLRs. Weight 145g. HA4001 £13.50
Ultrapod 2
Made from fibreglass reinforced plastic, to
give strength with light weight. Unfolded
it’s a tripod, with a
decent leg spread
for stability; with
the legs folded, it
can be attached to
a pole or branch
with the integral
velcro strap.
Weight 150g.
UP2 £21.95
Novoflex Micropod
Weighing next to nothing (50g) but
capable of supporting a heavy SLR, the
Micropod can be slotted into the pocket of
a camera bag. Attach a small ball and
socket head, you are ready for any eventuality. Can also be used as a small hand
grip. LOWER PRICE NVMRP £10.00
Novoflex Chestpod
Novoflex Minipod
An amazingly flexible support, ideal for
ground level photography of plants etc.
Each 25cm leg is connected to a ball and
socket joint, which can be independently
swivelled and tilted. It will support up to
10kg. Legs are detachable. NVMP £65.00
15cm extension rod set
NVMPS £20.00
Carefully designed to achieve a symmetric
3-point support geometry for maximum
comfort even with heavy equipment. Strap
and support are fully adjustable. Weight
450g. NVCP £68.00
Novoflex MicroStativ
Manfrotto 293 Lens Support
With the trend towards compact but ever
higher magnification zoom lenses, with
no tripod collar option, some extra
support is often required. This device
adjusts from 18—28cm in length, has
several tripod sockets for optimum
balance and is equipped with a 234RC tilt
head. MA293 £48.50
Consists of the Micropod with a Ball 19
ballhead. Although small (56mm high)
and light (92g), the Ball 19
will support most SLR
type cameras.
NVSTATIV £23.00
Ball 19 by itself
NVB19 £19.00
Ball 19P
Version of the Ball 19
with rotating base.
NVB19P £21.00
These two heads also
available with flash shoe
fitting – see page 46
Novoflex Forked Joint
The GAKO joint is a rapid way of achieving extra
support for long lenses or scopes, but maintaining
freedom of movement. The fork revolves 360º,
allowing moving subjects to be followed without
sacfricing rigidity. Height 110mm; fork width
125mm; weight 210g. NVGAKO £39.95
24 Speed Graphic
Cullmann Suction Pod
Attaches to any smooth surface, like glass, marble, metal
or plastic, and will take loads up to 3kg. Built-in ball and
socket head has 1/4” fixing. CU1003 £22.95
Novoflex Clamp
Mounts
Flexible accessories which offer the possibility of stable support in difficult situations. They can be fixed to boards, pipes or
other irregular objects, so are useful in the
studio or outside. Each clamp is equipped
with two support platforms at right angles
to each other, with 1/4” threads. Three
sizes; the smaller two being especially
suited to round tube mounting.
Large (UNIKLEM) 10.5Hx6.5Wx7.5D cm.
Weight 534g. Jaw size 62mm.
NVUK £62.00
Medium (UNIKLEM 42) 7.4Hx3Wx4.4D cm
Weight 170g. Jaw size 42mm.
NVUK42 £25.00
Small (UNIKLEM 26) 5.8Hx3Wx4D cm.
Weight 145g. Jaw size 26mm.
NVUK26 £22.00
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
CLAMPS & SUPPORTS
Novoflex BasicBall
Ergorest MultiTripod
The BasicBall is essentially a
hemisphere with nine holes
drilled in it to allow the attachment of various length legs at
differing angles, or rods or bendy
arms for flashguns, creating a
lightweight and versatile support
system with the addition of other
accessories. The BasicBall (in
silver or blue) comes supplied
with three 20cm legs.
NVBB
NVBBS
NVMPS
NVBBG
BasicBall blue . . . . . . . . 42.50
BasicBall silver . . . . . . . . 42.50
15cm extension rod set . 20.00
Handgrip for BasicBall . . 34.00
. . . or hand grip
NVBBST Telescopic leg (each) . . . 35.00
Rods, arms and flash shoes are described in
more detail in the close-up and macro
section.
. . . or a
tripod!
(see p31
for info on
the
monopod).
Made in Finland, this is a heavy duty multipurpose support which can be used as a table
or ground level tripod, chest support, car
support, and with a suitable clamp to a table
top, as a repro stand.
The metal frame is covered with a thick
layer of rubberised plastic, which won’t
damage expensive lenses if knocked, without
compromising rigidity.
With a suitable head attached, the
MultiTripod is capable of carrying large scopes
or 600mm lenses. The screw is reversible 1/4”
and 3/8” thread. The locking lever position can
be adjusted for optimal ease of tightening, and
can also be replaced on the other side for lefthanded use.
Weight 750g.
223 x 180 x
75/170mm
ERMT £59.95
Convert to a macro bracket . . .
Manfrotto 359 Long Lens
Support
Manfrotto
035 Super
Clamp
Manfrotto Table
Top Tripod
709B Digi Table Tripod is an
all-aluminium, sturdy and
lightweight support for all kinds of
cameras. Complete with ball head.
Supports 2kg. MA709B £24.95
A universal
clamp which
mounts on any tube from 13–55mm. 5/8”
hex socket attachment. MA035 £16.45
MA037 1/4” 3/8” converter . . . . . 5.00
MA208 3/8” head platform . . . . 12.95
Manfrotto
244RC Arm
An articulated arm with variable
friction, complete with ball head
and 200PL quick release. Fits
035 clamp and takes 4kg load.
MA244RC £95.00
Manfrotto Table Top Kit
The 345 Table Top Kit comprises a 709
tripod, 482 Mini Ball head, 259B
Extension (15.6–25cm) and leather pouch
case. MA345 £61.70
MA259B Extension rod only . . . . . 14.95
FAX: 01420 543 544
155RC Double Ball
Tilt Head fits into
the 035 clamp to
provide a camera
support with quick
release.
MA155RC £47.50
Manfrotto 349 Column Clamp
Complete
with 035
Super Clamp
and 482 Mini
Ball Head,
the support
rod adjusts
from
40–60cm.
Weighs 690g.
MA359
£42.95
Manfrotto 241FB Pump Cup
A suction cup with 60mm flat base and
3/8” screw for mounting suitable ball
head, and capable of carrying a
lightweight photo or video camera.
MA241FB £61.75
Versions also available for car window
mounting and 5/8” spigot accessories.
Designed to work with removeable tripod
columns between 25 to 28mm diameter,
such as those of the Manfrotto 190 and
055 series. Can be securely fixed to bars
of up to 55mm width. With a suitable
head, this is an ideal accessory for nature
photography/observation. MA349 £42.95
Version to take the triangulated
centre column of the 440, 441, 443 and
444 carbon fibre tripods. MA349C £47.50
Speed Graphic
25
BALL HEADS
FLM GmbH is a small manufacturer of
precision-engineered products, based in
Emmendingen in the heart of Germany’s
Black Forest.
This new series of ball heads have
several unique features, and because we
buy direct and cut out the usual middleman profit margin, they also offer exceptional value for money compared to
similar heads.
The ball, which is the heart of the
head, is produced on a CNC machine,
ensuring absolute precision and is coated
to give silk-smooth operation.
The model number indicates the ball
diameter in mm. All FLM heads from the
CB24 upwards have all parts machined
from high quality aluminium alloy, giving
great strength with light weight.
Operating controls are all of different
sizes to reduce the chance of operator
error, and are secured so that they won’t
fall out.
shown with CB 38FT
Power Release
Compact but strong, the Mini Plate which
attaches to the camera is just 4g, and the
base section 60g. Twist the knurled grip
about one and half turns and slide the
plate out to the side. Heavy camera? No
problem. You can make the connection as
tight as you like. Base connection 3/8”.
FLPRK
Release with one plate . . 24.00
FLMP
Mini Plate 1/4”. . . . . . . . . 6.00
One of the smallest quick release
plates around!
26 Speed Graphic
CB 18
A small ball head with star-shape knob
controlling both ball lock and the revolving base (unique at this price!). Max load
about 2kg. 1/4” tripod connection. 1/4”
camera connection. Weight 85g. Base
diameter 30mm. FLCB18 £12.50
CB 24F
CB 24
Although small, the CB24 has a big weight
capacity. Large and precise knob. Max
load about 5kg. 3/8” tripod connection.
1/4” camera connection. Weight 140g.
Base diameter 35mm. FLCB24 £22.00
Heads with a choice of quick release platform
The CB32F, CB38FT and CB58FT can be ordered with either the Basis or Power Release, or as
ball only in order for an alternative manufacturer’s quick release to be fitted (e.g. Arca,
Manfrotto, Gitzo). A 3/8” socket is required, plus a suitable retaining compound.
Based on the CB24, but with addition of a
friction control, unusual on a head of this
size. Max load about 5kg. 3/8” tripod
connection. 1/4” camera connection.
Weight 160g. FLCB24F £36.00
FT Heads have an
extra knob controlling
a unique feature. A
quick twist locks the
ball into one plane of
movement, at the
angle you have
selected.
CB 58FT
CB 32F
Offers a 7.5kg carrying capacity at about
two thirds the weight of comparable ball
heads. Friction control. 3/8” tripod
connection. Weight with Power Release
Plate 295g. Base diameter 43mm.
Complete with Power Release and one Mini
Camera Plate. FLCB32PK £66.00
Complete with Basis Quick Release
(camera plate extra). FLCB32BK £95.00
Head w/o platform FLCB32F £45.00
Basis Quick Release
Has secondary locking pin which quickly
secures the FLM plate on insertion. Side
lever tightens securely, and by pulling out
the pin on the end, can be parked neatly
down the side of the base unit. 3/8” base
connection. Weight 130g. FLBQR £55.00
FLUP Large Uni Plate (with one 3/8” and
two 1/4” camera screws) £22.00
FLSP Short Camera Plate 1/4” £12.00
nb does not accept Arca-Swiss plates
CB 38FT
At just 460g complete with the Power
Release, the CB 38FT is almost one quarter
of the weight of some heads with a similar
carrying capacity. As well as a friction
control, it has FLM’s unique tilt function
(see panel right), and panorama base.
Max load about 10kg. 3/8” tripod connection. Base diameter 55mm.
Complete with Power Release and one Mini
Camera Plate. FLCB38PK £113.00
Complete with Basis Quick Release
(camera plate extra). FLCB38BK £142.00
Head w/o platform FLCB38FT £92.00
The largest FLM head has a hollow ball to
save weight, friction control, tilt function
and panorama base. Max load about 15kg.
3/8” tripod connection. Weight with the
large Basis Quick Release 880g. Base
diameter 77mm.
Complete with Power Release and one Mini
Camera Plate. FLCB58PK £146.00
Complete with Basis Quick Release
(camera plate extra).
FLCB58BK £175.00
Head w/o platform FLCB58FT £125.00
CB 58FT shown with
Basis Quick
Release
Uni Plate
shown on
Basis QR
Short Camera Plate
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
BALL HEADS & ACCESSORIES
Novoflex Magic Ball
Novoflex ClassicBall 5
A heavy duty ball head with a design
incorporating two major improvements
over similar products.
Three vertical 90º openings for the ball
neck allow 180º movements.
Friction control is by click stops allowing
precise repeatable settings for different
equipment.
In addition, there is absolutely no
change in the ball position when locking,
a major benefit for macro work. Pan and
ball locks have been refined to minimise
bulk, and there is a very short throw on
the ball lock to enable quick an easy use,
even with gloves. Camera screw is
reversible 1/4” or 3/8”. 69mm dia base
has 3/8” socket. Height 113mm; weight
870g; max load 12kg. NVCB5 £249.00
Now available with fixed quick release:
ClassicBall 5 with MiniConnect . . . 295.00
ClassicBall 5 with Q-Base . . . . . . . 325.00
see p29 for details of these releases
Novoflex Panorama Plate
Fits under camera or head to provide spirit
level and 360° markings. Base connection
3/8” or 1/4”. Bushing provided converts
top 1/4” to 3/8”. 90x60mm; weight 170g.
LOWER PRICE NVPP £56.00
FAX: 01420 543 544
This is a fundamental rethink of the ball and socket head. The patented design allows no
limitation of movements, with a single locking knob, and an extra tension control on the
Universal and Large models. The advanced materials used include Delrin (blue) for the ball
which gives excellent absorption of vibrations, without the mass usually required for a
professional head.
Mini Magic Ball (75mm high, 330g, base dia max load 5kg) NVMINI £117.00
Universal MB50 Magic Ball (90mm high, 610g, max load 7kg) NVMB50 £157.00
Large Magic Ball (105mm high, 920g, max load 10kg) LOWER PRICE NVMB £172.00
Stroboframe Vertaflip PHD
An innovative tripod attachment that
makes switching between horizontal and
vertical compositions quick and convenient. As well as speed, the unique advantage of the Vertaflip is that the lens
remains centred on the subject. Tiresome
re-framing of the subject is eliminated.
This is a high quality item, made from
black anodised aluminium and with a
double set of Rotary-Links for rigidity
with heavy cameras.
Accepts Stroboframe camera antitwist plates (see page 53 for list) which
lock the camera firmly to the platform. We
recommend their use where available.
STPHD £49.95
Manfrotto 340 elbow bracket
Like the Vertaflip shown left, this is
designed to enable a camera to be quickly
changed from the horizontal to vertical
without moving the tripod head. It can be
used with any head or platform featuring
the Manfrotto hexagonal quick-release
system. Non-Manfrotto tripods can be
adapted by means of the 625 platform on
page 28. MA340 £38.00
Pan Handle for Universal and Large
Magic Balls
A 100mm long extension grip to
improve handling with long focus
lenses or large video cameras.
NVMBG £29.00
Manfrotto 341 junior elbow
bracket
An alternative version
of the 340
which uses
the smaller
rectangular
200PL
connection.
NonManfrotto
heads will
need the 323
adaptor platform. MA341 £38.00
Manfrotto 357 Sliding Plate
Helps with heavy lens/camera combinations, or with video cameras to
improve the point of balance on a tripod head. Supplied with 1/4” and 3/8”
fixing screws, and removeable pin. 1/4” and 3/8” base sockets. MA357 £33.50
Speed Graphic
27
TRIPOD ADAPTORS
Quick release adaptors
Gitzo G2285MB / G1385
Tripod and other
screw adaptors
If your tripod head lacks a quick release camera platform, we have a wide range of
adaptors from £15 which will convert it. Most have 1/4” and 3/8” sockets in the base and
come supplied with one plate with a standard 1/4” camera screw.
Cullmann 0070
Manfrotto 394
Uses the German DIN type of square platform, so is compatible with many other
German-made products. Simple spring
loaded lever (no safety catch) allows
speedy detaching of camera. Retractable
video pin. Base attaches to 1/4” thread.
CU0070
CU0081
CU0083
CU3012
0070 QR Platform . . . . . . 14.95
Spare plate 1/4” (no pin) . 5.95
Anti-twist version 1/4”. . . 6.95
Large bed version 1/4”. . . 9.95
Manfrotto 323
Our best-seller. All-metal construction
gives super rigidity, and it has a compact
50mm square footprint, so suits most
small to medium size heads. Camera plate
is used on many other Manfrotto heads,
and suits all 35mm and smaller medium
format cameras. 1/4” or 3/8” base socket.
MA323 £19.95
MA200PL14 Spare 1/4” plate . . . . . . 9.95
MA200PL38 Spare 3/8” plate . . . . . . 9.95
MA200ARCHPL14 Anti-twist plate 1/4”12.95
6
2
New compact
G2285MB
This is an excellent choice for medium or
larger format photographers looking for a
slimline platform with a camera plate with
flat bottom. Dimensions 85mm x 65mm.
with two built-in spirit levels. 1/4” or
3/8” base socket. MA394 £28.50
MA410PL Spare plate 1/4”+3/8” . . . . 9.95
Manfrotto 625
For heavy duty use. Uses the hexagonal
style plate found on larger Manfrotto
heads. Like all the Manfrotto platforms,
has spring-loaded instant attachment,
plus secondary safety lock. Includes two
built-in spirit levels. 1/4” or 3/8” base
socket. MA625 £31.50
MA03014 Spare plate 1/4”. . . . . . . 12.95
MA03038 Spare plate 3/8”. . . . . . . 12.95
ARCH plates also available. See list on p39.
Make your own custom FLM head! We reckon FLM ball heads are tops for value and
quality (see page 26). Most of the releases shown here can be fitted to the CB32,
CB38FT and CB58FT models. Use a screw retaining compound to stop it untwisting. If
you would like us to do this for you, just ask at the time of purchase.
28 Speed Graphic
4
Convert any head to the Gitzo plate
system as used on their quick release
heads. The G2285MB is the 50 x 45mm
size; the G1385 65 x 60mm size. The lever
lock has a catch to prevent accidental
unlocking. 1/4” or 3/8” base socket.
G1285 Dimensions 85mm x 50mm.
GZ2285MB £49.95
GZ1173/14 Standard plate 1/4” . . . 18.20
GZ1173/38 Standard plate 3/8” . . . 18.20
GZ1174/14 Long plate 1/4” . . . . . . 23.50
GZ1174/38 Long plate 3/8” . . . . . . 23.50
G1385 Dimensions 110mm x 60mm.
GZ1385 £63.50
GZ1373/14 Standard plate 1/4” . . . 19.95
GZ1373/38 Standard plate 3/8” . . . 19.95
GZ1374/14 Long plate 1/4” . . . . . . 23.50
GZ1374/38 Long plate 3/8” . . . . . . 23.50
3
1
5
1 HA5120 Bushing to reduce a 3/8”
socket to 1/4”1.00
2 MA088
Manfrotto 088 does the
same job as above . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95
3 HA5121 Allows a small diameter
1/4” socket head to be mounted on a
3/8” screw
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.95
4 MA120
Manfrotto 120 has 6cm
platform better for bigger heads . 9.95
5 HA5134 Hama camera case screw;
also useful to fix items to brackets1.50
6 HA5131 Hama 15mm extra long
version, suits Metz brackets etc . . 1.95
Foba quick releases
Foba quick release plates
Swiss-made clamp releases taking Foba,
Arca, Graf, Kirk and similar plates. They
include a safety end-stop, which can be slid
out of the way if not required. Base fixing is
3/8” socket (can be adapted to 1/4”).
With the exception of the BALSU, they are
supplied without a plate (see right).
BALPA
Short plate for
35mm cameras,
1/4” screw.
FABALPA £25.85
BALSI 60mm long, as supplied with the
Mini Superball. FABALSI £41.20
BALSO 82mm long version, as supplied
with Superball. FABALSO £50.50
BALSU the same base as the BALSI, but
complete with cork-topped 35mm camera
plate. FABALSU £50.50
BALPI
Üniversal plate ,
1/4” screw.
FABALPI
£25.85
BALPU
as above, 3/8” screw.
FABALPU £25.85
BALMA
Plate for Mamiya
cameras, 1/4”
screw.
FABALMA £35.25
BALTE
Hasselblad plate , 1/4” screw.
FABALTE £25.85
BALPE
as above, 3/8” screw. FABALPE £25.85
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
TRIPOD ADAPTORS
Stroboframe Camera Auto Quick Release
Novoflex MiniConnect
NEW Novoflex Q=Mount
flat bottom of the camera plate is stable
when putting a camera down.
Camera-specific anti-twist plates can be
used, making a rock-solid connection with
the plate.
Compatible with several Stroboframe
flash brackets allowing them to be
instantly attached to a tripod.
For speed of attachment and detachment,
this has most other systems licked.
Locks instantly with a single push – no
secondary tightening action required.
Camera plate is released with one push
on the side release lever.
Ultra low profile: saves weight, and the
Simplicity of design makes it ideal for
copy stands, spotting scopes, and even
skydivers’ helmets, where simplicity of use
is essential.
Maximum weight capacity 3kg
Camera Auto Quick Release QRC with
camera plate and cork pad. STQRC £62.50
STBASE QRC base unit only . . . . . 50.00
STPLT
Spare camera plate. . . . . 14.00
Camera anti-twist plates are listed on
page 53 and cost each . . . . . . . . . . . 9.00
The Q-top
Q-top manufacture ceases
Unfortunately, ideesign, the Q-top
maker, has gone out of business. As a
result we are offering remaining stock
at 25% off our previous price. Please
note however, that we have no extra
camera plates available. This is your last
chance to own a fantastic piece of
German engineering!
Speed of attachment
The rectangular or hexagonal shapes used
by other manufacturers can slow the
process of attachment by forcing the user
to carefully align the plate. The circular Qtop plate can be attached anywhere – by
feel alone if necessary.
No levers
Levers are quick, but can snag – and they
do stick out. Q-top uses a spring-loaded
push button. It can be operated by either
hand, won’t snag and is difficult to
damage.
FAX: 01420 543 544
Extra security
Another small lever is the usual method of
preventing accidental detachment of the
plate. The
Q-top uses an elegant and fool-proof solution. A second small indented button is
located on the opposite side to the main
push button, so that the safety latch is
automatically released when this is
depressed.
Panoramas a cinch
Inside the camera shoe are indentations
at 30º intervals. By slight depression of
the release button, the camera can be
rotated to allow composite panoramic
photography. There’s a bulls-eye spirit
level built in to the base as well.
Quality and size
Precision machined from solid pieces of
high strength aluminium alloys and stainless steel. Only 45mm diameter and 20mm
high. Max load approx 5kg.
The beauty of the MiniConnect system is
the discreet 25mm diameter camera piece,
which is so small that it can stay on the
camera all the time.
Attachment is virtually instantaneous
– insert the piece and it is secure, with
only a quick pull on the side lever to lock
tight. There is a secondary thumb lock on
the long side to prevent accidental disengagement. A neck strap can be attached.
Base size is 80x60x18mm. Weight 140g.
MiniConnect inc one 1/4” coupling piece.
LOWER PRICE NVMC £49.95
MiniConnect Profiset inc three 1/4”
coupling pieces and Carry Strap.
LOWER PRICE NVMCP £62.50
NVCP1
1/4” Coupling Piece . . . . 11.00
NVCP3
3/8” Coupling Piece . . . . 11.00
NVMCS MiniConnect Strap . . . . . 12.50
Novoflex MiniConnect MR
A simple base
unit designed for
use with tabletop tripods and
other places
where
lightweight
equipment is being used. A simple springloaded lever secures the coupling piece,
and because of this it should not be used
when absolute security is needed. 53mm
diameter. Weight 100g. NVMCMR £35.00
MiniConnect quick bracket
QTOP Release Set (base and shoe)
Was £89.95 £65.00
QTADAP Strap adaptor (allows Q-top to be
hung from neck) £9.00
Allows a camera to be switched from horizontal to vertical position. Adjustable slot
allows the lens to be correctly positioned
even with a deep body camera. Weight
330g. NVMCV £55.00
TAKES ARCA PLATES
A neat, lightweight quick release for
smaller Novoflex Q-plates and Arca, Foba
(and compatible) plates, with screw lock.
Weighs only 100g, diameter 60mm, height
16mm. NVQMNT £42.00
Only £38 when purchased with an FLM
CB32F, CB38FT or CB58FT head (see p26)
Novoflex Q=Base
Allows users of
Arca-Swiss
plates the possibility of onehanded instant
attachment of
equipment.
The initial snap
lock allows
lateral adjustment before final secure
locking with an eighth turn of the bottom
knurled ring.
Novoflex has also developed a
complete system of plates for the Q=Base,
which also locate with the central safety
pin, for added security. As with everything
Novoflex, all movements are smooth and
precise. Diameter 78mm; height 22mm;
weight 264g. NVQBASE £79.95
Novoflex Q-PL1
standard plate is
41mm square.
Available in 1/4”
and 3/8”
versions.
Q=Base Plates
NVQPL1 PL1 Std plate 1/4” . . . . . 21.00
NVQPL1-3 PL1-3/8 Std plate 3/8” . 21.00
NVQPL2 PL2 84mm plate 1/4+3/8 27.00
NVQPL3 PL3 120mm plate 1/4+3/8 35.00
NVQPL4 PL4 155mm plate 1/4+3/8 42.00
Other plates available – please ask for price
NVQPV
Quick Bracket, L-shape for
vertical and horizontal shots (operation
as the MiniConnect type left) . . . . . 55.00
Speed Graphic
29
The case for an extra leg
MONOPODS
Tripods are a pain.
Well yes, sometimes they are, but
when you want to guarantee absolute
sharpness, accept no substitute.
However, in the interests of practicality and portability, your next best
friend is undoubtedly going to be a
monopod. Think about it – your two
legs and a monopod makes – a tripod!
Not quite as stable as the real thing
perhaps, but surprisingly effective at
giving you possibly an extra two stops
in a tricky lighting situation.
It’s very easy to strap a monopod
to a conventional camera bag, and
particularly easy if you have a rucksack – most have loops on the side to
take one.
Main considerations when buying
are the weight of equipment you
expect it to carry, the working height
(most of the ones we sell are OK for a
6ft person), the weight, and the length
when collapsed. You will need to
budget for a ball and socket head or
‘tilt top’, as most of the models we sell
do not come with a tilting device, and
without one, portrait format shots will
be impossible! Be also advised that
Gitzo and Manfrotto models have
quite a wide platform at the top, so
small ball heads won’t have the height
to allow a camera to tilt a full 90º. It’s
best to stick to one of the many
suitable Manfrotto heads for these.
Spiked Feet / Suction Cup
236 (right) replaces the
rubber foot on 479, 479-4,
434, 679, 680 and 681
series monopods.
MA236 £9.95
Rubber/Spiked Foot
for 449/694 monopods.
MA449SP2 £9.95
for 695 monopod.
MA695SP2 £9.95
for 679/680monopods.
MA676SP2 £9.95
Suction Cup with
retractable spike
for 449/694 monopods.
MA449SC2 £14.95
for 695 monopod.
MA695SC2 £14.95
for 679/680 monopods.
MA676SC2 £14.95
30 Speed Graphic
Manfrotto
Left to right, available in chrome or black.
All models feature padded rubber grip,
45º rapid action leg locks, dual 1/4” or
3/8” camera fixing screw, large 60mm
head platform and wrist strap.
Neotec 684B
Uses the same opening
and closing mechanism of
the tripod. Just pull the
leg down to open and
lock at any position, and
press the release at the
top to close again. The
‘upside down’ construction helps stop mud and
moisture from the ground
entering the monopod.
Takes loads up to 8kg,
height 166cm, closed
71cm, weight 0.7kg.
MA684B £89.95
679
3-section, for loads up to 10kg, height
162cm, closed 64cm, weight 0.6kg.
MA679 Chrome finish. . . . . . . . . 28.50
MA679B Black finish . . . . . . . . . . 31.50
680
Compact 4-section version of the above.
Height 154cm, closed 51cm, weight 0.83kg.
MA680 Chrome finish. . . . . . . . . . 38.00
MA680B Black finish . . . . . . . . . . . 40.50
681
Very robust 3-section design with extended
grip, for loads up to 12kg. Height 161cm,
closed 67cm, weight 0.78kg
MA681
Chrome finish. . . . . . . . . . 38.00
MA681B Black finish . . . . . . . . . . . 40.50
679 chrome
680 chrome
681 black
Magfibre
682 Self-standing
334B Auto
All the features of the
681, but with the
addition of three
retractable legs – a
boon if you need to
change lenses a lot.
Height 172cm, closed
74cm, weight 1.88kg
MA682
Chrome £66.50
MA682B
Black £71.30
3-section design, with the
two lower sections having a
twist-lock action. The top
section can be instantly
adjusted by means of a
single-handed trigger. Height
166cm, closed 68cm, weight
0.49kg. Max load 8kg.
MA334B £DISCONTINUED
Replacing the
449 model,
these are
carbon fibre
models with 4
and 5 leg
sections
respectively.
Metal parts like
lock levers are
magnesium.
Each will take a
load of 5kg
694 (left)
4-sections.
Height 160cm,
closed 46cm,
weight 0.58kg.
MA694
£108.00
331 Support Bracket
Converts any monopod with a 3/8” attachment screw into a stable platform on any
surface, regardless of the inclination for
long exposures etc. Supplied with Miniball
482. 3/8” attachment to
monopod. MA331 £42.50
361 Shoulder Brace
Supplied with adaptor to fit any make of
monopod for additional stability.
Adjustable length and pivoting attachment. MA361 £12.95
695 (right)
5-sections.
Height 165cm,
closed 53cm,
weight 0.59kg.
MA695 £117.00
678 folding tripod base
Fits 479,479-4, 434, 679, 680 and 681 to
provide a retractable tripod base. No
reduction in load capacity. MA678 £33.30
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
MONOPODS
Manfrotto tilt tops
A popular alternative to a ball head. Tilt
tops move in one plane only, so are easier
to control – just rotate the camera by 90º
to change from front to back to side to
side adjustment. 3/8” base socket.
234RC
With
200PL-14
quick
release
plate.
MA234RC
£24.95
Gitzo
Benbo Trekker
G1564 Studex 2
(1) 4-section, for loads up to 8kg, height
159cm, closed 59cm, weight 0.89kg.
GZ1564 £79.50
G1564L Studex 2
not shown 5-section version, with same
load capacity. Height 202cm, closed
60cm, weight 0.97kg. GZ1564L £89.95
G1566 Mini Studex 2
(2) 6-section, for loads up to 5kg, height
140cm, closed 41cm, weight 0.71kg.
GZ1566 £92.00
234
Non-quick
release version.
MA234
£14.95
G1568 Mountaineer 2
(3) Carbon fibre 4-section, for loads up to
4kg, height 165cm, closed 55.5cm, weight
0.55kg. GZ1568 £144.00
GZ1578 carbon fibre . . . . . . . . . . . 159.95
GZ1588 carbon fibre. . . . . . . . . . . 184.95
Novoflex BBStock
A 3-section walking
pole made by
German manufacturer Leki. Super
light, at just 300g, it
includes strap and
removeable mud
foot. The wooden
knob removes to
reveal a 1/4” screw.
Designed to be used
with the Basic Ball as
well (see p25).
NVBBST £35.00
Giottos P-Pod
Has three legs stored
in the lower leg
section, which can be
extracted to convert
the P-Pod to either a
self-standing ‘tripod’
or, as shown, a
ground level
support. 4-section
legs, quick release
swivelling head. Height
179cm, closed 63cm,
weight 1.2kg.
GTPP £59.00
FAX: 01420 543 544
Gitzo G1560 Monotrek
1
2
3
4
Gitzo monopods are made to the same
immaculate standards as their tripods. Legs
have twist locks, and the head attachment
screw is 1/4” and 3/8” reversible. The Classic
series have a combination rubber/stainless
steel spiked foot. All types have cushioned
grip and wrist strap.
(4) The best combination of walking pole
and monopod there is. It uses ultra-light
high strength aluminium alloy, and has 3section telescopic height adjustment
(minimum 81cm, maximum 164cm),
weighs just 0.43kg, and includes hand
strap, steel spiked foot and mud/snow
shoe. Under the click-on cap is a precision
ball and socket head capable of supporting 2kg. GZ1560 £72.95
Velbon carbon fibre
This trio are all 4section design, so their
closed length is short in
relation to working
height. Large, secure
collars, and non-rotating leg sections make
locking and unlocking
rapid and secure. They
are supplied with a
shoulder strap and belt
holster, and have a
large high density foam
grip on the top section.
Top platform has a
reversible 1/4’ and 3/8”
screw, and the foot is
rubber tipped.
Pro Pod 6
(left) Height 153cm;
closed 48cm, weight
0.59kg. VEPP6 £75.00
Pro Pod 7
(centre) Height 170cm;
closed 53cm, weight
0.76kg. VEPP7 £86.00
Pro Pod 8
(right) Height 189cm;
closed 58cm, weight
0.87kg. VEPP8 £99.00
2-section design, making it very
rigid, if a little longer than other
types. New version incorporates
the 180º tilting top from the
tripod, which allows a camera to
be used in both landscape and
portrait formats without the need
for an extra ball and socket head.
Height 160cm, closed 89cm,
weight 0.6kg. BBTM £27.50
Cullmann
2741 Magic
Super-compact 5-section
design which has a strong
internal leg lock system
to make extension quick
and secure. Height
143cm; closed 40cm,
weight 360g.
CU2741 £24.95
Complete with the FLM
CB18 head (see p26)
CU2741K £34.95
Viewfinder trekking pole
From leading outdoor equipment manufacturer Exped this best-seller offers great
value for money.
The 3-section
lightweight alloy
pole has internal
twist locks, and at
the top there’s a
polished beechwood
knob covering a 1/4”
camera screw.
Foam hand grip,
carbide tip with
rubber foot cover,
mud/snow shoe
and handstrap
complete the
picture.
145cm
extended,
67cm closed.
Weight
350g.
LYVF
£24.95
Speed Graphic
31
One leg good, three legs better
TRIPODS
The essential accessory
You can take all the auto-shift
programs and subject-sensitive
metering patterns which are built in to
today’s 35mm cameras, but it’s a fact
that more otherwise excellent pictures
are spoilt by camera shake than by
incorrect exposure, and yet many
photographers who would quite
rightly regard themselves as serious
about their craft, spurn the use of a
decent tripod.
Yes, they can be a nuisance to lug
around, and a fag to put up and down,
but ask any professional who earns
their living from photography which is
their second most important item of
equipment after the camera, and the
answer will invariably be – a tripod.
The next pill to swallow is the fact
that the bigger and heavier the tripod,
the more effective it will be in
damping vibrations and providing a
steady support in windy conditions,
and that the lighter the camera, the
heavier the tripod should be.
But we must be realistic, and for
most people the choice will be dictated
by price, and the weight and size of
tripod which they are prepared to
carry around.
A studio-based tripod, or one
which is used for wedding work will
usually be of conventional design, with
the ability to adjust height quickly, but
without the need for too much flexibility. The Manfrotto 055 series is a
popular choice.
For nature photographers, the
Benbo design has many advantages,
not least of which is the waterproof
bottom tube, but the single lock for
both legs and centre column can be
unwieldy for the unpractised (a bit like
wrestling with a set of bagpipes), so
it’s less efficient as a general purpose
design. The Gitzo Explorer series has
much of the flexibility with individual
leg adjustment.
Heads are a personal choice, and
many photographers end up with
several – each having an advantage for
a particular job. It’s important to have
a head which is big enough for the
camera weight, with a bit in reserve.
If you need help or more
information – just ask!
32 Speed Graphic
Velbon
Maxi 343E
Designed to a
brief from
renowned US journalist Herbert Keppler, this
is an all-metal tripod
weighing less than
2lbs, and folding to
under 20ins, yet
with a good
working height.
By using a technique borrowed
from gun barrel
construction,
each leg
section can
be made
longer to
achieve
this. The ball head
can be removed.
4-section legs.
Length extended 158cm; closed 44.4cm,
Weight 860g. Includes carrying case.
VEM343 £64.95
Maxi 347E
Similar design to the 343E above, with 3way pan and tilt head with quick release
plate instead. Length extended 161cm;
closed 42.7cm. Weight 1.05kg. Includes
carrying case. VEM347 £66.95
Velbon Ultra Maxi
Velbon Ultra Luxi
Superbly finished
compact tripods in titanium finish. They have
patented Twist-Lock 5section legs. To unlock,
grasp the foot of the
bottom section and
turn steadily anticlockwise whilst
pulling on the
legs. When fully
extended, a
quick clockwise twist
locks all
the
sections.
To
collapse, reverse the process –
it’s quick and remarkably secure.
The trunnion shaft construction allows a good working
height with very compact folded
length, and the legs pivot to
allow low level use. There are
two versions:
Ultra Maxi F has compact 4-way
pan and tilt head. Length
extended 152.5cm; closed 36cm.
Weight 990g. VEUMF £94.50
Ultra Maxi SF has ball and
socket head. Length extended
122cm; closed 32.7cm.
Weight 750g. VEUMSF £85.50
Use a larger leg section than the Ultra
Maxi series for heavier loadings. Same
Twist-Lock legs and other features as the
Maxi models.
Ultra Luxi F has deluxe 4-way quick
release pan and tilt head. Length
extended
161cm; closed
39cm. Weight
1.32kg.
VEULF £103.50
Ultra Luxi SF has
ball and socket
head. Length
extended 121cm;
closed 34.2cm.
Weight 970g.
VEULSF
£94.50
Ultra Luxi F
Case included
Just twist
to lock!
Ultra Luxi SF at low level
QB-3 spare plate for pan head £7.95
Sherpa Pro
CF-631EL
Carbon Fibre Quick-Lock
EL Series
Complete with PH-157Q pan head and
stone bag 3-section legs. Legs height
156cm extended, 57.5cm closed. Min
height 12.5cm. Weight 1.51kg.
RRP £257.95
VESP631ELKIT
£
50
New models featuring rapid-action lever
leg locks and weight-saving carbon fibre
benefits at very competitive prices!
Leg angles can be adjusted, and each
leg has a calibrated bottom section to
allow easy equalising of leg lengths.
Centre columns are splittable for low level
use and can be removed, and each tripod
comes with a stone bag and centre column
hook for extra stability when required.
The top tube sections have high
density foam grips, and there’s a 3/8”
screw head connection.
208
CF-641EL
4-section. Legs height 155cm extended,
45.5cm closed. Min height 10.5cm. Weight
1.46kg. With PH-157Q pan head
VESP641ELKIT £217.20
CF-531EL
Narrower 3-section legs. Height 163cm
extended, 53.5cm closed. Min height
17cm. Weight 1.25kg. With PH-157Q pan
head. VESP531ELKIT £185.00
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
TRIPODS
Sherpa series
Tripod accessories
Op/tech Tripod Strap
Well-finished quality tripods featuring die-cast
components, aluminium leg sections, quickrelease platform and side lever leg locks, and
titanium bronze finish. The pan and tilt head
is removeable.
Sherpa 250
The left hand pan/tilt handle allows control of
the head while the right hand is free for camera
controls. The pan head is removeable for
attachment to the bottom of the geared
centre column (feature common to all
models). Length extended 154cm; closed
59.5cm. Weight 2.1kg. VES250 £59.95
Loops around each end and will fit most
models. Large neoprene pad reduces the
apparent weight, and the design allows
the tripod to hang vertically or horizontally. Quick disconnects. OPTS £17.95
Sherpa 450
The Tripod Hammock
A taller version of the 250, with 3-section legs,
geared centre column. Length extended 172cm;
closed 65cm. Weight 2.2kg. VES450 £69.95
The invention of Mr Sidney Cripps, this is
not just a stone bag, but a way of weighing down a tripod, and getting at your
equipment more easily. Supplied with
three different methods of attachment,
and will accept all but the very largest
types of camera bag. CPTH £14.95
All Sherpa tripods now include a
carry case with shoulder strap
QB-157 spare quick
release plate for all
Sherpa quick release pan
heads VEQB157 £9.95
Sherpa 600
Peli 28 tripod case
Made from tough padded nylon with large
side pockets for accessories, strong selfrepairing zippers, and webbing strap. Int.
dimensions 70Lx13.5Hx13.5W cm.
PEB28 £32.95
Oyster tripod cases
With 3 different leg angles, and a sliding splittable
centre column (which can also be inverted to allow the
head to get right down to the ground), the 600 allows
low level operation to 29cm height. Length extended
165cm; closed 65cm. VES600 £79.50
Well-padded cases in black nylon complete
with shoulder strap and hanging loop.
Medium case Internal size 56L x 10W x
10D cm
OY4872 £14.95
Large case Internal size 76L x 12.5W x
11.5D cm
OY4874 £18.95
166 Apron Support
Sherpa 750
Has all the versatility of the 600, but with 4-section
legs, folds to a very compact 54cm. Each leg has 3
angle settings, and with the splittable and geared
centre column, working height can be as low as 28cm.
This is a versatile and lightweight tripod, ideal for
field use. Length extended 155cm; closed 54cm.
weight 2.2kg. VES750 £87.50
FAX: 01420 543 544
Silvestri Tripod Pouch
Great for holding odds and ends, dark
slides, CD writers/hard drives, or packs of
sandwiches whilst working from a tripod.
Constructed from tough padded nylon,
overall size is 35x30cm, with front pockets
15x13x4cm and top webbing compartment. Attaches by sewn-in velcro straps.
SVPS2 £29.00
Three compartments help organise your
odds and ends (or stones in high winds!).
Fits most
tripods –
not just
Manfrotto
models.
MA166
£24.95
Speed Graphic
33
TRIPODS
Benbo
The single curved bolt design and
locking lever allows independent movement of each leg at virtually any angle,
even up against a wall or tree. Because
of this, and the sealed lower tubes, they
have become the nature photographer’s
favourite.
Cullmann
Magic 2
Benbo 1
Has 35mm diameter tubing so will carry
the heaviest camera (with suitable head).
Height 157cm; closed 84cm. Weight 3.4kg.
Legs only BB1 £116.50
Benbo 1 Kit with Pro Ball Head and Carry
Bag. BB1KIT £179.95
Benbo 2
Trekker Mk2
New version has a 180º swivel joint at
one end of the centre column giving more
flexibility with camera positioning, plus a
hook at the other allowing a camera bag
(as illustrated) to be suspended to
improve stability. Has easier to use leg
locks too. Height 150cm; closed 84cm.
Weight 2kg. Legs only BBT2 £79.95
Trekker Mk2 Kit
Includes legs, Compact Ball head and
Benbo carry bag.
£
95
BBT2KIT
109
Mini Trekker
Has all the features of the Trekker Mk2 but
with a shorter centre column and short
fixed length legs. This makes it
lightweight, and an ideal companion for
low level exterior or table top interior
photography. Height 71cm; closed 55cm.
Weight 1.5kg. BBMT £56.00
Ball head shown not included
Only one word for it – huge. If you need
the height, or plan to work in deep water,
it’s just the job. Height 256cm; closed
114cm. Weight 3.75kg. Legs BB2 £134.95
Benbo 2 Kit with Pro Ball Head and Carry
Bag. BB2KIT £199.95
Professional Ball & Socket
Solidly-made,
with a 29mm
ball, separate
tensioning
knob, and
independently
lockable
revolving base,
capable of
supporting
12kg. Height
10cm, weight
0.36kg. BBPH £75.00
Compact Ball & Socket
As supplied with
Trekker kit. Its
25mm ball will
support most
35mm and lighter
medium format
cameras. Height
8cm, weight
0.175kg.
BBCH £32.50
Also available with independently lockable revolving base. Height 9cm, weight
0.25kg, BBCHR £57.00
A full-size tripod that will actually go in a gadget bag,
rather than on the outside (or back in the car boot).
Folded up, as shown, it’s flat, and is only 34.5cm long,
yet will extend to 144cm. Weight 1.46kg
Comes complete with a removeable leg to form a
monopod and quick release 2709 head.
CU2722 £81.00
Tiltall
IFF
The purist’s tripod. No trace of plastic,
and with a pleasing simplicity of design.
At one time the leading USA pro tripod,
it’s now fastidiously recreated in Taiwan.
The tubular 3-section legs have collar
locks, and have rubber feet with
retractable spikes, and are very rigid.
The head has oversized knurled metal
handles to allow smooth panning. It
allows 90º left and 45º right tilting, and
90º forward and 45º
backwards.
Height 183cm;
closed 76cm.
Weight
2.74kg. Black
or silver finish.
£139.00
TLB black
TLS silver
Mini Salon 190 Studio Stand
Designed for 35mm and medium format
use; allows working heights from 56cm to
182cm. The counterbalanced column is
black anodised aluminium, and is
mounted on a heavy steel base with two
foot-lockable castors. 80cm crossarm is
gear driven, and
there is a built-in
20x28cm accessory
tray. Stand height
190cm; base
85x54cm. Weight
34kg.
IF806 £487.60
Carry bags
BBTBAG Trekker Carry Bag. . . . . . . . 19.95
BB1BAG Mk 1 Carry Bag . . . . . . . . . 24.95
BB2BAG Mk 2 Carry Bag . . . . . . . . . 26.95
34 Speed Graphic
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
TRIPODS
Slik
Slik Compact
Weighs just
600g but offers
a working
height of nearly
1m. Aluminium
alloy 4-section
legs, 2-way
pan head.
Length
extended
99cm;
closed
36cm.
SKC
Giottos
Innovator
1500
£
AF2100 Joystick Head
Pro 400DX
complete with
SH-705E head
7900
£
Pro 700DX
complete with
700DX head
9500
£
Pro 400DX
Pro 700DX
A beautifully finished tripod at a sensational price. ‘D’ shaped tubes prevent
twisting, and the 3-section legs can be
independently set at 3 different angles.
Leg locks are swift and comfortable lever
types. The top leg sections are covered
with a foam grip for comfortable handling
in winter weather.
Low level shooting is easy with a
reversible centre column, and it comes
complete with a 3-way pan and tilt head
with quick release. Length extended
155cm; closed 65cm. Weight 2.52kg.
SKP400 Pro 400DX legs only £62.00
SK705E SH-705E (above) pan head. 28.95
SK6123 Spare quick release plate . . . 7.95
A heavy duty model, capable of taking
medium format and lighter field cameras.
By using Slik’s AMT (aluminium-magnesium-titanium) alloy, a 40% greater
strength has been achieved compared to
similar size tripods. 3-section 30mm tubes
are grooved to prevent twisting, have
lever quick release locks, and can be set at
3 different angles.
The large 3-way pan and tilt head has
twin spirit levels, and a circular-style
quick release platform. Length extended
190cm; closed 76cm. Weight 3.2kg.
SKP700 Pro legs only £69.00
Pro 700DX pan and tilt head
Need something Slik not shown here? If
the importer has it, we can supply
within a few days. Ask for a quote.
Pro 500DX
Compact version of the 700DX using ‘D’
shaped 26.8mm tubing, with 3-section
legs. Length extended 152.5cm, closed
59.5mm. Weight 1.8kg. Legs only
SKP500 £65.00
FAX: 01420 543 544
3-way head. Built-in 2-way
spirit level, and quick release. 3/8”
socket. The unique circular Slik platform
allows separate rotation of the camera
without removing the plate.
SKP700H £36.95
Gives
super-fast
position
changes on
the tripod.
Squeeze
the grip
with one
hand, and
keep the other on the shutter release.
Release the trigger for instant locking. To
rotate the camera push the small grey
switch up with your thumb. Pull down to
lock. Height 14cm. Weight 870g. 3/8” or
1/4” socket. SK2100/3 £72.50
SK3472 Spare plate for 2100 . . . . 11.00
Ball Head 800
Substantial ball
using circular
quick release
plate. The side
lever on the
head can be
depressed to
release the plate
for circular movement,
allowing the camera to
be panned. Height
120m, weight 760g. 3/8” or 1/4” socket.
SKB800 £45.00
Spare circular plate for 700DX/800 heads
SK6124 1/4” quick release shoe . 11.95
SK6125 3/8” quick release shoe . 12.95
Star Wars styling clads an interesting and well-reviewed tripod
which offers great flexibility. The
3-section legs can be set at any
of 3 pre-set angles, or at any
intermediate point by releasing
the large locking levers.
The centre column can be reset horizontally by sliding upwards to its fullest
extent and then unlocking the hinge at
the top.
The rubber feet can be removed to
expose a spike for use on wet or rocky
ground, and it is supplied complete with
shoulder strap and carrying bag.
Innovator MT9170
32mm alloy tubing. Height 170cm, closed
64cm. Max load 12kg. Weight 3kg.
GT9170 £119.00
Innovator MT8160
28mm carbon fibre tubing. Height 160cm,
closed 60cm. Max load 10kg. Weight
2.5kg. GT8160 £219.00
Pro Ball MH7001
Sliding large quick
release plate with
1/4” and 3/8” screws.
One touch lock for ball
and panning. Weight
507g. Height 110mm.
Base dia 60mm. Max load
6kg. GT7001 £39.95
Speed Graphic
35
TRIPODS
Manfrotto
NEW Magfiber Range
Model shown 055PRO
black, and above, the horizontal setting of the centre
column.
Manfrotto have streamlined their carbon
fibre range, and the 44x series has been
replaced by 3 and 4 section versions of the
190PRO and 055PRO series.
‘Magfiber’ indicates that the
construction is carbon fibre for the leg
sections, and magnesium for all the metal
parts, resulting in tripods that weigh
between 1.6 and 2kg (without head).
The tubes are triangular in shape
to prevent twisting, and are pressureclamped rather than glued for greater
reliability.
All models include a padded
carry strap, which can also be used
to hang a weight from to improve
stability in windy conditions.
Two-part centre
column allows
switching between
normal and low
angle, without
detaching the
head.
055CL
The classic all-purpose
tripod features rapid
action leg locks needing
just a 45º turn, non-rotating reversible centre
column, low angle adaptor
for low level shots, and four
leg angle settings, allowing use
from as low as 8cm. Height
extended 175cm, closed 61cm.
Weight 2.3kg. Max load 6kg.
MA055CL Chrome finish . . . 103.50
MA055CLB Black finish . . . . . 108.00
Compact tripods
190CL
The most compact Manfrotto, now revised
to give the same features as the 055. 4position click-stopped leg settings with
rapid action leg locks. Height extended
145cm, closed 53cm. Weight 1.74kg. Max
load 5kg.
MA190CL 190CL chrome . . . . . . . . 81.00
MA190CLB190CL black . . . . . . . . . . 85.50
190PRO
As the 190CL, but with the ability to set
the centre column horizontally as well as
vertically.
MA190PRO Chrome finish . . . . . . . . 89.95
MA190PROB Black finish. . . . . . . . . 94.50
36 Speed Graphic
055PRO
All the features of the 055CL but with a
terrific extra feature of a centre column
which can be placed horizontally as well as
vertically, which is great for copying or
tricky ground level photography.
MA055PRO Chrome finish . . . . . . . 117.00
MA055PROB Black finish. . . . . . . . 121.50
055MF3
190MF3
Follows the design and construction
of the 055PRO with 3-section legs,
with 4 level settings, allowing
working as low as 11cm. Maximum
load 7kg. Height 169cm, closed
64cm, weight 2kg. MA055MF3 £225.00
The lightest ‘full size’ tripod from
Manfrotto, with all the features of the
190PRO. Maximum load 4kg. Height
142cm, closed 56cm, weight 1.6kg.
MA190MF3 £198.00
055MF4
Model shown
190PRO black
Detachable strap
included
The same as the 055MF3, but with 4 leg
sections giving a shorter closed length.
Max load 7kg. Height 165cm, closed 54cm,
weight 2kg. MA055MF4 £234.00
190MF4
As the 190MF3, but with 4 leg sections.
Max load 4kg. Height 131cm, closed 46cm,
weight 1.6kg. MA190MF4 £207.00
553 levelling centre column
angle bracket
Short columns
055CCSB for 055 series
tripods (17.5cm)
MA055CCSB £19.95
190CCSB for 190 series
tripods (16.5cm)
MA190CCSB £19.95
Tool Kit
Two handy tools to
adjust the locking
collars of most of
Manfrotto’s tripods, stands
and monopods. Comprises a Type 2 Phillips
screwdriver, and Hex socket key. MAWMANTOOL £4.95
Provides a level platform
for heads when working
at low level
with centre
column
horizontal.
MA553 £34.95
Manfrotto spares
can be obtained directly by phoning
0870 4436843
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
TRIPODS
755B MDeVe levelling tripod
Designed for the professional videographer, this could
appeal to photographers looking for a quick and easy
way of levelling a tripod head without fiddling with
leg heights. The centre column has a built-in 50mm
levelling ball with spirit level, which is adjusted with a
twist grip on its base, and can be set horizontally if
required. Height extended 163cm; closed 67.5cm.
Weight 2.8.kg. max load 6kg. MA755B £152.60
Short version (height 143cm; closed 59cm, weight
2.2kg) MA756B £129.50
Carbon fibre version (height 152cm; closed 65.5cm,
weight 1.9kg) MA754 £397.00
Other Manfrotto tripods
MA028
MA028B
MA058
MA058B
MA161
MA161B
MA475
MA475B
028 Triman chrome. . . . 162.00
028 Triman black . . . . . 171.00
058 Triaut chrome . . . . 202.50
058 Triaut black . . . . . . 211.50
161 Mk 2 Super Pro chr . 309.00
161 Mk 2 Super Pro blk . 339.00
475 Pro Geared chrome . 171.00
475 Pro Geared black . . 180.00
NEW 458B Neotec
Starting from first principles, Manfrotto’s
engineers looked at making a tripod that
was as quick and easy to use as possible.
The result is a unique leg locking system –
just pull each leg out and it’s immediately
locked in position. To unlock, press a lever
at the top and push back in. It’s that
simple, and the internal mechanism
exerts more locking power the more
weight is applied, so it carries a healthy
6kg load.
The top of the centre column detaches
to create a low level head support –
there’s no need to detach the head – and
the whole column can be set horizontally.
Other features include an ‘upside
down’ tube design which helps prevent
mud from the ground getting in the leg
sections, and a detachable carrying strap
which can be used to support a bag or
other counterweight.
Max load 6kg. Height 156cm, closed
64cm, weight 2.4kg. MA458B £247.50
FAX: 01420 543 544
MDeVe
levelling
centre
columns
Adapts your existing
tripod.
For 441, 440
MA554 £114.00
For 055PROB
MA555B £71.20
For 190PROB
MA556B £66.50
Manfrotto accessories
BAG70
BAG80
102 strap
Hook fixes to the
tripod ‘spider’ –the top
bit where the legs attach –
and the loop goes around the
legs.
MA102 £19.95
401N Quick Action strap
BAG80P
Carrying bags
Completely redesigned with improved
materials, with a tapered end which suits
most compatible heads. They can be fully
unzipped, or the padded end opened
‘quiver style’ to allow the tripod to be
extracted. The padded bags have extra
grab handles provided as well as a
shoulder strap.
MAMBAG70 unpadded 70cm . . . . . . 19.95
MAMBAG80 unpadded 80cm . . . . . . 28.50
MAMBAG80P padded 80cm . . . . . . . 42.80
MAMBAG90P padded 90cm . . . . . . . 57.00
MAMBAG100P padded 100cm . . . . . 61.70
MAMBAG120P padded 120cm . . . . . 71.20
540BB Bucket
Backpack
Designed for large
video tripods or for
users of spotting scopes,
where the head can be
safely cradled in the
‘bucket’. Allows the
tripod to be comfortably carried and set up
in seconds.
MA540BB £142.50
Leg warmers
Zip-on padded grips for
winter conditions.
MA380 For 055, 144 and
455 models £24.95
MA381 For 190 £23.95
The clever design of this
strap allows it to stay
attached to one leg of the
tripod without interfering with its operation.
The strap can be
quickly hitched or
unhitched to the
body. Ideal if you
want to be mobile
with the minimum of
camera equipment
but insist on using a
tripod!
MA401N £42.70
Spiked feet
Stainless steel spike,
supplied with fixing
tool. Sets of 3.
For 055D, 055CL, 055PRO, 055NAT3.
MA055SPK2 £19.95
For 190D, 190CL, 190PRO, 190NAT3.
MA190SPK2 £19.95
For 724B, 728B, 190MF3, 055MF4.
MA440SPK2 £19.95
For 055MF3. MA441SPK2 £19.95
For 190MF4. MA439SPK2 £19.95
For 055MF4. MA055SPK £14.95
Suction cup feet
Also include a retractable spike. Set of 3.
Fit the models shown above. Codes are the
same except substitute ‘C’ for ‘P’ (eg
MA055SCK2. All sets are £29.95
230 Snow shoes
Attach to tripods or
monopods to provide
stability in snow, mud
or soft ground.
138mm diameter.
MA230 £12.95
Speed Graphic
37
TRIPODS
Manfrotto heads
NEW SERIES BALL HEADS
Manfrotto has completely redesigned the
majority of its ball head range. From
small to big, they all feature an extra
slot to facilitate 90º side-to-side movement, and a revolving base.
PLEASE NOTE that all Manfrotto heads
have a 3/8” socket on the base. You will
need an HA5120 adaptor (£1.00) to fit
these to a tripod with a 1/4” screw.
488 Midi Ball
Replaces the 168. Has a smaller footprint
so can also be used on a monopod. Has a
separate lock for the revolving base.
Height 11.2cm, weight 560g, max load
8kg. MA488 £56.95
482 Micro Ball
The smallest
Manfrotto ball
head ideal for
clamps, table
tripods etc.
Height 5.9cm,
weight 110g,
max load 2kg,
MA482 £23.95
486RC2 Compact Ball
Replaces the
352RC and
308RC, so is
an ideal
partner for most
small to medium
tripods or heavier
monopods.
Height 10cm,
weight 460g,
max load 6kg.
MA486RC2£47.50
MA486 As above, no q/release . . 43.70
38 Speed Graphic
329RC4 Pro Compact
With singlehanded release of
the ball, this
head is quick and
easy to use.
Complete with
quick release 200PL14 plate, built-in
spirit level. Ideal for
most 35mm applications. Height 21cm,
weight 0.78kg. Max
load 2.5kg.
MA222 Standard black version £75.60
MA222NAT All green version £75.60
A low profile head suitable for a wide
range of cameras. Low profile design
means that the centre of gravity is kept
nearer the centre of the tripod, reducing
the tendency for a heavy camera to tilt
suddenly. Friction control on all three
handles helps too. Spirit level in the base.
Uses 410PL plate. Height 13cm, weight
1.2kg, max load 8kg. MA329RC4 £89.95
322RC2 Grip Action Ball
488 Quick Release Heads
The 488 is available with three different
quick release systems. Max load is 8kg in
each case.
484RC2 Mini Ball
A compact head using the 200PL quick
release plate.
Good for
monopod
/small
tripod use
with most
35mm and
light medium
format.
Height 9.5cm,
weight 320g,
max load 4kg.
MA484RC2 £38.50
MA484 As above, no q/release . . 34.50
222 Grip
Action Ball
Allows rapid one-handed repositioning of
the camera front to back and from landscape to portrait format. Handle can be
set for either right or left handed operation, or like the 222 above (although this
reduces the weight capacity). Height
10.3cm, weight 0.7kg. Max load 5kg.
MA322RC2 £95.00
390RC Junior Pan and Tilt
Top value, all-metal 3-way head suitable
for both photo and video use. Height
10cm, weight 0.7kg. Max load 5kg.
MA390RC £33.95
488RC0
Uses the 030 hexagonal plate. Built-in
spirit level. Height 13.4cm, weight 830g.
MA488RC0 £61.70
488RC2
Uses the 200PL
plate. Height
10.8cm, weight
670g.
MA488RC2
£66.50
488RC4
Uses the
410PL plate.
Twin built-in
spirit levels.
Height
11.5cm,
weight 800g. MA488RC4 £71.20
460Mg Magnesium
Versatile, lightweight and
inexpensive, the 460Mg is
cast from magnesium and
can be placed in virtually any
position. Smooth and positive locking is
assured by the easygrip rubber knobs,
and it’s supplied
with a 200PL-14
quick release plate.
Height 10.5cm,
weight 0.5kg. Max
load 3kg.
MA460 £51.50
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
TRIPODS
141RC Basic Pan and Tilt
700RC2 Mini Video
128RC Micro Video
For cameras up to medium format size; 3way action, with large locking handles.
200PL type quick release plate. Height
13cm, weight 1kg. Max load 6kg.
MA141RC £56.50
Lightweight 2-way head with fluid
cartridge damping equally suited to scope
as well as DV cameras. Uses 200PL quick
release plates. Height 9.5cm, weight
520g, max load 2.5kg. MA700RC2 £66.50
Larger than than 700RC2, with a greater
carrying capacity, and using the same
quick release system. Height 11.5cm,
weight 1kg, max load 4kg.
MA128RC £66.50
Also available in green
MA700RC2NAT £66.50
Also available in green
MA128RCNAT £66.50
029 Standard Pan and Tilt
410 Junior Geared
501 Pro Video
Suits all but the heaviest of cameras. Uses
hexagonal quick release plates, and
features two spirit levels. Height 18cm,
weight 1.5kg. Max load 7.5kg.
MA029 £75.60
Given the features that this head offers,
it’s extremely compact, and offers superb
movement control via geared operation in
all three planes – pan, tilt and side to
side. Gears can be temporarily disengaged
for rough positioning. Uses 410PL plate.
Height 13cm, weight 1.22kg. Max load
5kg. MA410 142.00
Offers much of the control and features of
larger ENG-type heads at a much lower
price. Very smooth fluid movement, independent Teflon friction adjustment and
locking of both pan and tilt movements.
Features a large sliding quick release plate
with 1/4” and 3/8” screws and video
locking pin. Height 10.5cm, weight 1.5kg.
Max load 6kg.
MA501 £118.70
MA501PL Spare plate for 501 . . . . . 14.95
405 Pro Geared
FAX: 01420 543 544
030-14
For 029, 136, 168,
488RC0, 229 and
268 heads.
MA03014 £12.95
MA03038 3/8”
version £12.95
030ARCH-14
Prevents 35mm
cameras from
twisting in vertical
position
MA030A14 £14.95
MA030A38 3/8”
version £14.95
130-14
Flat bottom nonprotruding screw
version of the 030.
MA13014 £12.95
MA13038 3/8”
version £12.95
200PL-14
For 128RC, 141RC,
460Mg and others.
MA200PL14 £9.95
MA200PL38 3/8”
version £9.95
200PLARCH-14
Anti-twist version
of the 200PL for
35mm cameras.
MA200PLA14
£11.95
MA200PLA38 3/8”
version £11.95
229 3D Pro Pan and Tilt
Beefed up version of the 029, with finely
machined surfaces for an extra smooth
action and greater control. Three spirit
levels, calibrated handles. Same 030-14
plate supplied as standard. Height 16cm,
weight 1.9kg. Max load 12kg.
MA229 £149.95
Quick release plates
With large easy-grip knobs
and unique rapid disengagement of the gearing, the 405
allows swift rough positioning
of the camera, and is ideal for
working quickly but
needing the precision of a geared
head. Looks fantastic too! Uses the
410PL quick release plate.
Height 16cm, weight 1.6kg,
max load 7.5kg.
MA405 £275.00
200 Scope plates
Available for Carl
Zeiss, Leica Televid
77, Nikon and
Swarovski scopes.
Each type costs
£12.95
410PL
Large flat plate
for 329, 405, 410,
488RC4 and 394 with
1/4” and 3/8” attachments. MA410PL £9.95
Speed Graphic
39
TRIPODS
Gitzo
NEW Basalt Series
Explorer
Mountaineer
For the field photographer this is an
extremely flexible design incorporating
legs which can be fixed at any angle from
0º to 90º, and a swivelling centre column.
It’s available in three versions, including
two with carbon fibre legs. All three
models have a maximum loading of 6kg.
Gitzo recommend the G1275M and G1276M
heads to partner the Explorer tripods.
G2220
3-section aluminium legs. Height 162cm;
closed 64cm. Weight 2.35kg.
GZ2220 £175.00
G2227
3-section carbon fibre legs. Height 171cm;
closed 67cm. Weight 2kg.
GZ2227 £389.00
G2228
4-section carbon
fibre legs.
Height 164cm;
closed 56cm.
Weight 2kg.
GZ2228 £444.00
Gitzo were pioneers with carbon
fibre, and these tripods offer a
30% weight reduction as compared
to the equivalent size aluminium
Classic model without any sacrifice
of rigidity. Gitzo’s exclusive
process of pull winding of carbon
fibres to a tube thickness of
1.5mm ensures high tensile and
compression strength, and superior absorption of vibration.
From this . . .
. . .to this
As Gitzo put it, the first ‘rock solid’
tripod – and the reason? Basalt tripods
are made from just that; the rock which
is created from volcanic lava!
Gitzo’ process extracts, crushes and
melts the basalt at 1500ºC and then
forces it through tiny holes to create
fibres. These are then mixed with resin
and shaped to form the leg tubes.
The result is a 20% weight saving
compared to aluminium, with only a
modest price premium.
Basalt tripods also have nonrotating leg sections and reinforced
removeable spiked feet, and are available at present in Series 0, 1, and 2.
40 Speed Graphic
Weekend Series 0
Load capacity 3kg.
GZ1027 3-sec legs. Wt 0.76kg . . 245.00
GZ1028 4-sec legs. Wt 0.79kg . . 279.00
Sport Series 1
Load capacity 4.5kg.
GZ1127 3-sec legs. Wt 1.24kg . . 299.00
GZ1128 4-sec legs. Wt 1.19kg . . 355.00
Reporter Series 2
Load capacity 8kg.
GZ1227 3-sec legs. Wt 1.56kg . . 345.00
GZ1228 4-sec legs. Wt 1.53kg . . 404.00
Studex Series 3
Load capacity 12kg.
GZ1327 3-sec legs. Wt 2.33kg . . 419.00
Ideal travel
companion.
72cm max
height; 30cm
closed. Weight
0.4kg. Load
2.5kg. £199.95
Systematic
Supplied with a flat plate for head attachment which can be removed to allow
column or video adaptors as an alternative.
Series 3 Load capacity 12kg.
GZ1325 3-sec legs. Wt 2.03kg . . 399.00
GZ1348 4-sec legs. Wt 2.16kg . . 479.00
GZ1318 Rapid column . . . . . . . . . 68.00
Series 5 Load capacity 15kg.
GZ1548 4-sec legs. Wt 3.05kg . . 540.00
GZ1548GT 6-sec legs. Wt 3.72kg . . 589.00
GZ1518 Rapid column . . . . . . . . . 83.00
Off-centre ball heads
Weekend Series 0
G1097 Performance 3-sec. Height 130cm,
closed 46cm, weight 0.8kg. Load 2kg.
GZ1097 £199.50
G1098 Perfomance 4-sec. Height 119cm,
closed 43cm, weight 0.7kg. Load 2kg.
GZ1098 £209.95
Sport Series 1
G1197 Performance 3-sec. Height 153cm,
closed 56cm, weight 1.25kg. Load 4kg.
GZ1197 £209.95
G0027
G1198 Perfomance 4-sec. Height 120cm,
closed 41cm, weight 1.1kg. Load 4kg.
GZ1198 £219.95
Reporter Series 2
G1297 Performamce 3-sec. Height 155cm,
closed 59cm, weight 1.55kg. Load 5.5kg.
GZ1297 £234.95
G1298 Perfomance 4-sec. Height 148cm,
closed 49cm, weight 1.52kg. Load 5.5kg.
GZ1298 £255.00
The Gitzo off-centre design
sets the ball socket
horizontally,
which allows
360º horizontal and 360º
vertical movement. All but the
smallest heads
have a graduated
panoramic base
which is independently locked.
G1275M Height 11cm, weight 0.55kg,
capacity 5kg. GZ1275M . . . . . . . . . 102.00
G1276M Height 12cm, weight 0.64kg,
capacity 5kg. Quick rlse GZ1276M . 128.00
G1375M Height 13cm, weight 0.84kg,
capacity 6kg. GZ1375M . . . . . . . . . 115.00
G1376M Height 14cm, weight 0.94kg,
capacity 6kg. Quick rlse GZ1376M . 155.00
G1575M Height 14cm, weight 1.18kg,
capacity 10kg. GZ1575M . . . . . . . . 155.00
G1576M Height 15cm, weight 1.28kg,
capacity 10kg. Quick rlse GZ1576M 195.00
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
CLOSE-UP & MACRO
Close-up lenses
Centre ball heads
NEW There
are now quick
release
versions of
the Series 1
and Series 2
heads,
utilising
Gitzo’
latest more
compact
quick release
design.
Tripod bags
G1278M
G1077M Height 6cm, weight 0.12kg,
capacity 2kg. GZ1077M . . . . . . . . . . 55.00
G1177M Height 9cm, weight 0.31kg,
capacity 4kg. GZ1177M . . . . . . . . . . 65.00
G1178M Height 9.5cm, weight 0.4g,
capacity 4kg. Quick rlse GZ1178M . . 92.50
G1277M Height 11.5cm, weight 0.5kg,
capacity 6kg. GZ1277M . . . . . . . . . . 98.50
G1278M Height 12cm, weight 0.6kg,
capacity 6kg. Quick rlse. GZ1278M 135.00
3-way pan and
tilt heads
Large handles, ergonomic
handgrips
and tilt friction control
give secure operation.
G1171M Height 14.5cm,
weight 0.68kg, capacity 2.5kg. GZ1171M
99.90
G1172M Quick release version. Weight
0.83kg. GZ1172M . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131.00
G1371M Height 18cm, weight 1.05kg,
capacity 6kg. GZ1371M . . . . . . . . . 115.00
G1372M Quick release version. Weight
1.17kg. GZ1372M . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141.00
Durable, rainproof bags with tough zip
fasteners, handles and shoulder straps.
GZ10P
For Series 0 tripods
53cm/10cm diameter . . . 48.20
GZ11P
For Series 1 tripods
77cm/10cm diameter . . . 55.00
GZ12P
For Series 2 tripods
85cm/10cm diameter . . . 63.00
GZ13P
For Series 3 tripods
97cm/20cm diameter . . . 92.00
GZ14P
For Series 4 tripods
85cm/25cm diameter . . . 99.90
GZ15P
For Series 5 tripods
115cm/25diameter . . . . 103.90
Short centre columns
GZ0035C
GZ035
GZ1135C
GZ1139
GZ1235C
GZ1239
GZ1335C
GZ1339
Series 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.50
Series o . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95
Series 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.50
Series 1 carbon fibre . . . 25.80
Series 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.70
Series 2 carbon fibre . . . 31.70
Series 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.80
Series 3 carbon fibre . . . 41.00
Location shoe
Set of three for
Classic and
Mountaineer tripods.
GZ1586B £19.95
Strap
Adjusts to fit all sizes of tripod,
with anti-slip
shoulder pad.
GZ087 £25.80
The simplest and lowest cost way of getting closer to your subject, and suitable for
any lens with a filter thread.
Wide apertures should be avoided, but in any case a small stop will be needed to
get sufficient depth of field, and as a result loss of performance is scarcely detectable.
The more expensive two element types from the camera manufacturers rival results
from true macro lenses.
Use this chart to help select the lens strength which is right for the working
distance you want. The figures are cm with a lens set at 50mm.
Focus setting
+1
+2
+3
+4
Infinity
100
50
33
25
1 metre
46
32
24.5
19.5
Novoflex EOS reverse adaptor
Canon close-up lenses
Doublet construction, meaning two
elements, so of extremely high quality.
The number indicates the closest focusing
distance in mm with the lens set to
infinity.
CA52250D 52mm 250D . . . . . . . . . 61.00
CA52500D 52mm 500D . . . . . . . . . 72.95
CA58250D 58mm 250D . . . . . . . . . 84.95
CA58500D 58mm 500D . . . . . . . . . 84.95
CA72500D 72mm 500D . . . . . . . . 157.00
CA77500D 77mm 500D . . . . . . . . 181.00
Hoya close-up lenses
Standard series
Available in +1, +2, +3 and +4 dioptres in
sizes from 46mm to 77mm.
n.b. HMC multicoated close-up lenses have
been discontinued.
Close-up lens +10 dioptres
A two element lens giving half life size
reproduction on the negative with a 50mm
lens. Sizes 49mm to 55mm.
Prices for Hoya close-up lenses are shown in
the chart on page 3.
Nikon close-up lenses
NEW
Low profile pan/tilt heads
G2270M Height 10cm, weight 0.75kg,
capacity 5kg. GZ2270M . . . . . . . . . 155.00
G2271M Height 10cm, weight 0.7kg,
capacity 5kg. GZ2271M . . . . . . . . . 147.00
G2272M quick rlse. Height 9.3cm, weight
0.72kg, capacity 5kg. GZ2272M . . . 165.00
FAX: 01420 543 544
Quick release plates
GZ1173/14 Std small type 1/4’’. . . . 18.20
GZ1173/38 Std small type 3/8” . . . . 18.20
GZ1373/14 Std large type 1/4” . . . . 19.95
GZ1373/38 Std large type 3/8” . . . . 19.95
Others available to order.
Two element achromatic designed for use
with focal lengths from 80–200mm.
NKN3T
No 3T 52mm +1.5 . . . . . 43.00
NKN4T
No 4T 52mm +2.9 . . . . . 43.00
NKN5T
No 5T 62mm +1.5 . . . . . 66.00
NKN6T
No 6T 62mm +2.9 . . . . . 66.00
We stock anglefinders from Canon, Minolta
and Nikon. Prices and details are shown on
pages 17-19
Unique to Novoflex, this reverse adaptor
fits all Canon EOS cameras and retains full
lens functions, including AF (although it’s
of minor importance), and TTL metering.
It also enables extremely high magnifications to be achieved with prime or zoom
lenses.
For example, a 28–105mm lens
reversed will give a range of magnifications from 1:7 at the 105mm end to 2.8:1
at the 28mm end, with superb quality –
which is much more flexible than a typical
macro lens. Greater magnifications may be
achieved when used with a bellows unit.
The adaptor comes with a 58mm thread,
and can be adapted with stepping rings.
NVREV £189.00
Reversing rings
A camera lens becomes a superb macro
lens when reversed on the body, giving a
very high magnification. Older camera
bodies which can meter in stop-down
aperture-priority mode can use these
simple adaptors, so, sorry all you EOS
users. . . .
KDRRC52 Canon FL/FD–52mm . . . . 14.95
KDRRC55 Canon FL/FD–55mm . . . . 14.95
KDRRM42 M42 screw–49mm. . . . . . . 9.95
KDRRN52 Nikon–52mm . . . . . . . . . . 9.95
KDRRPK49Pentax K–49mm . . . . . . . . 9.95
KDRRPK52Pentax K–52mm . . . . . . . . 9.95
Speed Graphic
41
CLOSE-UP & MACRO
Extension tubes
Novoflex Bellows
Kenko autofocus tubes
NEW Tilt & Shift Bellows
Best quality independent manufacture
tubes, with chromed bayonet surfaces. All
tubes are coupled for TTL exposure
control, and all except Pentax for focusing. At 50mm focal length maximum
extension using all three tubes will
achieve 1:1 magnification ratio (life size
on the negative). Tube lengths are 12, 20
and 36mm.
Canon and Nikon tube sets now have
upgraded circuitry, and extra contact in
the case of the Nikon, to work with latest
digital SLRs. £89.50
KETC
Canon AF
KETN Nikon AF
KETM
Minolta AF KETP
Pentax AF
The Balpro T/S provides architectural and
other photographers depth of field
control according to Scheimpflug principles. It fits nearly all 35mm and most
medium format cameras to 6x7 format.
There is 26mm of horizontal movement, and 15º left and right adjustment.
Use the bellows on its side to compensate
for converging verticals. Length is
200mm, width 185mm and weight 979g.
Balpro T/S excluding adaptors
NVBPTS £499.95
See column right for adaptor combinations
Novoflex have also adapted the
Schneider Componon S to allow adjustment to infinity (to 1.8x enlargement with
35mm cameras):
NVPRO80 80/f4 for 35mm
NVPRO100100/f5.6 for Mamiya 645
NVPRO150150/f5.6 for Hasselblad
Please note that these lens heads are
mounted permanently to the bellows.
Universal Bellows
Canon extension tubes
EF tubes can be used for macro work or to
improve close focusing with long focus
lenses, maintaining all focus and metering connections.
CAEF12 EF12 II (12mm) tube . . . 69.50
CAEF25 EF25 II (25mm) tube. . . 108.75
Nikon extension tubes
Or rings, as Nikon call them. They do not
offer autofocusing (which is not really a
problem when used for macro photography), and manual or aperture-priority
exposure control only – being as they are,
a hangover from the 1970s.
NKPK11A PK-11A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.90
NKPK12 PK-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87.40
NKPK13 PK-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.70
NKPN11 PN-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152.00
42 Speed Graphic
The Balpro 1 Universal Bellows is the
same, but with fixed standards. For
medium format users, these bellows offer
equivalent quality at much lower prices
than the camera manufacturers’ own
designs. NVBPRO1 £199.95
n.b. to this price you will need to add a
camera adaptor and a lens adaptor; these
are listed right.
35mm Auto Bellows
LEAFLETS AVAILABLE! There are more
than a 1000 possible combinations of
lenses and bodies (eg Nikon body with a
Hasselblad lens). Please ask for more
information.
We will create a package deal saving
around 10% off these prices when you
buy a bellows with lens and body adaptors. (eg the Balpro T/S ready for fully
auto Canon EOS operation is under £760)
Camera adaptors for Balpro bellows
Medium format
MAMPRO Mamiya 645 . . . . . . . . . . 59.00
TAXPRO Pentax 645. . . . . . . . . . . 59.00
PENTPRO Pentax 67. . . . . . . . . . . . 59.00
HAPRO Hasselblad 2000/205 . . . 59.00
35mm (all require the APRO adaptor)
APRO
35mm body adaptor . . . . 34.00
CANA-AF Canon EOS . . . . . . . . . . . 51.00
LEA-R
Leica R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51.00
NIKA
Nikon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51.00
Others available
Lens adaptors for Balpro bellows
Medium format
NVMPL PROMAM Mamiya 645 . . 125.00
NVP45PL PROTAX Pentax 645. . . . 125.00
NVP67PL PROPENT Pentax 67. . . . 125.00
NVHPL
PROHA H/blad 2000/205125.00
35mm (all require PROLEI adaptor)
PROLEI 35mm lens adaptor . . . . 33.00
EOS-RETRO+EOS/UNI Fully automatic
operation with Canon EOS cameras 223.00
LEI-F
Leica R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.00
LEINIK Nikon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109.00
Others available.
For really high magnifications beyond life
size the most practical and versatile
option is a bellows unit.
The Novoflex Auto Bellows is unique
in maintaining full coupling of the
camera and lens without any other
adaptor.
You don’t need to use a specialised
lens – a typical zoom will produce excellent results, but macro lenses will enable
even higher magnifications to be
achieved.
Features include:
Automatic diaphragm operation
Open aperture metering
Built-in focusing rack
Minimum extension 50mm; maximum
extension 130mm. Focusing rack travel
65mm. Weight 430g.
NVBEOS Canon EOS . . . . . . . . . . 339.00
NVBMAF Minolta Dynax . . . . . . . 339.00
NVBNIK Nikon AF or MF . . . . . . . 339.00
NVBOM Olympus OM . . . . . . . . . 339.00
NVBPK
Pentax K. . . . . . . . . . . . 339.00
NVBLEI Leica R . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389.00
Other fittings are available
Auto Bellows accessories
NVSC
BALCOP-K slide copier . . 58.00
NVBLH BALSON-AK lens hood
(complete with adaptor – state size from
49, 52, 55, 58mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75.00
Example magnifications possible: reproduction ratio may vary according to make.
50mm standard lens
1:1.1 – 2.2:1
50mm macro
1:1.2 – 3:1
100mm macro
1:2 – 2.5:1
35–70mm zoom
1:1.4 – 2.4:1
70–210mm zoom
1:4 – 1.7:1
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
CLOSE-UP & MACRO
Focusing racks
Novoflex bracket system
Adjustable rod bracket
At close distances and high magnifications, normal focusing on the lens
becomes redundant, and getting to the
precise focus point is made easy by the
use of a separate platform to slide the
whole camera/lens assembly backwards
and forwards.
Novoflex Castel-Mini
LOWER PRICE
Rack and pinion racks give the best feel
and control, without any hint of backlash,
to make focusing at high magnifications
easy, and the Castel-Mini is a compact
solution for 35mm and lighter medium
format cameras, and by means of a double
rack system achieves 135mm movement in
only 133mm of length. NVCM £89.00
NEW
The UNISET consists of a
base plate to which are
attached two adjustable
rods equipped with ball
and socket heads with shoe. The shoe
can be detached to reveal a 1/4” screw
for attaching TTL cords. One rod is
vertically jointed, the other horizontally. Will support all kinds of on-camera
flashgun. Weight 900g. NVUSET £109.00
Novoflex
Castel-Cross
For the ultimate in focusing
control, this combined rack gives
super-smooth and precise adjustment in
both X and Y axes. There are two variants;
the Castel-Cross-Q above which has the
Arca-compatible Q=Base quick release, or
the Castel-Cross-MC which has the
MiniConnect system (like the Castel-L
below left). Either type £239.00
NVCCQ
Castel-Cross-Q
NVCCMC Castel-Cross-MC
Flexible arm bracket
The UNIMARM (right) uses the same base plate to
which are attached two 45cm flexible arms equipped
with ball and socket heads with flash accessory shoe.
Weight 1.26kg. NVUMARM £109.00
Manfrotto flash bracket
NEW Novoflex VR-System
A robust platform which allows two flashguns to be mounted at the sides. The
camera platform can also be tilted, and
the base screws to either 1/4” or 3/8”
fittings. Model 330B. MA330 £39.95
Bracket accessories
NVARM Flexible arm 45cm . . . . . 24.00
NVARMK Flexible arm 30cm . . . . . 22.00
NVMARM Arm + mini ball 45cm . . . 34.00
NVMAMRK Arm + mini ball 30cm . . . 33.00
NVN
Mini ball with flash shoe . 17.00
NVN19
Mini ball 19 with shoe. . . 19.00
NVPLA
Base plate for brackets . . 65.00
Novoflex Castel-L
now
black finish
Novoflex rod support system
LOWER PRICE
Castel-L is the standard rack for all kinds of
camera, and has the MiniConnect quick
release system. Max movement is 140mm;
overall length 200mm. NVCL £125.00
Castel-Q is the same as the Castel-L but
with clamp lock for Q-plates. NVCQ £135.00
For a perfect panoramic shot without
perspective offset it is essential that the
axis of rotation is on the nodal point of
the lens. The system consists of base,
rack, L bracket and spirit level, and allows
portrait or landscape shots to be
acheived. Maximum axial travel is 125mm.
NVVRS £239.00
Manfrotto 454 Micro Positioning Plate
All-metal construction, to Manfrotto’s usual high
standards, this uses a worm drive to allow fine focus
over 120mm of travel. Not quite as elegant as a rack
and pinion, but effective. A spring-loaded lever
allows rough setting of the camera position,
and the plate can be locked solid. 1/4”
camera screw; 1/4” and 3/8” tripod
fittings. MA454 £54.95
FAX: 01420 543 544
The STASET (pictured right) comprises two
30cm rods, one 15cm rod, one mini clamp,
one connection piece, one mini ball head,
one connection screw, one screw,
one flash shoe, one flower stalk
holder and one ground spike.
It can be assembled in a multitude of ways and expanded with
any of the components listed below.
Support items, build backgrounds –
the possibilities are endless.
LOWER PRICE NVSTASET £62.50
NVSTA30 30cm rod with 1/4” male and
female threads at opposite ends. . . . 9.50
NVSTA15 15cm rod with 1/4” male and
female threads at opposite ends. . . . 9.00
NVMUFFE Angle connector for two rods at
90 degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.00
NVKLEMME Large clamp . . . . . . . . . 29.95
NVKLAMMER Small clamp . . . . . . . . 11.00
NVPLKLAM Flower stalk holder . . . . 10.00
NVNAGEL Ground Spike . . . . . . . . . . 9.00
NVCLIPS 5 x background clips . . . . 11.00
NVPLATTEB Black/grey reflector . . . 15.00
NVPLATTEW White/gold reflector. . . 15.00
NVVBS
1/4” male-male connector 9.00
Speed Graphic
43
CLOSE-UP & MACRO
Kaiser
‘Studio-out-of-the-Box’
Ideal for quickly taking shots of small
subjects (will suit the keen Ebayer
perhaps). Tiltable trapeze stand with
pivoting camera platform enables rapid
repositioning of camera (not included!).
30x45cm metal baseboard extends to
75cm. Background stand is adjustable and
includes a clamp rail. Comes with
40x130cm double-sided background roll.
Best of all folds down into a supplied
compact carrying case, which has a side
pocket for the optional light set (£135).
KA5911 £119.95
Novoflex MagicStudio
Designed to offer an easily portable
solution for small product
photography, the robust and flexible
background is self-supporting – the
plastic
chains
detach to
allow the
background to
be stored
flat. There are three sizes, each available in either opaque or translucent
versions, with a table support as an
option for the two larger sizes. Now in
money saving packages on popular
combinations!
Manfrotto macro arms
If your tripod has a detachable head, this
will allow horizontal extension for
copying and other work. They attach to a
3/8” thread, or 1/4” with an adaptor.
MS50
MS80
MS30
MagicStudio 50
MagicStudio 80
Size 100 x 50cm, weight 600g. For objects
up to 40cm wide. An optional table and
carrying bag (takes two backgrounds and
one MagicStudio table) are available.
NVMS50 MagicStudio 50 opaque . 45.00
NVMST50 MagicStudio 50 transl. . . 65.00
NVMSTB50MagicStudio table 50 . . . 69.00
NVMSBAG MagicStudio carry bag . . 29.90
Size 120 x 80cm, weight 900g. For objects
up to 60cm wide.
NVMS80 MagicStudio 80 opaque . . . 65.00
NVMST80 MagicStudio 80 transl. . . 85.00
NVMSTB80MagicStudio table 80 . . . 85.00
MagicStudio 80 Set includes opaque and
translucent backgrounds, Table 80, 2 x
Background Sets. NVMS80SET £399.00
Magic Studio 50 Carry Bag
MagicStudio Light
(shown left) A continuous 6000ºK 11w
light source giving even illumination.
Includes a flexible arm and 42mm clamp.
NVMSL £99.00
MagicStudio ArtLight
A 5300ºK 19w panel light source. Different
‘flat’ illumination with softer shadows.
NVMSAL £99.00
n.b. 2-pin Euro plug will require adaptor.
MagicStudio 30
Model 131D has two 3/8” screws to allow
a head to be fixed at either end.
MA131D £44.95 MA131DB (black) £44.95
Size 60 x 30cm, weight 250g – suits small
items up to 25cm size.
There is no table nor carry bag option.
NVMS30 MagicStudio 30 opaque . 25.00
NVMST3O MagicStudio 30 transl. . . 35.00
NVMS30SET MagicStudio 30 opaque
complete with clamp and camera holder as
pictured above . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.95
MagicStudio Backgrounds
180gsm paper for MagicStudio 50
Set 1 White/Light Grey/ Mid Grey/ Dark
Grey/ Chamois/Lt Blue. NVMS50C1 £15.00
Set 2 Sky Blue/Lime Green/Lemon/Ochre/
Red/ Brown. NVMS50C2 £15.00
MagicStudio Repro
Model 131DD As 131D but includes two
sliding supports for heads to allow two
cameras, or a camera and a scope to be
set up side by side, or even four heads to
be attached. MA131DD £62.50
MA131DDB (black) £67.50
44 Speed Graphic
Coming soon,
a range of
parts to
convert Magic
Studio to a
versatile
copying
studio. Ask
for details
and prices.
MagicStudio 50 Set includes opaque and
translucent backgrounds, Table 50,
2 x MS-Lights, Carry Bag and both
Background Sets. NVMS50SET £399.00
Get professional results with ease using
Novoflex MagicStudios!
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
CLOSE-UP & MACRO
Copy stand
Macro flash
Canon MT-24EX
Superbly flexible and powerful twin light
system offering E-TTL flash control, highspeed sync, flash exposure lock and
compensation, flash bracketing, flash
ratio control from 8:1 to 1:8 (13 half stop
increments). Single flash GN24; dual flash
GN22 (m/100ISO).
Up to 3 groups of other suitable
Canon Speedlites can be wirelessly
controlled. Built-in focusing lamp and
modelling pre-flash.
EOS digital
CAMT24EX £629.95
compatible
Vivitar 6000
TTL ringflash
Compared to anything similar, this
offers excellent value. TTL auto exposure up to around 3m is possible, or
manual operation (there’s a calculator chart on the back of the unit).
Versions are available for Canon,
Minolta, Nikon and Pentax AF
cameras. Uses 4 x AA batteries; GN
(m/100ISO) 18.
Flash test button, and flash ready
indicator. Adaptor rings for 49, 52, 55 and
58mm provided. £92.50
VR6C
Canon AF (not digital)
VR6M
VR6N
VR6P
Minolta AF (not digital)
Nikon AF (not digital)
Pentax AF
Sunpak DX-12R
Hama 6220 copy stand
A very sturdy 73cm column and solid 47 x
53cm baseboard with four non-slip rubber
feet. As well as geared vertical adjustment, the camera platform can be cranked
out by 17cm, and securely locked in both
dimensions. The column is scaled in
centimetres and inches, and the
baseboard has white horizontal and vertical lines, with A5, A4, A3 and 8 1/2” x 11”
formats marked for rapid positioning of
originals. Camera arm has 1/4” screw
attachment, and any of the quick release
platforms on page 19 can be attached to
allow quick removal of a camera.
HA6220 £124.95
Can be used with any lens with a filter
thread of up to 77mm. The DX-12R also
offers, via interchangeable modules, TTL
dedicated flash operation. Four built-in
lamps also assist low light focusing. GN12
(m/100ISO). Max flash speed 1/20000th
second. Variable power ratio range of 5
stops. Supplied with 62mm and 67mm
adaptors. DX-12R excluding module:
SUDX12 £229.95
Modules (see page 48 for a full list):
SUBR1D BR-1D Bronica . . . . . . . . 65.00
SUCA1AF CA-1AF Canon EOS (film) 61.00
SUHA2D HA-2D Hasselblad . . . . . 70.50
SUNE1AF NE-1AF Nikon AF (film) . . 61.00
SUST1D ST-1D non-dedicated . . . 18.50
Other adaptor rings are available at 14.95
SUAD27 AD-27 mains adaptor . . . 29.50
Canon MR–14EX
NEW Sigma EM-140DG
Hama 6229 Light Set
Arms are screwed to pre-drilled points on
the 6220 baseboard. Reflectors can be
swivelled and turned to any position, and
are height adjustable. Take standard 100
watt ES screw bulbs (not supplied).
HA6229 £155.00
FAX: 01420 543 544
At the time of going to press the only
macro flash available for Nikon i-TTL digital
cameras, the EM-140DG is also available
for Canon E-TTL 2 and Sigma, and soon,
Konica Minolta, Pentax digital models.
Two flash tubes are arranged either
side of the lens and are independently
switchable so that one tube can be used to
give better three-dimensional modelling.
The EM-140DG can also be used as a
master gun firing a slave EF500DG Super
wirelessly (some camera model restrictions).
GN14 (m/ISO), plus 7 stops manual
adjustment. Supplied with 55 and 58mm
adaptors. Other sizes available at £5.95
each. All models each £285.00
Digital compatible
SGEM140C Canon
SGEM140N Nikon
SGEM140S Sigma
Incorporates
Canon’s sophisticated E-TTL
control. Has 13
step flash
control between
left and right
tubes (can also
be rotated),
EOS digital
modelling flash, and
compatible
wireless control of an
additional Speedlite 550EX guns to give
unparalled lighting control. GN14
(m/100ISO). CAMR14EX £368.00
Canon Macrolite adaptors
72mm thread adaptor for EF180/f3.5
Macro and other lenses CAML72C . . 24.95
52mm thread adaptor CAML52 . . . . 12.95
58mm thread adaptor CAML58 . . . . 12.95
Nikon SB-29S
Offers TTL metering with Nikon film SLRs
only, two rotatable flash tubes, flat or 1:4
ratio lighting. Can be used with lenses
having a rotating front element. GN11
(m/100ISO), 3 sec recycling time. Comes
complete with 52, 62, and 72mm adaptors
and case. NKSB29S £345.00
Speed Graphic
45
FLASH
General flash accessories
Hot shoe adaptors
Kaiser 1300 creates a
PC socket for cameras
which only have a hot
shoe flash contact, so
that a PC extension
cord, or studio flash
sync cord can be
used. KA1300 £6.95
Hama 6952 is for
older cameras with
only a plain accessory shoe, but
having a PC flash
socket. Plug in the
cable, and the adaptor creates a hot shoe.
HA6952 £5.95
Hama 6958
Allows 1/4” socket
base to be fixed to std
accessory shoe.
HA6958 £6.95
Hama 3-way sync adaptor
Plugs into the camera
with a PC socket to
provide sockets for
leads to enable up to
3 flashguns to be fired
simultaneously.
HA6963 £6.95
Flash sync leads
HA6971 Hama 1m straight cord . . . 4.50
HA6973 Hama 3m straight cord . . . 5.50
HA6975 Hama 5m straight cord . . . 5.95
HA6938 Hama Plug-Plug coiled cord
(useful for some Nikon guns etc) . . . 7.95
Kaiser screw-on shoe
Standard accessory
shoe which can be
permanently
mounted using the
two supplied screws.
KA1212 £3.50
46 Speed Graphic
Sto-fen Omnibounce
Hama insulated mounting
shoe
Allows a flash, or
any item with a
standard accessory shoe to be
mounted on a 1/4”
tripod thread. HA6959 £7.95
Adjustable shoe mount
Allows bounce head
guns without tilt or
fixed head guns to be
tilted down for closeup work. Hot shoe or
1/4” screw mount.
KA1200 £7.95
Novoflex flash ball heads
The M-NEIGER is a very small ball and
socket head with insulated flash shoe (can
be detached to reveal a
1/4” screw), and which
is strong enough to
take most flashguns.
NVN £17.00
Larger NEIGER-19 is the
same but with a 19mm
ball to support heavier
loads. With shoe
detached will also take small cameras.
NVN19
£19.00
Kaiser tripod socket shoe
Has a 1/4” screw with
locking nut to create
an accessory shoe for
cameras without one.
KA1211 £4.95
Lastolite Micro Apollo
Kaiser bounce shoe
A ball and socket head with a detachable
accessory
shoe, revealing
a 1/4” thread,
and a 9.2mm
brolly hole.
Base fits a
standard
accessory shoe
or 1/4” or 3/8”
thread.
KA1201 £29.95
Fits any ‘cobra’ head style gun and gives a
wider and softer diffusion than a push-on
diffuser. Packs flat. Panel size on the
Standard/Metz 45 model is 20x13cm, n.b.
may obstruct the sensor on some non-dedicated guns.
LA2201 Standard + Metz 45 . . . . 26.95
LA2205 XL version (41x25cm) . . . 39.95
The Flash X-tender
Designed for lenses of 300mm or longer,
this concentrates a flashgun’s light via a
precision plastic Fresnel lens, and gains
three stops more light (compared to
50mm setting). Very popular with sports
and nature photographers.
The X-tender comprises two side
supports which are held in place on the
flash head by an elastic strap – no need to
stick anything on the flash – and the lens
velcros in place on the front. It’s quick to
assemble, and better still, packs flat into
a bag pocket, and weighs less than 100g.
There are three versions:
FX1 for Nikon SB24/SB28, Canon
420/430, Minolta 52/54/5600 and any
gun with a reflector depth of not more
than 40mm
FX1B for Nikon SB80DX
FX2 for Nikon SB25/SB26, Canon 540EZ,
550EX, Metz 54MZ3, Sigma EF500 and any
gun not deeper than 45mm.
Each version costs £34.95
Standard issue for most press photographers, the Omnibounce weighs only 15g
and is great for simple straight-on
diffusion for dedicated guns. Auto sensor
guns should be used in bounce position.
Loses approx 2 stops of light. £15.95
SF199A Canon 199A
SF300TL Canon 300TL
SF420EX Canon 420EX
SF540EZ Canon 540EZ, 550EX
SFMZ32 Metz 32MZ series
SFMZ40 Metz 40MZ1i, 40MZ3i
SFMZ50 Metz 50MZ5
SFMZ70 Metz 70MZ4, MZ5
SFCT45 Metz 45 series
SFCT60 Metz 60 series
SF4000 Minolta 4000AF
SFMZ6
Minolta 5600
SFSB16 Nikon SB-16, Cobra 700AF
SFC
Nikon SB24–26, Minolta
5200/5400, Canon 380/580EX,
Metz 54MZ3, Sigma 430/500
SFMZ3
Nikon SB28, Minolta 3500xi,
Metz 32MZ3
SFSB50 Nikon SB50DX/80DX/800
SFT32
Olympus T32
SFPZ
Sunpak PZ4000AF
SFB
Vivitar 283, 285, 3700, 4600,
Canon 420EZ/430EZ
Colour Sto-fen Omnibounce: £15.95
Green balances the flash with FL-D lighting
Gold adds warmth for portraits etc.
For Nikon SB24/25/26, Minolta
5200/5400, Metz 40MZ, Canon 380EX,
420EZ, 430EZ, Vivitar 283. 285.
SFGLBC Gold version
SFGRBC Green version
For Nikon SB28, Minolta 3500xi, Metz 32MZ
SFGLMZ Gold version
SFGRMZ Green version
For Canon 540EZ, 550EX
SFGL540 Gold version
SFGR540 Green version
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
FLASH
Vivitar 283
Metz 20BC6
With distinctive styling and high build
quality, the 20BC6 stands apart from any
other sub-£30 flash on the market.
GN20 (m/100ISO)
1 auto stop plus manual control
Illuminated auto stop
Clip-on 28mm wide-angle diffuser
MZ20 £28.20
Metz 36C2 / 36M1
It’s never been
bettered as
a rugged,
high
output
and
versatile
bounce
head flash
for those
who have
no need of
dedicated
features.
GN36 (m/100ISO)
While
4 auto exposure stops
stocks
Illuminated dial
last!
Sufficient light indicator
Removable sensor for off-camera use
VR283 £67.60
Accessories for the Vivitar 283:
VRSC1
SC1 1.2m sensor cord . . . 15.95
VRVP1
VP1 vari-power module. . 18.95
VRPC1
PC1 30cm sync cord . . . . . 7.95
VRPC31 PC31 1m sync cord . . . . . 11.95
Sunpak Auto 383 Super
Metz 28AF3 digital
Pocket-sized flash boost for digital
compacts with a hot shoe. Compatible
with the latest TTL metering from leading
manufacturers.
GN28 (m/100ISO) with tele; 21 at wide
angle setting
Clip-on telephoto and wide-angle
diffusers included
LCD display for flash range, correct
exposure, and test button.
Uses 2 x AAA batteries. £93.00
MZ28AF3C Canon E-TTL/FE
MZ28AF3M Konica Minolta TTL/ADI
MZ28AF3N Nikon i-TTL/i-TTL BL
MZ28AF3O Olympus Camedia TTL
GN36 (m/100ISO)
3 auto stops (f2, f4, f8 @ 100ISO)
Bounce flash via 80º tilt reflector
Manually adjustable zoom head
MZ36C2 £48.95
MZ36M1 £34.95
Compact and with lots of power, this also
is (unusually) capable of taking a mains
adaptor, or high voltage power pack.
Interfit e-Flash
Small flat panel flash producing a softer
light than a normal gun. Can be used on
or off a camera as it has a built-in slave as
well as standard hot shoe. INEF £66.50
INEHG
Side grip and ext arm . . . 39.95
INEMT
Mini Tripod and ext arm . 39.95
FAX: 01420 543 544
GN36 (m/100ISO)
3 auto exposure stops
5 stop power ratio control from full to
1/16th power
Bounce and swivel head
PC cord connection socket
SU383S £64.50
SUAD27 AD-27 mains adaptor . . . 29.50
refers to guns which are specifically
designed to connect with certain
makes of camera. Usually, but not
always, the connections are the same
across one make of camera.
Sometimes features which are only
available on top models are not
supported by independent make flashguns, but they will usually work fine
in basic TTL modes.
Automatic
Metz 28CS-2 digital
36C2 is a 3-stop auto bounce flash, with a
zoom head. The M1 is a manual version,
lacking the auto sensor.
Dedicated
Works with any digital compact with builtin flash. The 28CS-2 will even work with
cameras that fire a pre-flash, thanks to its
integrated ‘learning’ function.
GN28 (m/100ISO) with tele; 21 at wide
angle setting
Folding camera bracket included
EASY mode with +/- dial in adjustment
to correct over or under exposure.
Uses 2 x AAA batteries. £93.00
MZ28CS2C Canon E-TTL/FE
MZ28CS2M Konica Minolta TTL/ADI
MZ28CS2N Nikon i-TTL/i-TTL BL
is a term used with guns designed for
older SLRs with no dedicated contacts.
These guns are said to have one, two
or more ‘auto stops’. By setting a
switch on the gun to one of these fstops, and then the same f-stop on the
lens, the flash will automatically give
the correct exposure up to the
working distance indicated. More auto
stops = more flexibility.
Manual
settings disable any automation and
allow the user to select maximum
power, or less, usually adjustable in
one stop increments.
Fill-in flash
is commonly used for portraiture
outdoors to reduce harsh shadows –
as seen at most weddings – or to
balance foreground and background
light. For example, turn your subject
away from the sun and they stop
squinting, but you will probably get
an under-exposed subject. Many dedicated guns now offer automatic fill-in
flash options, but if you have an older
auto gun, a quick way of achieving the
preferred 1:4 ratio is to set the flash
aperture two stops wider than the aperture set on the lens.
Some flash terms explained
Digital compact
Non-dedicated
Guide numbers
are an indication of how powerful a
flashgun is. The normal reference is
quoted as GNXX m@100ISO. The
higher the number, the more powerful
the flash, but a word of caution!
Manufacturers have taken to quoting
guide numbers at the telephoto end of
the gun’s zoom setting, whereas fixed
head guns will be related to 50mm
focal length. We indicate the nominal
50mm GN on guns with zoom heads
to allow easy comparison.
Speed Graphic
47
FLASH
AF dedicated guns
Metz
Sigma EF-500 DG Super
SCA3000 system
Digital camera
compatible
Compatible with
most digital models as well as film 35mm
SLRs, this is a powerful and versatile gun
supporting many advanced features – e.g.
wireless slave flash and rear curtain sync
with some Canon and Nikon models.
Max guide number 50; 40 @ 50mm
(m/100ISO)
Illuminated LCD function panel.
TTL program exposure metering, or
manual from full power to 1/64th.
Stroboscopic flash
28-105mm auto power zoom head with
bounce/swivel.
£149.95
SG5SUPC Canon AF
EOS D series, Powershot
SG5SUPM Min AF
DiMage series
SG5SUPN Nikon AF
D series(inc D70), Coolpix, Fuji S1/S2
SG5SUPP Pentax AF
SG5SUPS Sigma AF
Sigma SD9/SD10
Sigma EF-500 DG ST
Physically similar to the Super, the ST
model offers auto power zoom, program
TTL auto plus manual full or 1/16th power,
and the same range of digital camera
dedication. £99.95
SG5STC Canon AF
SG5STM Minolta AF
SG5STN Nikon AF
SG5STP Pentax AF
SG5SPS Sigma AF
48 Speed Graphic
Dedicated adaptor system allowing
digital data transfer between camera
and flash. The latest SCA3002 adaptors
are re-programmable, so that as camera
makers introduce new features, some
modules can be upgraded at modest
cost. These new modules can be used on
older series guns, like the 40MZ types,
but older SCA3001 adaptors are physically incompatible with the new guns.
Latest digital compatibility
Rapid changes in flash dedication (such
as Nikon’s introduction of i-TTL metering exclusively on the D70) are causing
big problems for independent manufacturers – not to say the purchasers of
such cameras. Here’s where Metz are at
October 2004:
Konica Minolta (for Dimage Z1/Z2)
SCA3302-M5
Nikon (D70 only with 54MZ-4i and
44MZ-2) SCA3402-M3*
Olympus (for E1 only with 54MZ-4i or
44MZ-2) SCA3202-M3*
Sony (for DSC-F828) SCA3602-M4
* software update possible with older
versions.
No doubt this will be out of date as
soon as this catalogue is published!
SCA3000 adaptors
MZ3102
MZ3202
MZ3302
MZ3402
MZ3502
MZ3602
MZ3702
MZ3802
MZ3902
MZ3952
SCA3102 Canon. . . . . . . . 41.00
SCA3202 Olympus digital 41.00
SCA3302 Minolta . . . . . . 41.00
SCA3402 Nikon . . . . . . . . 41.00
SCA3502 Leica . . . . . . . . 51.00
SCA3602 Sony . . . . . . . . 41.00
SCA3702 Pentax . . . . . . . 41.00
SCA3802 Contax . . . . . . . 51.00
SCA3902 Hasselblad ‘H’ 105.00
SCA3952 Mamiya 645AF . 89.00
Metz information
You can check for updates to the
SCA3000 system, see which adaptor is
suitable for your camera, and find
exactly which flash features are
supported by the module at the Metz
web site
www.metz.de/en
Digital camera
compatible
Metz 44AF-4
Digital camera
compatible
TTL program control, with user over-rides.
LCD function panel.
Partial light output control
Auto fill-in flash in daylight
24-105 auto zoom reflector
2nd curtain shutter sync
Other features supported (varies by type)
Guide number 34 (m/100ISO)
Complete with dedicated adaptor £144.00
MZ44AFC 44AF-4 Canon E-TTL/FE
MZ44AFM 44AF-4 Konica Minolta ADI
The SCA3000 version of the 44AF-4. This is
the ideal flash if you have a number of
different cameras. Not only is it compatible with the latest digital features, but it
can use other SCA3002, and even SCA300
adaptors to dedicate to earlier film SLRs.
Easy push-button control of functions.
LCD function panel.
Fill-in flash via partial light control.
28-105 auto zoom tilt reflector.
Second curtain sync etc supported.
Guide number 34 (m/100ISO
MZ442
c/w standard foot . . . £139.95
NEW Metz 54AF-1
44AF-4i N
Specifically
developed for
the D70 and
latest series
Coolpix
cameras using
D-TTL, 3D/DTTL, 3D mulitsensor fill-in
flash, as well
as the new iTTL and i-TLL
BL flash control. This is a versatile flash
which as well as an easy default setting
allows a wide range of user over-rides.
TTL flash exposure by +/- 3 stops in 1/3
stop increments
Guide number 34 (m/100ISO)
Wide illumination coverage (24mm equivalent on 35mm cameras) to 105mm with
auto zoom head
Partial light output control
Auto fill-in flash in daylight
2nd curtain shutter sync
MZ44AFN £144.00
Metz 44MZ-2
Digital camera
compatible
The most bang for
your bucks (max 54GN)
for users of Canon, Nikon and Konica
Minolta digital SLRs. Like the 44AF-4iN, it
supports all the latest Nikon TTL modes,
and the same for Canon. Many of the
54MZ4 features are included, including:
Auto zoom 24-105mm with 20mm wideangle diffuser and focal length indicator
adaptable to camera format.
Auto fill-in flash in daylight
£195.00
MZ50AFC
Canon MZ50AFM
MZ50AFN Nikon
K/Minolta
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
FLASH
54MZ-4
SCA300 system
Bags of power and a simple 2-button/
1 adjustment wheel interface make this an
alternative to the camera makers’ top guns.
Offers dedicated metering with older
cameras. To connect 45 and 60 series
guns to AF cameras use the SCA3000C
connecting cable and the appropriate
SCA3000 adaptor. n.b. this system will
not support latest film SLR TTL features,
nor any digital cameras
Auto zoom 24-105mm with 20mm wideangle diffuser and focal length indicator
adaptable to camera format.
GN40 @ 50mm (max 54@ 105mm).
Secondary flash reflector
Rear curtain shutter sync
Auto fill-in flash in daylight
Manual flash exposure correction
Selectable beep function for flash ready,
correct exposure, alarm
Digital camera
compatible
Metz Mecabounce
Light softening
device which clips
on the diffuser to
eliminate red-eye
and soften shadows. £10.50
MZ3290 Mecabounce 32MZ series
MZ4090 Mecabounce 40MZ series
MZ4590 Mecabounce 45 series
MZ5090 Mecabounce 50/70MZ
MZ4490 Mecabounce
44AF3/MZ2/54MZ3
High speed sync with Canon, Minolta
and Nikon.
High voltage power input socket.
Complete with dedicated adaptor £275.00
MZ544C 54MZ-4 Canon
MZ544M 54MZ-4 Minolta
MZ544P 54MZ-4 Pentax
MZ544
54MZ-4 standard foot £249.95
54MZ4i Nikon
Supplied with the latest SCA3402-M3
module, and offers i-TTL and i-TTL BL with
D70/D2H/D2X and D-TTL, 3D/D-TTL or 3D
multi-sensor fill-in with other Nikon
cameras, digital or film. Other general
features are the same as the 54MZ-4.
Complete with module. MZ544N £275.00
Accessories for 44MZ-2 and 54MZ-3/4
SCA3008A Off Camera Cord
1m coiled cord allows off-camera TTL use
of SCA3000 system flashguns with
SCA3002 type adaptor. MZ3008A £59.95
54-23 Bounce diffuser
A 45º bounce card for indirect flash lighting. MZ5423 £29.95
44-32 Colour filter set (also 44AF-4)
Contains red, green, blue, yellow filter
and a clear holder for other gels cut to
size, with case. MZ4432 £17.60
Powerpack P50 Set (54MZ-3/4 only)
High voltage battery pack inc charger
MZP50S £229.00
FAX: 01420 543 544
SCA3083 Slave Adaptor
Allows cordless TTL of one or more
SCA3002 series guns in conjunction with a
master 54MZ3. MZ3083 £36.95
Powerpack P40 Set
Rechargeable nicad pack inc charger
MZP40S £114.00
44-21 Wide Angle Attachment
for 44AF-3/44MZ-2 only. Gives coverage
for a 20mm lens. MZ4421 £10.50
36-50 Sync Cable
Standard 0.6m cable MZ3650 £7.00
36-52 Sync Cable
Coiled 1m cable. MZ3652 £11.00
Metz 45CL4
The ‘industry standard’
hammerhead gun for
years and still favoured by
many professionals. 45CL4
offers TTL operation; 45CL1
has 5-stop auto sensor
operation and no secondary
reflector.
45GN(m/100ISO)
Secondary flash reflector with clip-on
light reducing filter.
Tilt and swivel head with 20mm diffuser.
6 auto stops plus full, 1/2, 1/4 power
settings.
Includes PC cord.
MZ454B 45CL-4 battery. . . . . . £247.00
MZ454N 45CL-4 nicad . . . . . . . £275.00
MZ451B 45CL-1 battery . . . . . . £159.95
MZ451N 45CL-1 nicad . . . . . . . £183.50
SCA connectors for 45 series
MZ300A SCA300A lead (to connect
SCA300 adaptor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.90
MZ3000C SCA3000C lead (to connect
SCA3000 adaptor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.70
MZ300D SCA300D adapts SCA300AF
adaptors to SCA3000/2 flashguns . . 8.25
MZ300E SCA300E adapts SCA396,
SCA386 and SCA344 for use with oncamera Metz flashguns. . . . . . . . . . 23.50
SCA300 adaptors
MZ301
SCA301 standard foot. . . . 6.45
MZ311
SCA311 Canon T90 . . . . . 32.90
MZ321
SCA321 Olympus. . . . . . . 32.90
MZ331
SCA331 Minolta X-series . 32.90
MZ343
SCA343 Nikon. . . . . . . . . 32.90
MZ344
SCA344 Nikon F3 . . . . . . 62.00
MZ351
SCA351 Leica . . . . . . . . . 43.40
MZ372
SCA372 Pentax . . . . . . . . 24.60
MZ382
SCA382 Contax/Yashica . 24.60
MZ390
SCA390 Hasselblad V . . 135.00
See Bronica and Mamiya pages for relevant
SCA adaptors
45 series accessories
MZ4532 45-32 coloured filters. . . 17.60
MZ4539 45-39 AA battery holder . 15.25
MZ4540 45-40 nicad pack . . . . . . 36.00
MZB45 B45 nicad + charger set . 50.80
MZ4547 45-47 std sync cable. . . . . 8.25
MZ4548 45-48 1m sync cable. . . . . 8.25
MZ4549 45-49 1m coiled cable . . . 9.40
MZ3238 32-38 standard bracket . 14.70
MZ6033 60-33 bounce diffuser . . 24.70
70MZ-5
Based on the 50MZ5, the 70MZ-5 has the same GN50 at 50mm (70
at 105mm), using the latest SCA3002 adaptors, but with improved
control interface.
Among the plethora of features are:
Digital camera
24–105mm power zoom head, plus 20mm diffuser.
compatible –
Focal length display adaptable to camera format.
except Canon
Simplified 2-button / 1 wheel controls.
12 auto stops plus manual operation.
Secondary fill-flash reflector.
Stroboscopic / modelling lamp functions.
Buzzer confirmation of correct exposure.
Requires SCA adaptor for TTL operation
70MZ5 and EOS cameras
Metz show the 70MZ5 as not being
compatible with E-TTL metering. Film
EOS cameras don’t seem to mind, but
digital EOS cameras do, so at present
it’s no go – new adaptor upcoming.
Accessories for 50MZ/70MZ series
MZ5023 50-23 bounce diffuser . . 29.95
MZ5035 50-35 angle bracket . . . . 11.20
MZ5040 50-40 NiCad pack . . . . . . 41.80
MZ5045 50-45 NiMH pack . . . . . . 66.70
MZ5045SET50-45 NiMH pack+charger. 83.60
MZ5060 50-60 connecting cable . 27.00
MZ7035 70-35Med fmat platform. 29.95
Speed Graphic
49
FLASH
Canon
EOS flash system
For use with Speedlites 550, 540, 430,
420, 380, 300, 220, 200E with EOS
cameras, or Speedlite 300TL with the T90.
Minolta
5600HS
Offers flash sync
speeds up to
1/8000th sec
with latest
series Dynax
cameras, ADI
flash metering
with Dynax 7
and 9, and the
ability to fire a
multi-burst preflash.
Off Camera Shoe Cord 2
420EX
Canon’s mid-range gun supports
E-TTL features and can be used as a slave
to the Speedlite 550EX.
GN34 @ 50mm (42 maximum)
6-position 24-105mm bounce auto zoom
head.
Pre-evaluative E-TTL metering.
Partial metering flash exposure lock.
Low light flash/ambient light balancing.
Energy saving mode.
CA420EX £179.95
Speedlite Transmitter STE-2
For use with the
EOS 3 or EOS 1v
and 550EX
Speedlite.
Controls up to
two 550EX slave
groups with
variable flash
ratio control. Range 15–20m indoors;
8–10m outdoors.
CASTE2 £143.40
580EX
Optimised for digital cameras, but suitable for all EOS film cameras. E-TTL II
metering compatible, with pre-flash and
wireless flash control built-in.
GN 44 @ 50mm (58 maximum).
Bounce/swivel/tilt head which automatically adjusts to suit the frame size of any
film or digital EOS from 1DMk2 onwards.
Allows one Speedlite (or an independent
make Canon dedicated gun) to be used off
camera up to 60cm away. The flash shoe
fits either a standard accessory shoe or
1/4” screw for tripod mounting.
CAOC2 £39.95
TTL Hotshoe Adaptor 3
Fits in the EOS
camera hot
shoe to provide
a socket for a
Connecting
Cord, and also
retains a hot
shoe for a flash.
AF illuminator compatible with 45, 9, 7
or 3-point focusing.
6 flash modes, including high-speed
sync, and 41 stroboscopic frequency and
31 firing settings.
First and second curtain sync.
-7 degree downwards tilt
A-TTL or E-TTL/E-TTL II metering with
post-flash exposure confirmation.
CA580EX £315.00
580EX Accessories
Compact Battery Pack CP-E3
External pack to increase shooting time.
Uses 6 x AA batteries. Also for 550EX and
540EZ CACPE3 126.00
Speedlite L Bracket SB-E1
Swivelling side bracket, supplied with the
Off Camera Shoe Cord 2.
CASBE1 £122.00
50 Speed Graphic
3600HS
Offers many of the
5600HS features like
wireless off-camera
control and high
speed sync. GN30 @
50mm, auto 28105mm zoom head.
MN3600HS £184.95
CATTLA3 £56.70
Off-camera cable OC-1100
Off-camera Shoe Adaptor 2
Allows TTL control of flash away from the
camera. With the exception of 5200/5400
series guns, which have a built-in socket,
all other Minolta and independent-make
guns need the OS-1100 as well.
MNOC £50.00
Sits under each flash used off camera in a
multiple flash
set-up to
provide a socket
for a
Connecting
Cord.
CAOA2 £19.95
TTL Distributor
Allows connection of up to
three
Connecting
Cords to the one
coming from
the camera.
CATTLD £41.30
E-TTL II v. E-TTL metering
‘E’ stands for ‘evaluative’, and before every exposure, a Canon E-TTL gun fires an almost
imperceptible pre-flash to determine the correct exposure, which is then stored in
memory. However, if bounced flash is used, then the distance the flash light travels is
different from the lens-to-subject distance.
E-TTL II metering takes the focus distance provided by the lens and compares it
with the pre-flash reading, and modifies the flash output as required. It also uses a
different algorithm which de-emphasises large areas of bright tone (like a bride’s dress).
GN45 @ 50mm (maximum 56).
24–105mm zoom with 17mm wide panel.
Wireless flash control.
10º downwards tilt for close work.
MN5600HS £289.95
CAC60
CAC300
Connecting cord 60cm . . 38.90
Connecting Cord 3m . . . . 41.30
Off-camera shoe OS-1100
Provides a base for a flash to be attached
to the OC-1100 cable (not required for
5200/5400 guns). MNOS £45.00
Other accessories
MNRFC Remote flash controller 142.00
MNCCD Cable CD. . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.00
MNCEX Extension cable EX . . . . . 45.00
MNTC
Triple connector TC-1000 60.00
MNFS
FS-1100 hot shoe adap. . 35.00
MNBRV Bounce Reflector V Set . . 60.00
MNHSC Hot shoe cover SC-1000 . . 3.00
MS-2 Foot
Provides a stand, and a 1/4” socket for use
with brackets and stands. MNMS2 £4.00
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
FLASH
Nikon
Pentax
AS-10
AS-10
AF500FTZ
SB-800
Has a GN of 30 at 24mm setting, and 50 at
85mm (m/100ISO). Auto zoom, rear
curtain sync, AF spotbeam, multi-flash
and slave flash operation.
PX500FTZ £339.95
PX360FGZ AF360FGZ . . . . . . . . . . 199.95
Offers advanced i-TTL fill flash and wireless operation with D2H, and is fully
compatible with earlier Nikon cameras.
Tilt/swivel power zoom head with coverage from 20–85mm (18mm with pull-out
diffuser.
GN 42 @ 50mm (maximum 50).
Tungsten/fluorescent filters supplied.
Modelling Flash lighting preview.
High speed flash sync up to 1/4000th.
Variable fill, and stroboscopic flash.
Wireless multiple flash.
3-D multi-sensor TTL, auto sensor and
manual flash from 1/64th to full power.
NKSB800 £289.95
SC-19
SC-17
TTL cords
SC-17 A 1.5m cord to maintain TTL flash
operation off camera; 2 extension cord
terminals. NKSC17 £67.95
SC-28 i-TTL compatible version of the
SC-17; 1.5m coiled. NKSC28 £44.70
SC-29 As SC-28 but with switchable AF illuminator (no terminals). NKSC29 £53.70
TTL multi-flash extension cords
NKSC18 SC-18 1.5m cord . . . . . . . 41.00
NKSC19 SC-19 3m cord . . . . . . . . 48.50
AS-10 multi-flash adaptor
Attaches to SC-18 or SC-19 to provide a
shoe for the flashgun. NKAS10 £48.50
AS-15 Adaptor
SB-600
New i-TTL Speedlight suitable for conventional or digital Nikon cameras:
GN 34 @ 50mm (m/ISO100)
Auto 24–85mm zoom with built-in
14mm diffuser, plus camera flash diffuser
90º upwards tilt/270º head rotation
Wireless multiple flash possible
i-TTL, D-TTL and manual modes.
NKSB600 £207.50
FAX: 01420 543 544
Hotshoe Adaptor Fg
SC-18
Attaches to hot shoe
and provides a PC
sync terminal for
cameras without one.
NKAS15 £18.40
SB-30
Pocket flash for all
Nikon SLRs and Nikon
digital cameras with
hot shoe (not D70).
GN 16 with 28mm
coverage.
NKSB30 £86.50
SU-4 wireless slave flash
controller
Enables wireless flash
control of a
remote
Speedlight when using
another one attached to the camera, or
the camera’s built-in flash. With the
latter option a diffuser is provided to
reduce output, making the slave unit the
main light source. NKSU4 £45.70
Coolpix flash
accessories
SK-E900 Multiflash
Bracket (pictured)
NKSKE900 £64.95
NKASE900Coolpix Multiflash Adap 37.95
NKSL1
Macro Cool-Light . . . . . . 69.95
Other flash accessories
SK-7 bracket
Simple straight bracket to enable side
mounting of any flash. NKSK7 £9.95
SD-8A high performance battery pack
For use with SB-80, 28, 27 to reduce flash
recycling times and increase capacity.
Uses six AA-size batteries of any type.
NKSD8A £107.50
For MZ-series
cameras. Fits into
the camera hot
shoe to provide a
socket for
Extension Cords.
PXHAFG £28.00
Hotshoe Adaptor F
For Z and SF-series
cameras. PHAF £23.00
Off Camera
Adaptor F
Attaches flashgun
to the end of a
Pentax flash extension cord. Required for the AF330FTZ and
all non-Pentax guns. AF500FTZ does not
require. PXOCAF £33.00
Extension cords
For MZ/Z/SF-series cameras. Connect
Hotshoe Adaptors to Off Camera Adaptor F
5P Extension Cord F
1 metre long. PXECF £23.00
Extension Cord F5P(L)
3 metre long. PXECF5P £50.00
Hotshoe Adaptor 2P
Fits into a hot shoe to create a PC cord
socket. PXHSA £15.95
PXHSCFC Hotshoe cover Fc (MZ) . . . 4.00
PXHSCFD Hotshoe cover Fd (Z1/P). . 4.00
Speed Graphic
51
FLASH
Flash brackets
Quick Flip
Hama straight brackets
30mm
wide, and
180mm
long,with
sliding
camera
screw to allow variable positioning of
flash or accessory at the camera’s side.
HA6811 Plastic (as shown) . . . . . . 3.95
HA6812 Metal version . . . . . . . . . . 8.95
Hama folding bracket
You know
those
shiny
metal
ones sold
just about
everywhere
which can cut your hands if you’re not
very careful? Try something different, for
the same price or less. Has woven hand
strap, cable release slot, and can be
tripod mounted. HA6831 £9.95
Manfrotto 233B bracket
2-section black-anodised
aluminium. Height is adjustable
between 30–45cm, and the arm
can be swivelled in two planes to
tilt forwards or back, or to move
the flash from side to side.
Dedicated cords like the Nikon
SC-17 can be mounted directly on
the 1/4” thread, or you can use
the Hama 6959 shown on p39 for
any flash. MA233B £38.50
Novoflex Flash Grip
A solid, high quality modular
grip which can be extended
with a 20cm rod, or use the
ARM and ARM-K on p43.
Complete with M-NEIGER ball
head. NVBG £69.00
52 Speed Graphic
No matter how powerful and sophisticated the flashgun, simply mounting it on the
camera, or on a small side bracket, produces harsh and ugly shadows behind the
subject.
For natural and flattering results you need your flash centred high above the lens,
eliminating red eye, and throwing shadows down behind the subject, and to do it
whether the camera is mounted horizontally or vertically.
What’s the answer? A Stroboframe bracket, of course! There’s one to suit most
35mm and medium format cameras, and most photographers’ working styles.
How to select a bracket which is right for your needs
There are three styles of Stroboframe brackets:
Flash mount arm pivots to position flash
in the correct ratio to the film format. This
can be important to prevent light fall-off
when using wide angle lenses. The accessory shoe can be removed to allow an offcamera TTL cord to be mounted. Has a
foam grip, and can be tripod mounted.
Does not accept camera anti-twist plates
or Metz quick-release flash mounts.
Quick Flip 350 for 35mm cameras.
Weight 290g. STQ350 £49.95
Quick Flip 120 for medium format
cameras. Weight 340g. STQ120 £59.95
Supplied with 300-SHO accessory shoe
mount. Handle mount guns require the
optional 300-HAN.
Camera Flip
Camera-rotating brackets
These use the patented Rotary-Link
system to change the camera position
from horizontal to vertical, whilst
keeping the lens in the same position
under the flash. They are the best type
for use with a tripod. The Camera Flip
is the compact, while the Pro-RL suits
larger cameras, has adjustable flash
height and fits the QRC quick-release
system base unit.
Flash-rotating brackets
These flip the flash instead of the
camera, and are generally a little more
compact and lightweight. They also
have the advantage of keeping the flash
light spread in the same ratio as the
film format, so would suit users of
wide-angle lenses. Quick Flip models
are best for those who like to drop their
right hand when moving the camera to
the vertical position; Pro-T/Press-T types
are better if you like to raise your hand.
Square format brackets
Designed either specifically for
Hasselblad or Bronica SQ cameras
which have the same shaped baseplate
(so no anti-twist plate is needed for
these), or else, like the Pro-SQ, good for
Mamiya RB/RZ cameras with a revolving back. Also work well on tripods.
A compact bracket ideal for 35mm SLR
including most deep-body professional
models, and 645 rollfilm SLRs. The camera
rotates and the flash is kept centred over
the lens. Accepts camera anti-twist plates,
and is supplied with the standard 300SHO flash shoe mount which can be interchanged with other flash mounts. Weight
437g. STCF £64.95
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
FLASH
Folding Flip
A development of the Quickflip design for
35mm and most digital cameras. The
extra-wide base has multiple mounting
slots to adapt to a wide range of cameras,
and it accepts anti-twist plates. This
lightweight bracket has a foam grip and is
made from the same high grade materials
as the other models.
Two press-button locks allow it to fold
to fit into camera bag or pocket with ease.
Height 22.8cm. Weight 250g. Folds to
21.6Lx7.6Dx9.5H cm. STFF £69.95
Pro-T and Press-T
Fast-handling brackets which keep the
right hand on the camera release in both
horizontal and vertical position, and
maintain the flash in the correct ratio to
the film format. Because you hold the
camera and not the bracket, we recommend these for cameras with grips and
drives.
A built-in 3-degree downward tilt
compensates for close subjects. ‘Cord
keep’ tidies TTL cords away from the lens.
The base will fit directly to the
Stroboframe QRC quick release, and will
accept camera anti-twist plates. Supplied
with 1/4” mount screw (standard and
other flash shoes extra–see details on this
page).
Pro-T Height 23.5cm. Weight 397g.
STPROT £89.95
Press-T is exactly the same design as the
Pro-T but is 18cm high. Suits photographers working with small groups, or close
to subjects, or who want a bracket with
minimal bulk. Weight 312g.
STPRST £84.95
Pro-T/m is a version of the Pro-T with base
configured for the Mamiya 6, 6MF and 7,
allowing film loading and lens changing
whilst on the bracket. STPROTM £109.00
Pro-RL and Pro-SQ
These brackets offer ideal balance with
heavier set-ups, with the left hand
holding the whole outfit weight via a
cushioned grip.
The TiltTrigger mechanism allows onehanded flash angle adjustment in 12 clickstop positions. A pivoting ‘kickstand’
allows the bracket to be put down without
falling over. Brackets will accept all antitwist plates and flash mounts.
Pro-RL has camera rotator, for 35mm and
645 format cameras. Weight 935g,
STPRL £119.00
Pro-SQ has fixed camera platform, for 6x6
and Mamiya RB/RZ. Weight 820g.
STPSQ £109.00
FAX: 01420 543 544
Flash mounts
Anti-twist plates
2
4
1
3
Bracket Shoe Mount (1) is a clamp-lock
mount for shoe-type guns, supplied as
standard with Quickflips, Stroboflip and
Camera Flip; extra on other brackets.
STSHO £10.00
Universal Shoe Mount is a version of the
above for general purpose use. It lacks the
bracket locating pin, but is supplied with a
1/4” screw knob, so can be used with
many non-Stroboframe brackets and
stands. ST405 £9.00
Bracket Handle Mount (2) is a bracket
for all handle-mount guns with a nylon
jubilee-clip type attachment which won’t
scratch the flash. Fits all Stroboframe
brackets excl Folding Flip. STHAN £13.00
Metz quick-release mounts
Although the Bracket Mount above can be
used with Metz guns, the quick-release
mounts have a machined tongue which
fits into the base of a Metz 45 or 60 gun.
Compatibility shown below:
Bracket
Metz flash type
45/60
50/70MZ
Camera Flip, QR66,
Pro 66,
Mount 2 Mount 3
Pro-T, Press-T
Mount 2 not recc.
Pro-RL, Pro-SQ
Mount 4 Mount 4
STMTZ2 Metz Mount 2 (3) . . . . . . 17.00
STMTZ3 Metz Mount 3 (4) . . . . . . 19.00
STMTZ4 Metz Mount 4 . . . . . . . . . 17.00
Sit between the camera base and the
bracket to prevent the camera twisting on
the screw. All versions are £9.00
Camera
Plate
Bronica ETR
STETR
Bronica SQA
STSQA
Bronica GS-1
STGS1
Canon EOS 1/N EOS 3
STEOS
Canon EOS 1HS/RS
STBE1
Canon EOS 5
STH35
Canon EOS 5 + VG10 grip
STVG1
Canon EOS10D
STEOS
Canon EOS10D c/w batt pack cork pad
Canon EOS300D
STEOS
Canon EOS300D c/w grip
cork pad
Canon EOS1D
STBE1
Canon EOS1Ds
STEOS
Canon all other models
STSLR
Fuji S2 Pro, S3 Pro
STFS1
Hasselblad
STHAS
Mamiya (except 6/7)
STMAM
Minolta Dynax 9
STH35
Minolta all other models
STSLR
Nikon D1X
STNF5
Nikon D2H
STEOS
Nikon D70
STNF4
Nikon D100
STSLR
Nikon F4 + MB20
STH35
Nikon F4 + MB21
STNF4
Nikon F4 + MB23
STBE1
Nikon F5
STNF5
Nikon F90/F90X
STH35
Nikon F90/F90X + MB10
STBE1
Nikon F100
STH35
Nikon F100 + MB15
STBE1
Nikon all other models
STSLR
Olympus E1
cork pad
Pentax 35mm inc *istD
STSLR
Pentax 645/67
STPTX
Flash anti-twist plate
Nikon SC-17 cord
STSC17
Stroboflip
An ultra-compact cradle for 35mm SLRs
which keeps the flash over the lens, and
allows the camera to rotate from landscape to portrait. Because the flash is
kept at the same height as it would be
when mounted on the camera, the
Stroboflip does not produce the lighting
benefits of the other brackets. Suits shoe
mount guns (includes mount), and will
accept off-camera TTL cords. Takes camera
anti-twist plates, and is supplied with a
300-SLR type. Weight 255g.
STFLP £69.95
Speed Graphic
53
HOW TO PLACE YOUR ORDER
UK customers
By phone
Phone your order through to us on
0845 3 30 55 30
LO-CALL
Phone from any UK number at any time
and pay only local call rates.
from Monday to Friday 9.00am to 6.00pm
and on Saturday from 9.00am to 1.00pm.
Please have your order details, and
credit card number and expiry date ready.
There is an out of hours answerphone.
All orders and enquiries placed on this will
be acknowledged the next working day.
By post
Send your cheque or postal orders, made
payable to Speed Graphic, or quote your
credit/debit card number and expiry date.
Please include a daytime telephone
number in case of enquiry.
Your do not need a stamp when using
our Freepost address (orders usually
received 3 days after posting). Send to:
Speed Graphic
FREEPOST GI/2863
Alton
GU34 4BR
Overseas customers
Delivery charges
By phone
Delivery charges
Mainland UK (except large
items to Scottish Highlands etc)
Orders up to £30 value
or up to 3 filters . . . . . . .£2.50
Up to 30 films . . . . . . . .£2.50
All other orders over £30 £3.95
Large items only, delivered by
carrier to some parts of Scottish
Highlands, all of Northern
Ireland, and offshore UK .£8.95
Phone your order through to us on
Europe
Next Day Guaranteed Delivery
Monday to Friday
extra £3.50 on standard rates
(e.g. film order £6.00).
Saturday guaranteed delivery is
possible – rates on application.
Mixed orders of film and
other products
There’s just one delivery charge, so
when using our Film List as well as the
standard form, just add the appropriate
charge (e.g 10 films and other items
would be £3.95 to most areas).
By fax
Help us to help you. .
You can fax your order to us at any time on
To ensure that we process your order
accurately and speedily it helps if you
can quote the following:
01420 543544
Please ensure that you give full delivery
address and card details and a phone or
fax number in case of enquiry.
E-mail
Order and enquiries to:
sales@speedgraphic.co.uk
Cards accepted
Mastercard, Visa, Delta, Electron,
Connect, Switch/Maestro, Solo,
American Express.
54 Speed Graphic
Your customer number
if you have ordered from us before. This
is printed on your invoice. First time
customers will be assigned a number at
the time of purchase.
Product code
shown before the price / description of
each product
Delivery address
for larger parcels where a courier
delivery is required, an address which
will be occupied in working hours.
Thanks!
+44 1420 543366
from Monday to Friday 9.00am to 6.00pm
and on Saturday from 9.00am to 1.00pm.
Please have your order details, and
credit card number and expiry date ready.
By post
Payment can be made by sterling draft,
drawn on a UK clearing bank, made
payable to Speed Graphic Mail Order Ltd,
or by direct transfer to our bank account,
or quote your credit/debit card number
and expiry date. Please include a daytime
telephone number in case of enquiry.
Send to:
Speed Graphic
PO Box 50
Alton GU34 4YD
UK
by airmail (including Eire)
Orders up to £30 value
or up to 3 filters . . . . . . .£3.95
All other orders over £30
and up to 2kg weight . . .£8.95
Europe orders 2kg–30kg
Belgium, Denmark, Eire, France,
Germany, Luxembourg, Netherlands £14
Italy, Portugal, Spain £20
Greece, Turkey £50
Scandinavia and rest of Europe £24
Rest of world
Carriage at cost (we will supply a fax or
e-mail quotation before despatch on
request).
Express services
By fax
You can fax your order to us at any time on
+44 1420 543544
Please ensure that you give full delivery
address and card details and (especially
important) a fax number or e-mail address
in case of enquiry.
E-mail
Airsure for packets under 2kg. Express
handling throughout plus web tracking.
Available to USA and major European
countries. Extra £5 on applicable charge.
DHL courier service
Available to most destinations. Next day
delivery to most European and major
world destinations; 2-3 days elsewhere.
Avoids long customs delays.
not available to PO Box addresses.
Tax-free prices
All products in this catalogue WITH THE
EXCEPTION OF BOOKS carry 17.5% VAT.
Order and enquiries to:
sales@speedgraphic.co.uk
Cards accepted
Mastercard, Visa, JCB, American Express.
Are you eligible?
You live in any non-EC country.
You live in the EC and can supply a
valid VAT registration number at the
time of ordering.
You live in the Channel Islands.
How to calculate the
tax-free price.
To arrive at the price net of VAT,
multiply the amount by 0.851, so for
example, £29.95 would be £25.49. If
you need help, please get in touch.
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
Speed Graphic
MAIL TO
Speed Graphic
FREEPOST (GI/2863)
Alton
GU34 4BR
ORDER FORM
Your customer number
(if you have ordered before)
Delivery address if different
(If left blank, goods will be sent to billing address)
Name
Name
Billing address
Address
FAX TO
01420 543544
outside UK +44 1420 543544
Post code
OR PHONE US ON
0845 3 30 55 30
E-mail address
Post code
Daytime tel number
outside UK +44 1420 543366
Product Code
Description
Price
Quantity
Total
Next day delivery required?
Please tick this box I enclose a cheque/postal order made payable to Speed Graphic Mail Order Ltd
TOTAL
Please charge my credit/debit card
Mastercard Visa American Express Switch/Solo (state issue number, or if none, valid from date
Card number
Expiry date
Validation code*
*3 digit number on reverse of card
)
Thank you for your order!
If you would like a friend to receive a copy of the
Speed Graphic catalogue, please enter their details in
the box overleaf.
Cardholder’s signature
W04
ORDER FORM
Carriage charge
(see p54 for details)
Payment method
Send a friend the Speed Graphic catalogue!
Name
Address
Postcode
Any comments?
Please let us know what you think of our service, our products, or if there’s something you think we should know. Tick the box if you’d like a reply.
Please reply
56 Speed Graphic
FLASH
Quantum
High power guns get through a lot of
alkaline AA batteries, and AA nicads
only give a marginal performance
improvement. A Quantum battery
dramatically improves full power
recycling times, greatly extends working
charge times and offers far more ‘bang
for your buck’ than camera manufacturers’ own offerings!
All Quantum batteries can be
adapted to a variety of flashguns by
using a specially-designed lead (module
in Quantum’s parlance), so
you need to add the price
of this to that of the
battery. All batteries are
supplied with
a UK 3-pin
mains
charger.
Alternative
chargers are
available at
extra cost.
Battery 1+/1 Compact leads
Long coiled cord for belt mounting.
QUMF3 Canon 380EX/420EX . . . . 49.00
QUMKZ2 Canon 540EZ/550EX, Nikon
SB24/25/26/27/28/29/80DX/800 . 49.00
QUMi5
Minolta 5400/5600 . . . . 49.00
QUMA2 Vivitar 283, 285HV, 4600 44.00
Battery 1+ / Battery 2
Popular workhorses, for 6-volt and 9-volt
guns respectively. They feature dual
output sockets, allowing two flashguns to
be powered simultaneously, and use a
heavy-duty coiled module lead.
Typical performance full power
Battery 1+ – 250 flashes, 3.5–5 sec recycle
Battery 2 – 270 flashes 3.2–5.5 recycle
QUB1+ Battery 1+ . . . . . . . . . £165.00
QUB2
Battery 2 . . . . . . . . . . £189.90
Battery 1 Compact/Bantam
Battery 1 Compact
Ideal for digital or conventional cameras.
Gives four to six times the power of
rechargeable cells. That’s 200–800 auto
flashes, or around 240 shots on a Nikon
Coolpix. Uses either short Bantam or
Battery 1+ leads, and can also be belt
mounted. QUB1C £142.50
Bantam battery has been discontinued,
but leads are still available (see right)
Short leads for under camera mounting.
* leads for Battery 1 Compact only
QUXF3
Canon 380EX/420EX . . . . 35.00
QUXKZ2 Canon 540EZ/550EX, Nikon
SB24/25/26/27/28/29/80DX. . . . . 44.00
QUXKZ3 Nikon SB800 . . . . . . . . . 44.00
QUXi5
Minolta 5400/5600 . . . . 35.00
QUXA2 Vivitar 283, 285HV, 4600 35.00
QUXDC2* Kodak DC2xx, Nikon Coolpix,
Olympus E10/20 etc, . . . . . . . . . . . 28.00
QUXDC4* Fuji S1/S2, Kodak DC4800,
Minolta Dimage 5/7, Sigma SD9 . . . 28.00
Battery 2 leads
Long coiled cord for belt mounting.
QUMM
All Metz 45CT series . . . . 50.00
QUMS
Sunpak 4500, 3600 . . . . 49.00
This is not a complete list. Please ask if your
gun or camera is not featured, or check the
Quantum website: www.qtm.com
NEW Turbo Compact
Turbo 2x2
The most compact battery of its type
currently available – an ideal choice for a
digital SLR/flash combination. Both flash
and camera can be simultaneously
powered. Shoe mount flash recycles in
1.4sec from full power, gives 400
flashes, or 250-350 with a camera in
use. High strength polymer case
weighing just 450g. QUTC £319.00
Puts the power through the flashgun’s AC
or high voltage input socket (for this
reason some guns can’t use them) and
uses the latest NiMH cells to generate
massive power with less weight than the
original Turbo. 700 full power flashes, or
400-600 with a camera attached gives allday perfomance. Like all Turbos, has a
‘fuel gauge’ displaying remaining capacity. Two built-in sockets for camera and flash. Fast
3 hour charging time (1.5 hours with second charger) Weight 900g. QUT2X2 £407.00
Short cables
for neat
attachment
of camera
and flash.
Turbo
Turbo Compact leads
0.5m cables for under camera mounting.
QUYDC1 Nikon D1 series . . . . . . . 34.00
QUYDC100 Nikon D100 . . . . . . . . . . 34.00
QUYDC3 Kodak 720X / 760 . . . . . . 31.50
QUYDC30 Canon EOS D30/10D . . . . 45.00
QUYDC6 Canon EOS 1D, 1DS. . . . . 65.00
QUYDC8 Kodak DCS PRO14N . . . . . 31.00
QUCCK
Nikon SB24–27. . . . . . . . 34.00
QUCCKE Nikon SB28/80/800 . . . . 34.00
QUCCM4 Metz 45 CL1/3/4, CT3/4 . 34.00
QUCCM5+ Metz 54MZ3/4, 50/70MZ 39.95
QUCCS5 Sunpak G4500 . . . . . . . . 34.00
QUCCZ
Canon 430/540EZ, 550EX 34.00
Long Turbo flash leads (e.g. CKE) can also
be used with the Turbo Compact. See right.
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
Uses lead cells which give consistent performance, albeit with a small weight penalty. Shoe
mount flash recycles in 1 sec from full power; handle mount 1.25 sec. Capacity of 500 full
power flashes with shoe gun. Can power two guns or camera/gun with optional QT48 dual
connector (£68.00). Shoulder strap attachment points. Weight 1.1kg. QUT £319.00
Turbo/Turbo 2x2 leads
QUT49
2m coiled cables for belt mounting.
QUCD1 Nikon D1/D1H/D1X . . . . 33.00
QUCD100 Nikon D100 . . . . . . . . . . 33.00
QUCK
Nikon SB24–27. . . . . . . . 37.00
QUCKE
Nikon SB28/80/800 . . . . 37.00
QUCD3 Kodak 720X / 760 . . . . . . 33.00
QUCM1 Metz 45CT1, 45CT5 . . . . . 37.00
QUCM4 Metz 45CL1/3/4, CT3/4 . 37.00
QUCM5+ Metz 54MZ3/4, 50/70MZ 45.00
QUCZ
Canon 43/540EZ, 550EX . 37.00
QUCD30 Canon D30/60/10D/300D56.00
QUCD100 Nikon D100 . . . . . . . . . . 33.00
QUSD2 Nikon Coolpix. . . . . . . . . 33.00
QUSD4 Fuji S1/S2, Sigma SD9, Minolta
Dimage 5/7, S404, Kodak DC4800 . . 33.00
QUSD6 Canon EOS 1D/1DS . . . . . 33.00
QUSD8 Kodak DCS PRO14n . . . . . 33.00
Check www.qtm.com for latest additions
10’/3m extension cable . 45.80
Turbo 2x2 leads
Speed Graphic
57
FLASH
Continuous lighting
Wein slave units
The Peanut
SSR slave system
Tiny, weighs less
than 15g,
attaches to a PC
cord, and has a
30m indoor
range.
WEP £14.00
Hot Shoe
Slave
Attaches
to the foot
of any
shoe
mounted flash
(except Minolta
Dynax). Has a 1/4” tripod socket on base.
Range up to 45m. WEHSS £27.00
Interfit
3200K Tungsten kit
Has a transmitter and receiver to allow
cordless operation in the studio. Range of
30m. Transmitter recycles in 1/2 second
with fresh 9v battery (lasts for 100,000
shots). SSL Ultra Slave receiver units can
be either jackplug (standard) or H-prong
(to order); also have velcro-type mounting.
WESSRKIT SSR c/w SSL slave . . . . . 156.20
WEUS
SSL Ultra Slave . . . . . . . . 76.30
Excellent solution for anybody looking for
low cost studio lighting – for example for
product shot photography with digital
cameras, where the lower light output of
tungsten avoids over-exposure. For conventional film use of an 80B filter is recommended. Kit includes:
2 x 3200K tungsten heads with 21cm
reflectors
2 x Interfit air-cushioned stands
1 x silver brolly
1 x white translucent brolly
2 x P2/1 500w Photopearl lamps
IN3200KIT £189.95
LPA Radio Slaves
PocketWizard
Interfit 3200K accessories
CE-approved radio triggering system
for flash or camera. Uses 16-bit
encoded signals to eradicate interference and give a range of around 800’
(245m). No more
accidental firing of your flash by
other photographers! Four independent channels allow different flash
heads to be switched at will.
PocketWizard Set comprises
Transmitter, Receiver, PC Plug to Wizard
lead, WizardPlug to PC socket, batts and
lanyard.
PWSET £289.95
Flash Cables
PWMH1 H-prong to WizardPlug . . 11.75
PWMP1 1/4” jack to WizardPlug . 13.50
IN3200K 3200K head inc reflector 54.00
INB100S 100cm silver brolly . . . . . 27.95
INB100T 100cm translucent brolly 21.95
INST21 Air damped stand 2.1m. . 33.50
INST24 Air damped stand 2.44m 39.95
Spare lamps
LMP2/1ES P2/1ES 500w Photopearl . 6.00
LMP1/1ES P1/1ES 275w Photoflood . 2.25
Carrying bag
INHB500 Takes 2 x 3200K heads with
21cm reflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.00
Camera Cables
PWN3
Canon N3 drive lead 3’ . . 96.90
PWT3
Canon T3 drive lead 3’ . . 57.50
PWHB
Hasselblad drive lead 3’ . 58.15
PWNK
Nikon 10 pin lead 3’ . . . 135.00
PWRZ
Mamiya RZ drive lead 3’ 116.30
Barndoor Set to contain light spill
INBD £32.95
MultiMax
A fantastically versatile digital radio transceiver. Each unit can be used
as either the transmitter or receiver unit.
32 channels each with four zones plus local flash.
Built-in sync voltage control limits voltage at camera to 3.3v.
Intervalometer: up to 64,000 sec delay to 9,999 times.
Multiflash and rear curtain sync with any camera.
Audio confirmation
Programmable delays to limit trigger frequency to recycle time, sync
delays for shutter speeds or autofocus system.
PWMM £229.00
BUY TWO FOR £435.00 (PWMMKIT)
58 Speed Graphic
60x60 Softbox for tungsten heads
INSB60T £65.00
45cm reflector for extra-soft light
INR45 £29.95
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
LIGHTING
Panel lights
The Halogen Pro is a 1000w light with
internal low noise fan cooling. Power can
be adjusted from zero to 1000w with a
colour temperature change across the
range of just 300ºK.
It uses the same S-bayonet accessories as the Interfit Combo Pro flash
heads on page 61 including softboxes, and
is supplied complete with reflector and
lamp. INHP £139.60
LM1000 1000w halogen lamp . . . . 9.95
Interfit cyberLITE
Halogen Pro Kits
Single Head/ Softbox Kit
shown right
1 x Pro Head
1 x Std reflector
1 x Compact Stand
1 x 60x60cm Softbox
INHSKIT1 £199.95
Two Head/Softbox
Kit
2 x Pro Head
2 x Std reflector
2 x Compact Stand
2 x 60x60 Softbox
Head and stand
carry bags
INHSKIT2 £369.95
Two Head Umbrella Kit
2 x Pro Head
2 x Standard reflector
2 x Umbrella reflector
2 x Compact Stand
1 x 100cm silver umbrella
1 x 100cm translucent white umbrella
Head and stand carry bags
INHUKIT1 £279.95
FAX: 01420 543 544
Ideal for product photography, this fluorescent tube panel gives a soft, even, and
almost shadowless illumination, and the
negligible heat generation makes it ideal
for lighting heat sensitive subjects like
food.
5 x 5600ºK 18w daylight balanced tubes
Flicker-free noiseless operation
Electronic continuous adjustment
Illumination surface 29 x 20.5cm
Dimensions 31.5 x 34 x 5.4cm
Weight 2.7kg
INCL £216.00
Interfit digitLITE
Larger and brighter version with 34 x
44.5cm illumination surface.
6 x 5600ºK 24w daylight balanced tubes
Dimensions 47x 49.5 x 6.5cm
Weight 3kg
INDL £307.50
Carrying bags
INCLBAG Softbag for 2 x cyberlITE 33.00
INDLBAG Softbag for 2 x digitLITE . 47.00
Elinchrom Minilite
The Minilite is a simple, almost silent, fancooled light, with the option of either
tungsten or halogen light sources and
accepting most of the Elinchrom
accessories.
It’s available singly, or in a great value kit
comprising:
2 x Minilite heads with leads
2 x 18cm reflectors
2 x 100w Super Leuci lamps
2 x 250w Halolux lamps
2 x 88-235cm Cliplock stands
2 x 85cm translucent brollies
1 x 85cm silver brolly
ELMLKIT £245.00
With the advent of digital imaging,
more and more businesses are realising that producing small product
photos for use in catalogues and
brochures is something they can
achieve themselves with a modest
amount of effort and expenditure.
Tungsten or halogen lighting
sets provide continuous lighting
ideal for this purpose – and of course
can be used for general studio shots
as well.
Tungsten lamps are cheaper to
replace than halogen, but have a
shorter working life. They run at a
slightly higher colour temperature
than household bulbs, and an 80B
filter is required if you are using slide
film (the orange colour cast can be
removed during printing when using
colour neg film), but of course with a
digital camera, the white balance
control will correct the colour.
Halogen lamps will give a
brighter light, so can be useful if a
small aperture is required.
Both types of lamp produce lots
of heat, so they are less pleasant
than flash for the sitter in a portrait
session, and for heat-sensitive
product photography either flash or
the latest fluorescent lighting would
be a better choice.
Choosing continuous lighting
Interfit
Halogen Pro
Lastolite Cubelite Outfits
Get perfectly-lit product shots with
these Interfit combinations.
ELML
Minilite c/w 18cm reflector,
mains lead and two lamps. . . . . . . . 92.50
EL100W Super Leuci 100w . . . . . . . 5.85
EL250W Halolux 250w . . . . . . . . . 17.50
see pages 62–63 for Prolinca and Elinchrom
accessory prices.
Minilite Cubelite Kits
Add a Lastolite Cubelite (for more information see page 65) to create a versatile
product or general purpose lighting
outfit.
DKIT5
with Cubelite 90 . . . . . . 340.00
DKIT6
with Cubelite 120 . . . . . 355.00
DKIT1 Cubelite 90 + 3200KIT . 284.95
DKIT2 Cubelite 120 + 3200KIT 299.95
For more information on the Lastolite
Cubelite, see page 65.
Speed Graphic
59
Buying studio flash
LIGHTING
Selecting the flash heads
Excellence in photography is as much
about light control, as about composition, subject matter and so forth, and
many photographers will invest in a
studio flash system when they wish to
achieve this degree of control – for
portraiture, still life and many other
purposes.
As with most things, the more you
spend, the more power, flexibility,
sophistication and, to some degree,
build quality, you will get.
Flash heads aimed at the amateur
will typically have a power output of
125 or 250 joules, and will have a
switchable full/half power output, and
sometimes a fixed modelling light
output. These will be fine for small
studio use, and will give required
working apertures of f8/f11 at typical
distances.
Moving up the scale will get power
outputs of 500 joules or more, and
continuously adjustable power output
over a 5 or 6 stop range, fan cooling,
remote control, and the power to light
groups of people at 4–5m distances at
small apertures even when bounced
from an umbrella.
You can do a lot with one flash
head, an umbrella, and a reflector or
two, so getting into studio flash can
cost around the same as a new zoom.
Joules and guide numbers
Flash lighting
Interfit
Top-value new series of studio flash
heads featuring good power and
continuously variable power output
from full to 1/8th power (4 stops) –
now with upgraded tube. The 60w
modelling lamp also adjusts in line with
the selected power output, and can be
turned off if required.
Built-in infra-red sensitive slave allows use of infra-red
flash triggers, as well as triggering by the supplied sync cord.
Side-mounted controls are easy to get at, even if the head is
tilted down. Each head is supplied with mains lead, sync lead,
modelling lamp and removeable reflector.
150i
Higher power heads
150 joules, recycling 1.5 secs, weight
2.1kg. IN150 £129.00
Professional specification models with 5stop continuously variable power output,
auto power dumping, audible recycling
indicator, and 250 watt quartz halogen
modelling lamp, plus basic features of the
‘i’ models.
300i
300 joules power, recycling 2.5 secs,
weight 2.3kg. IN300 £169.00
SAVE UP TO £189 ON
INTERFIT KITS!
based on manufacturer’s RRPs.
Our exclusive kits include:
2 x heads inc reflectors
2 x Interfit air-cushioned
stands
Choosing accessories
150i/150i Kit
IN150150 . . . . . . . . £309.95
150i/300i Kit
IN150300 . . . . . . . . £339.95
300i/300i Kit
IN300300 . . . . . . . . £374.95
60 Speed Graphic
All types have double diffusion producing
a broad spread of even light. Note that
there are different boxes for 150/250/300
heads and the 500/1000 heads.
Colorflash i
A joule is an expression of electrical
power, and is sometimes shown as
w/sec (watt second). Guide numbers
with studio flash are a less reliable
guide to power, as the choice of reflector will change the figure. Manufacturers, of course, will tend to choose
the reflector which gives the highest
figure, so accurate comparison
between makes is not always possible.
Some subjects will benefit from direct
flash, but the big benefit of using a
studio flash head is the ability to add
an umbrella, or a softbox, or restrict
the spread of light with a snoot or
barndoor. The kits we show on these
pages all include several light modifiers which will enable sophisticated
lighting effects to be achieved straight
out of the box!
Softboxes
1 x 60x60cm softbox
1 x white translucent brolly
Sync lead, mains leads.
plus add the Interfit 2-head
and stand carry bags for just
£29.95 (usually £40.90)
500S
500 joules, recycling 4.8 secs, weight
3.98kg. IN500 £295.00
1000S
1000 joules, recycling 6.2 secs, weight
4.27kg. IN1000 £359.00
Kits available – please ask for a quotation.
Spare modelling lamps
INML60 60 watt 150/250S/i . . . . . 4.25
INL250 250w halogen 500/1000P 12.00
For 150/250/300 Colorflash heads
INSB60 Softbox 60x60cm . . . . . . 62.95
INSB100 Softbox 100x100cm . . . 117.30
For 500/1000P Colorflash heads
INSB2100 Softbox 100x100cm . . . 117.30
INSB2120 Octabox 120x120cm . . . 144.00
Brollies
INB100S 100cm silver . . . . . . . . . 25.20
INB120S 120cm silver . . . . . . . . . 29.70
INB100T 100cm translucent . . . . . 19.95
INB120T 120cm translucent . . . . . 24.50
Snoot
INSN150 For 150/250s or i heads . 33.30
INSN500 For 500/1000P heads . . . 36.00
Honeycomb 30º
INH30
30º honeycomb (no adap)45.00
INHA150 Adaptor for 150/250S/i . 22.50
INHA500 Adaptor for 500/1000P. . 22.50
Carrying cases
INHB150 2-head bag 150/250i . . . 29.95
INHB500 2-head bag 500/1000. . . 36.95
INSBAG Stand/umbrella bag . . . . 10.95
cyberFLASH
An innovative alternative to a conventional head with a bulky softbox. This
super-slim unit gives a soft and even
light, and is ideal for use where space is
limited. Saves set-up time on location too.
300 joules output, 5400ºK
Full to 1/32 power continuously variable
Cold 5000ºK flicker-free modelling lamp,
continuously variable, with 8000hr life
2.8sec recycling (full); 1.6sec (half)
Weight 2.8kg
32 x 34 x 5.4cm overall
INCF £249.00
digitFLASH
Use the larger body of the digiLITE, with
higher output.
INDF5
digitFLASH 500 joules . 459.00
INDF10 digitFLASH 1000 joules. 529.00
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
LIGHTING
Interfit Combo Pro
Prolinca 250/250 Special Kit
Pro Combo monobloc
heads offer high power
outputs and 1/10th stop
adjustment of power over
a 6-stop range.
Features are accessed
by means of two mode
buttons with +/- adjustment of values on adjacent
buttons, with an LCD screen
readout of values.
Mode 1 button gives a visual reference
of the modelling lamp and flash output,
which can be adjusted independently and
proportionally.
Mode 2 controls lamp switching, slave
cell, beep and flash counter.
Combo Pro heads use the ‘S’ bayonet
fitting (same as Bowens) which gives
access to a wide range of other accessories as well as those from Interfit.
High power modelling lamps (650 or
1000w) allow the heads to be used as a
continuous light as well, and sync voltage
is a ‘digital safe’ 6 volts.
Tried and tested design based on
Elinchrom Classic series head now in an
even better value kit.
250 Head Specification
Flash energy
250 w/secs
f stop at 1m/100ISO
45.8
Flash duration t0.5
1/2000 sec
Flash adjustment
Full or 1/2
Recycling time
0.5–1.0secs
Modelling lamp
100w
Fan cooling
No
Dimensions
25x13.5cm
Weight
1.8kg
Kit comprises:
2 x Prolinca 250 heads
2 x 16cm reflector
2 x Cliplock stands
1 x Translucent umbrella 85cm
1 x Silver umbrella 85cm
1 x Lighting Guide DVD
Head and stand bags
and leads/lamps
£
95
PR250/250
Combo Pro 700
Flash energy
GN m/100ISO
Flash duration full t0.5
half
Flash adjustment
Recycling time
Modelling lamp
Fan cooling
Dimensions
Weight
IN700 £445.00
700 w/secs
45
1/550 sec
1/1605 sec
6 stops (cont)
0.1–2.7secs
650w
Yes
41.8x12cm
3kg
Combo Pro 1200
Flash energy
GN m/100ISO
Flash duration full t0.5
half
Flash adjustment
Recycling time
Modelling lamp
Fan cooling
Dimensions
Weight
IN1200 £535.00
1200 w/secs
64
1/380 sec
1/1400 sec
6 stops (cont)
0.1–2.9secs
1000w
Yes
45.3x12cm
3.5kg
Combo Pro accessories
Combro Pro 2 Head Softbox
and Umbrella Kit
2 x Combo Pro heads
2 x Standard reflectors
1 x Umbrella reflector
1 x 100x100 softbox
1 x Silver umbrella
2 x Standard COR751 stands
Head and stand carry bags
INKIT148 Combo Pro 700 heads £869.00
INKIT159 Combo Pro 1000 heads £999.00
Other kit combinations available – please
ask for a competitive quotation.
FAX: 01420 543 544
INRF5004 Umbrella reflector . . . . . 19.95
INRF5005 Background reflector 45º 39.95
INRF5006 Snoot + honeycomb 20º . 38.95
INRF5010 Narrow beam reflector . . 71.95
INRF5011 Wide beam reflector . . . . 79.95
INRB4001 Barn doors . . . . . . . . . . . 36.95
INAH6020Honeycomb 20º . . . . . . . 24.95
INAH6030Honeycomb 30º . . . . . . . 24.95
INAH6060Honeycomb 60º . . . . . . . 24.95
INAC8011 Colour filter set . . . . . . . 18.95
LIMITED
OFFER!
429
Elinchrom Classic 500 ‘Set To Go’
500 Head Specification
Flash energy
f stop at 1m/100ISO
Flash duration t0.5
Flash adjustment
500 w/secs
64.5
1/2600 sec
3 stop (cont)
Recycling time
Modelling lamp
Fan cooling
Dimensions
Weight
0.3–0.9secs
100w
No
25x13.5cm
2.2kg
This great value 2-head kit
includes:
2 x Elinchrom Classic
500 heads
1 x 16cm reflector
1 x Protective head cap
1 x Portalite 60cm
softbox
1 x 85cm translucent
brolly
1 x 85cm silver brolly
2 x Clip-lock stands
1 x Sync lead
1 x 3-head hard case
1 x Soft stand/brolly
bag
DVD Lighting Guide
EL500/500
£
Case supplied is black
699
00
Speed Graphic
61
LIGHTING
Elinchrom
Style BX/FX
Style 100BX/FX
Flash energy
f stop 1m/100ISO
Flash duration t0.5
Flash adjustment
Recycling time
Modelling lamp
Fan cooling
Dimensions
Weight
100w/secs
32.5
1/1800sec
5 stops
0.2–0.5secs
250w/100w
Yes
21x14cm
1.65/1.55kg
Style 400BX/FX
Flash energy
f stop 1m/100ISO
Flash duration t0.5
Flash adjustment
Recycling time
Modelling lamp
Fan cooling
Dimensions
Weight
Utilising state-of-the-art integrated
circuit board construction, these heads
give advanced digital control at affordable
prices.
Power is adjustable in 1/10th stop
increments with digital display and
control, over a 5 f-stop range, with auto
power dumping. Even at minimum power
flash duration is 1/250th sec.
Day long reliability is assured with fan
cooling, and there is no problem in using
these heads with digital cameras as they
have a low 5v trigger voltage.
Other features are a switchable slave
and audio confirmation, centrally-placed
brolly tube, and compact size.
FX models have 100w modelling lamp,
and fixed tube. BX models have selfseeking multivoltage (90–260v) adaption
(you just need to change the modelling
lamp), user-replaceable tube, and 250w
modelling lamp.
400w/secs
64.5
1/900sec
5 stops
0.3–1.2secs
250w/100w
Yes
21x14cm
1.95/1.9kg
Style BX/FX heads
with mains cable, sync lead (no reflector)
EL100FX Style 100FX head . . . . . 295.00
EL400FX Style 400FX head . . . . . 325.00
EL100BX Style 100BX head . . . . . 325.00
EL400BX Style 400BX head . . . . . 357.00
Style BX/FX Sets To Go
Prices £
73900
from
These 2-head kits include:
2 x Elinchrom Style BX/FX heads
1 x 16cm reflector
1 x Protective head cap
1 x Portalite 60cm softbox
1 x Translucent deflector and rod
1 x 83cm translucent brolly
1 x 83cm silver brolly
2 x Clip-lock stands
1 x Sync lead
1 x 3-head hard case
(UK kits have case as shown with the
500 Classic kit on page 61)
1 x Soft stand/brolly bag
DVD Lighting Guide
With FX100/100 £739.00
With FX100/400 £769.00
With FX400/400 £799.00
With BX100/100 £795.00
With BX100/400 £829.00
With BX400/400 £859.00
62 Speed Graphic
Style RX
One head kits
Prices £
38000
from
The perfect low cost way of starting a
home studio. Many great shots are
possible using just one flash head! Also
ideal for mixed flash and daylight
pictures at wet weddings.
Kits include:
1 x Elinchrom head
1 x 60x60cm Portalite softbox
1 x Muraro 007AB stand
EL100FXKIT1
EL400FXKIT1
EL100BXKIT1
EL400BXKIT1
EL500KIT1
New Elinchrom
catalogue now
available. Ask for
a copy.
£380.00
£410.00
£410.00
£442.00
£429.00
With groovy translucent and
fire-retardent body shell encasing
a die-cast alloy chassis, the RX series
heads offer state-of-the-art consistent
digital control, remote control via
optional handset or Mac/PC, rapid recycling times, 6 stop variable power in
1/10th stop increments, and action freezing flash duration.
Style 300RX
Flash energy
f stop 1m/100ISO
Flash duration t0.5
Flash adjustment
Recycling time
Modelling lamp
Fan cooling
Dimensions
Weight
300w/secs
64.1
1/2850sec
6 stops
0.25–0.6secs
250w
Yes
21x14cm
2.3kg
Style 600RX
Flash energy
f stop 1m/100ISO
Flash duration t0.5
Flash adjustment
Recycling time
Modelling lamp
Fan cooling
Dimensions
Weight
600w/secs
90.1
1/2050sec
6 stops
0.22–1.0secs
250w
Yes
21x14cm
2.6kg
Style RX Heads
with mains cable, sync lead (no reflector)
EL300RX Style 300RX head . . . . . 462.50
EL600RX Style 600RX head . . . . . 538.00
EL1200RX Style 1200RX head . . . . 786.00
Style RX Set To Go
includes 2 heads, 3 head case, 2 x 16cm
reflector, snoot, 85cm translucent and
super white brollies, 2 x cliplock stands,
stand bag, cables, and DVD lighting guide.
EL300/300RX 300/300 head Set . 1135.00
EL600/600RX 600/600 head Set . 1286.00
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
LIGHTING
Elinchrom accessories
Lastolite
Portalite
softboxes
We carry a wide range of Lastolite equipment from stock, and can usually get any
item within a few days.
40 x 40cm
PR40SB £45.00
60 x 60cm
PR6OSB
£58.50
90 x 90cm
PR90S £87.70
IR trigger
Will fire any Prolinca
(or any IR sensitive)
heads up to 15m
away, and does away with the
need for a sync lead. Fits standard accessory shoe and takes 2 x AA batts.
PRIR £49.95
Reflectors
for both Prolinca and Elinchrom heads
ELR16
16cm wide angle 90º. . . . 31.00
ELR18
18cm GP 60º . . . . . . . . . . 31.00
ELR21
21cm standard 50º . . . . . 38.90
The standard 21cm
reflector has been
redesigned to take
new push-in grids
(honeycombs). The
18cm GP reflector
also accepts grids.
Umbrellas
ELU85S
ELU85T
ELU85W
ELU105S
ELU105T
ELU105W
85cm silver. . . . . . . . . . . 43.50
85cm translucent white . 35.50
85cm super white . . . . . . 43.50
105cm silver. . . . . . . . . . 56.00
105cm translucent white 48.00
105cm super white . . . . . 56.00
FAX: 01420 543 544
Rotalux softboxes
Elinchrom’s central umbrella hole allows
deflectors to be mounted over the tube, to
modify the softness and colour of the
Rotalux boxes. Additional diffusers are
also available. Every Rotalux comes with a
shoulder carry bag.
ELR90
Rotalux 90x35cm . . . . . 152.70
ELR130 Rotalux 130x50cm . . . . 192.60
ELRS70 Rotalux Square 70cm . . 152.70
ELRS100 Rotalux Square 100cm . 192.60
ELRO100 Rotalux Octa 100cm . . . 192.60
ELRO135 Rotalux Octa 135cm . . . 238.20
ELDEFSET Deflector Set (gold, silver and
translucent) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.50
The Snoot gives a 15º spot of
light with a hard shadow
effect. Honeycomb
grids are available to
enhance the sharpness of the spot.
Care is needed to
ensure that
heat levels do
not get excessive.
Other accessories
ELS
Snoot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.60
ELSG
Snoot Grids (Set of 5). . . 67.20
ELBR
Background reflector . . . 65.30
EL21AH 21cm Accessory holder . . 27.50
ELBS21 21cm Barndoor Set
(Barndoors and Accessory holder) . 64.20
ELG2110 21cm coloured gels (10) . 22.95
ELG2120 21cm coloured gels (20) . 36.70
EL18HS 18cm grid set (18cm reflector
plus 12º, 20º, 30º grids) . . . . . . . . 108.80
EL21HSB 21cm grid set basic (21cm
reflector plus 20º, 30º grids) . . . . . 73.30
ELLPS
Light Pro stand . . . . . . . 45.80
ELCAP
Protective head cap . . . . . 8.95
ELADAP 1/4” 6.5mm jack adaptor 19.40
EL100W 100w Super Leuci lamp . . . 5.85
EL250W 250w Halolux lamp . . . . . 17.50
ELSYNC 5m sync lead . . . . . . . . . 22.30
Elinchrom DVD ‘Studio
Portrait Lighting’
by top photographer Joe Craig
Running time of 90
minutes, subdivided into 14
topics. ELDVD £14.00
Tri-Grip
Now the solo
photographer
can position a
reflector
comfortably
using just
one hand.
The large
comfortable
grip allows accurate use
without the need for a stand or assistant.
Or an assistant can hold two with ease!
Long dimension is 85cm, and it folds in
traditional Lastolite style to 38cm
diameter. Four options:
LA3631 Silver/White. . . . . . . . . . 56.50
LA3607 Translucent . . . . . . . . . . 56.50
LA3641 Gold/White . . . . . . . . . . 56.50
LA3636 Sunfire/Silver . . . . . . . . 56.50
Large Tri-Grip
Large and standard
Trigrips compared
This 1.5m size version is suitable for full
body reflection and diffusion. It’s still
light enough to be held in one hand, just
like the original version, and folds down
to a third of its full size.
LA3731 Silver/White . . . . . . . . . . 71.50
LA3736 Sunfire/Silver. . . . . . . . . 71.50
LA3741 Gold/White. . . . . . . . . . . 71.50
LA3751 1 Stop Diffuser . . . . . . . . 71.50
LA3707 2 Stop Diffuser . . . . . . . . 71.50
Triflector 2
Widely used in portrait and makeover
photography, it wraps light around the
subject, reduces under chin and nose
shadows, and gives disctinctive and
attractive catchlights in the eyes.
Attaches to a standard lighting stand
spigot. Lightweight, the panels fold like
Lastolite reflectors
to fit into a
compact carrying
bag.
LA2933 Triflector 2
inc sunfire/silver
panels £104.50
LA2905
Gold/white panels
£38.00
LA2903 Silver/white panels £38.00
LA2909 Translucent panels £28.50
Limited offer - FREE TRIFLECTOR STAND
worth £30, with every LA2933. Only while stocks last.
Speed Graphic
63
LIGHTING
Reflectors
Lastolite umbrellas
Fittings available:
Balcar, Bowens,
Broncolor,
Elinchrom,
Interfit, Hensel,
Multiblitz.
Lightweight, compact and convenient –
invaluable to lighten shadows, or to
change the quality of the light; for
instance to warm up skin tones.
There are five types of surface available:
White 5600ºK. Soft clean light for general portrait use.
Silver 5600ºK. Crisp clear light for optimum clarity. Good for products.
Sunfire 4750ºK. Enhances flesh tones naturally.
Gold 3800ºK. Adds warmth and glow. Popular for portraits.
Diffuser Gives diffused illumination; used in front of a light source.
Most popular combinations and sizes stocked
To arrive at our code, add the letters and numbers shown under the reflector size to the
two numbers of the reflector surface; so a 50cm sunfire/silver would be LA2036
Sunfire/white (..06)
Sunfire/silver (..36)
Silver/white (..31)
Silver/gold (..34)
Gold/white (..41)
Translucent (..07)
30cm
(LA12)
£11.50
£11.50
£11.50
£11.50
£11.50
50cm
(LA20)
£21.95
£21.95
£21.95
£21.95
£21.95
£21.95
76cm
(LA30)
£32.25
£32.25
£32.25
£32.25
£32.25
£32.25
95cm
(LA38)
£52.75
£52.75
£52.75
£52.75
£52.75
£52.75
120cm
(LA48)
£68.50
£68.50
£68.50
1.8x1.2m
(LA72)
£82.95
£82.95
£82.95
£68.50
£67.50
£82.95
£70.25
Bottletops
Now you can get several reflector surfaces
in one convenient package! Both the
reflector and the bottletop are reversible,
so you can get any combination of the
surfaces. When mounted, the elasticated
top is nice and taut, and the package folds
down to 1/3 of the original diameter.
Sunfire/Silver panel + Gold/White cover
LA2099 50cm (20”) . . . . . . . . . . 33.50
LA3099 75cm (30”). . . . . . . . . . . 42.80
LA3899 95cm (38”) . . . . . . . . . . 52.30
LA4899 120cm (48”). . . . . . . . . . 71.20
LA7299 1.8 x 1.2m . . . . . . . . . . 104.50
‘5 in 1’: Diffuser Panel + Gold/White and
Sunfire/Silver covers
LA3096 75cm (30”). . . . . . . . . . . 42.80
LA3896 95cm (38”) . . . . . . . . . . 52.30
LA4896 120cm (48”). . . . . . . . . . 71.20
Reversible type 40”/100cm
Easily detach the fabric cover from the
frame and turn it over.
LA4536 Sunfire/Silver . . . . . . . . 39.95
LA4531 Silver/White. . . . . . . . . . 43.70
LA4534 Silver/Gold. . . . . . . . . . . 43.70
Umbrella Box
Reflector brackets
Pocket bracket
shown right, has
bendy arm and
clamp.
LA1113 £35.20
Diffuser bracket
LA1104 £51.25
Panelite bracket
LA1107 £44.60
64 Speed Graphic
Basic range (pictured above)
Good quality brollies with 8mm shafts,
fitting the majority of flash heads on the
market, at attractive prices.
LA3203 80cm (34”) soft silver. . . 23.50
LA4503 100cm (40”) silver . . . . . 35.00
LA3207 80cm white translucent . 16.95
LA4507 100cm white translucent 22.95
Universal bracket 1100
Fits 50, 76, 95 and 120cm reflectors to
any standard light stand. Quick lock swivel
joint allows almost any position. Wind
resistant clips for outdoor use.
LA1100 £44.60
An
umbrella
which is
also a
softbox.
The front
diffuser
has a 3way zip
closure to
fit all
sizes of
flash
head. The
white
inner surface and diffuser panel provide a
soft even light. 114cm dia.
LA3226 8mm shaft size. . . . . . . . 38.00
LA3227 7mm shaft size. . . . . . . . 38.00
Interfit softboxes
A wide range of professional quality boxes
which will fit most current heads. The
speedring/adaptors are interchangeable.
Prices INCLUDE ONE SPEEDRING – please
specify flash make when ordering.
INPSB60 Square 60x60cm. . . . . . . 84.50
INPSB80 Square 80x80cm . . . . . . 103.60
INPSB100 Square 100x100cm . . . . 113.00
INPSB39 Strip 30x90cm . . . . . . . . 94.00
INPSB412 Strip 40x120cm . . . . . . . 97.90
INPSB510 Strip 50x100cm . . . . . . . 97.90
INPSB612 Strip 60x120cm . . . . . . 113.00
INPSB68 Rectangular 60x85cm . . . 99.80
INPSB710 Rectangular 75x100cm . 113.00
INPSB810 Rectangular 85x110cm . 118.70
INPSB912 Rectangular 90x120cm . 120.60
INPSB1014 Rectangular 100x140cm 155.80
INOSB60 Octobox 60cm. . . . . . . . 101.70
INOSB90 Octobox 90cm . . . . . . . 122.50
INOSB120 Octobox 120cm. . . . . . . 151.00
Lastolite Ezybox
Instantly unfolding softboxes.
LA2445 45x45cm Ezybox . . . . . . 124.00
LA2460 60x60cm Ezybox. . . . . . 133.00
LA2490 90x90cm Ezybox . . . . . . 189.00
LA2351 Bowens ‘S’ adaptor . . . . . 14.95
LA2352 Elinchrom adaptor . . . . . 14.95
LA2357 Multiblitz Profilite . . . . . 22.50
Others available.
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
LIGHTING
Other studio and flash accessories
Peli light stand bags
Sturdy cases made from PVC coated nylon,
with side pockets for accessories. Interior
lined for durability and padded with highdensity foam. Heavy-duty zippers and
adjustable webbing strap complete the
picture. See also page 36 for a shorter
version for tripods.
Wein Safe-Sync
Lastolite Cubelite
Provides shadowless, soft lighting for any
item, and isolates reflective objects from
their surroundings. The cube can be lit
from any side, and collapses into a fraction of its full size, so is equally at home
in the studio or on location. Inside there
is a pair of crocodile clips to support a
sheet of paper to make a gradient curve
background if required. The Cubelite is
available in three sizes.
There’s no need to compensate for the
tungsten lights with a digital camera –
just use the auto white balance, or
tungsten setting if provided.
LA2486 Cubelite 58cm (2’) . . . . . 85.50
LA3686 Cubelite 90cm (3’) . . . . 104.50
LA4886 Cubelite 120cm (4’) . . . 123.50
CUBELITE KITS
See the Interfit and Elinchrom
tungsten lighting on pages 59-60
for package deals.
PCTB38E Int dimensions: 96Lx14.5H
x14.5W cm. PEB38 £39.95
Kepcor IR flash trigger
Outdoor Cubelite 90cm
Comes with a removeable bottom, so that
it can be placed directly over the subject,
and the back panel can also be removed to
allow the subject to remain in its natural
context, but still remaining largely sheltered from the elements. LA3687 £133.00
Reflective subjects
like this helmet
can be quickly
photographed with
no distracting ‘hot
spots’.
Lastolite light tents
Provide soft, shadowless lighting when
photographing small objects.
Manufactured from translucent neutral
nylon, the tent loses approx 1 stop of
light. The camera can be positioned at any
point in the velcro opening. Very useful
for plant photography, blocking out wind
and insects. Less heavy and bulky than a
Cubelite, but not self-supporting, the
spring-loaded base folds, reflector-style,
into a zip bag.
LA2087 50cm dia/61cm high. . . . 36.00
LA3087 76cm dia/94cm high. . . . 56.00
LA3887 95cm dia/122cm high. . . 66.45
LA6087 1.5m dia/122cm high . . . 79.95
FAX: 01420 543 544
A hot-shoe PC adaptor with a built-in
voltage regulator that will protect any of
the latest digital and conventional
cameras from the potentially damaging
trigger voltages of older flash heads,
reducing it to a safe 6v maximum.
WESS £45.00
PCTB48E Int dimensions: 121.25Lx14.5H x
14.5W cm. PEB48 £47.95
Lastolite Sand Bag
22L x25Hx7D cm tough canvas bag with
zip for weighing down stands/booms etc.
LA1590 £11.95
Frees up the camera by
doing away with a sync lead. Fits standard
hot shoe (or PC socket with supplied
cord), and triggers any brand of flash
head with infra-red sensitive slave sensor
(most recent ones are). KPIR £39.95
NEW Lastolite Covelite
The Cubelite copes with
most kinds of subjects, but
it’s very difficult to remove
unwanted reflections from
glass and chrome objects.
The Covelite completely
encloses the subject in soft
white reflections. Carefully
placed seams, vinyl background and supplied black
out masks enable the light
to be carefully controlled.
Three sizes available.
Small 48x38x44cm
LA2489 £123.50
Medium 75x56x71cm
LA3689 £156.70
Large 99x71x97cm
LA4889 £189.95
Table top (left) and Covelite
(right) shots compared
‘Point and Shoot’ exposure
The new Lastolite Ezybalance has
been improved with the addition
target. This enables autofocus
cameras to lock focus as well as
exposure, speeding up photography with Cube/Covelites.
Speed Graphic
65
LIGHTING
Muraro lighting stands
Manfrotto
Made by a family-owned company in
Vicenza in northern Italy, we buy these
direct from the factory to offer top quality
stands at average quality prices!
Check these features:
Top-quality stands from the leading
name in supports.
4 sections (25, 22, 19
and 16mm). Height
240cm max, 67cm min.
Closed length 67cm. Footprint
94cm. Weight 1.1kg. Max load 4kg.
Black only MA051NB £46.20
Wide adjustable footprint for stability
with ‘lazy leg’ to allow flexible positioning
of legs and centre tube.
052 Compact
3 sections (25, 22 and 19mm).
Height 250cm max, 88cm min.
Closed 86cm. Footprint 109cm.
Weight 1.28kg. Max load 5kg.
Chrome MA052 £45.60
Black MA052B £45.60
Light weight with good load capacity.
Standard 5/8” spigot + 3/8” screw
007AB
3 sections (25, 22 and 18mm). Height
250cm max, 88cm min. Closed length
86cm. Footprint 109cm. Weight 1.5kg.
Max load 5kg. MU007AB £39.95
Heavy duty model. 3 sections (35, 30 and
25mm). Height 2.9m max, 14cm min.
Closed length 101cm. Footprint 109cm.
Weight 3.5kg. Max load 9.5kg.
MU005AB £59.95
051N
004 Master
014AB
005AB
004
051N Mini Compact
Robust black finish aluminium tubing.
Die-cast alloy headsets with brass insert
for quick secure locking.
4 sections (25, 22, 18 and 15mm). Height
260cm max, 89cm min. Closed length
76cm. Footprint 100cm. Weight 1.05kg.
Max load 5kg. MU014AB £39.95
052
Typical clamp locks
are slow and imprecise. A quarter turn is
sufficient to unlock
or lock a Muraro
stand, with the brass
headset insert giving
a secure grip.
4 sections (35, 30, 25 and
20mm). Height 385cm max,
109cm min. Closed 107cm.
Footprint 109cm. Weight
2.15kg. Max load 9kg.
Chrome MA004 £72.95
Black MA004B £72.95
420 Combi
024 Light Boom
Interfit lighting stands
Aluminium stands as supplied in Interfit flash kits, and using the
standard 5/8” spigot attachment with 1/4” screw top.
Combi Stand/Boom
(left) is 5-section with a built-in
boom arm. Used as a conventional stand it will extend to 4m
height. Unclipping the built-in
joint allows the top 2 sections to
become a boom with a 1.5m
extension. INCSB £74.30
2.1m Stand (right) is air-cushioned with 4-sections with max
height of 210cm, min 72cm.
Closed length 69cm. Footprint
80cm. Weight 1.0kg.
INST21 £33.50
2.44m Stand (not shown) is to
same design, max height 244cm,
min 99cm. Closed length 91cm.
Footprint 97cm. Weight 1.6kkg.
INST24 £39.95
66 Speed Graphic
Attaches to shaft of most stands with
diameters of 19, 20, 25 and 28mm. 3
sections: max length 200cm. Closed
length 71cm. Weight 1.4kg. Load 3kg at
170cm with counterweight attached.
MA024 chrome £84.30
MA024B black £87.80
012 Backlite Stand
Heavy duty 4-section lighting stand with a pivoting
collar which allows the top
two sections to be used either upright, or
as a telescopic boom arm. Supplied with a
sandbag (empty) to enable smooth counterbalanced operation when the head is
attached. Supports 9kg vertically; 2kg on
boom at maximum extension. Max height
vertical 3.92m; closes to 113cm. Max boom
extension 1.91m. Weight 2.7kg.
MA420 chr £125.00 MA420B blk £130.00
Black steel base with
detachable 2-section
aluminium centre
column. Height 85cm
max, 9cm min. Closed
48cm. Footprint
60cm. Weight
1.32kg. Max load 3kg,
or 10kg without
column. Legs can be
nailed to floor.
Black MA012B
£29.95
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
LIGHTING
Manfrotto lighting adaptors
151 converts a tripod with 3/8”
screw to a 5/8” spigot (add the
HA5120 bushing if you have a
1/4” screw) to make a lighting
support. MA151 £4.70
119 converts a 5/8”
spigot socket to either a
1/4” or 3/8” screw type.
MA119 £3.50
118 short spigot creates a 1/4” or
3/8” fixing from a 5/8” socket.
MA118 £2.80
013 double 5/8” spigot connects
two 5/8” socket items together.
MA013 £5.30
158 double socket
connects two 5/8”
male spigot items
together, or creates
female socket from
male. MA158 £9.95
Manfrotto 175 clamp
Strong spring clamps with
5/8” spigot attachment for a
wide range of studio accessories. Handy for
lightweight items in
difficult
places. Jaw
opening is
40mm.
MA175 £7.40
Manfrotto 043 Sky Hook
Gaffer grip for poles
from 25–65mm with
attachment points for
16mm accessories,
one with 013
double ended
adaptor.
MA043
£26.40
014-14 creates a lockable
1/4” male thread from 5/8”
spigot. MA01414 £6.50
014-38 is the same but with
3/8” thread. MA01438 £6.50
Umbrella mounts
Tilting mounts which allow a brolly to be
used with a camera flash.
Manfrotto 026 fits on a standard 5/8”
flash stand spigot, or 1/4 or 3/8” tripod
screw. Has a
1/4” or 3/8”
reversible top
screw, so a TTL
cord can be
directly
attached (or
the Hama 6959
shoe on p51).
MA026 £20.00
Lastolite
2405 has a
Metzspecific
attachment
to the flash
base socket,
as well as
standard
shoe mount.
LA2405
£28.95
FAX: 01420 543 544
Manfrotto cable
clips
Three sizes to clamp
cables to lighting
stands. Supplied in sets of 4.
MA093 Large (28–40mm) . . . . . . 3.50
MA206 Medium (25–28mm) . . . . . 3.50
MA064 Small (18–26mm). . . . . . . 3.50
Manfrotto Autopole System
The original adjustable lighting pole system. The pole is extended and the
cantilever lock exerts pressure on the end suctions cups to securely lock in place.
032B (right)
077B (left)
Length 210–370cm. Diameter
40/45mm. Weight 2.2kg. Black
MA032B £72.00
076B (middle)
Length 150–270cm. Diameter
40/45mm. Weight 1.83kg. Black
MA076B £68.90
Length 100–170cm. Diameter
40/45mm. Weight 1.5kg. Black
MA077B £61.50
Poles are shown in chrome finish
for clarity. All items priced here are
in black finish.
032 Base
Tripod base for above poles. 126cm
footprint. MA032BASE £35.00
033 Extension tube 2m length
MA033B £21.50
034 Extension tube 1.5m length
MA034B £18.50
Background supports
045 B/P Triple
Hooks
Set of two background paper
holders for three
Expan 046. Can
be fixed to a
wall with the
supplied studs and screws, or screwed to
an 035 Super Clamp for pole mounting.
MN045 £31.70
059 B/P Single Hooks
Set of two background
paper hooks which fit
into the 035 Super
Clamp socket, taking
the 046 Expan.
MA059 £15.20
059WM Single Hooks
As above, but with
bracket for mounting direct to a wall.
Complete with screws. MA059WM £15.20
046 Expan
Manfrotto Stand Holder
Keep stands out of way when not in use.
Holds 8 stands with standard 5/8” spigot
tops. 64mm distance between holes.
Width 115cm; depth 19cm. MA027 £18.80
Insert into
the ends of a
paper roll
with core
diameters 46–76mm, includes plastic
chain and weight. MA046 £55.50
046MC Expan as above but with metal
chains. MA046MC £66.50
SAVE 5%
on these prices
when you spend
£150 or more
on Autopole
and Expan
(applies to
items
purchased at
the same time)
More background
support options are
featured overleaf.
Other background support accessories
MA047-2 Alu-Core for uncored paper.
Length 275cm; 50mm dia . . . . . . . . 35.20
MA062-2 B/P Counterweight. . . . . 23.50
MA091 Expan Chain 1m plastic. . . 7.00
MA091MC Expan Chain 1m metal . . 25.80
MA039 U Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.25
MA035 Super Clamp . . . . . . . . . . 16.45
MA038 Double Super Clamp . . . . 34.00
see page 25 for other Super Clamp items
Speed Graphic
67
LIGHTING
Backgrounds
Supports
Interfit
Telescopic stands and cross pole pack
down into a compact carry bag, and have
a maximum size of 2.4m high x 2.5m wide.
Small size INBGS £69.95
Also available in a heavier duty form to
support a full width background cloth, or
half roll paper backgrounds.
2.6m H x 3.15m W.
Large size INBGL £99.95
Lastolite background colour swatch
There are 12 colours available in collapsible and curtain styles. Colours are a guide only.
Manfrotto 314
Heavy-duty set comprising 272 cross
pole, 2 x 052 stands and 2 x 275 Mini
Spring clips and kit bag. Will cope with
full width cloth or 11m length full roll
paper. MA314 £166.50
40 Washington
41 Dakota
42 Kentucky
43 Virginia
46 Florida
48 Maine
49 Colorado
50 Wyoming
51 Ohio
53 Mississippi
NEW 54 Arizona
NEW 55 New York
Manfrotto 272 cross pole
If you already have 2 suitable lighting
stands with standard 5/8” spigot fitting,
this 3-section horizontal pole will convert
them into a background support.
Minimum extension 1.1m; maximum
extension 2.98m. Weight 250g.
MA272 £55.00
Other options . . .
For fixed studio settings Manfrotto’s 045
background triple hooks coupled with 046
Expan drive sets are popular, or Autopoles
can be used. See page 67 for more details.
Lastolite 1109 stand
Lastolite 1108
Suitable for cloth curtain backgrounds, or
half roll paper backgrounds. Consists of
two stands (which can be used for lights
on their own), with a maximum height of
3.12m and a telescopic cross bar with a
maximum extension of 2.96m. Comes with
a waterproof case. Background cloth shown
not included. LA1108 £137.70
68 Speed Graphic
The ideal companion for the majority of
Lastolite
collapsible
backgrounds,
the 1109
has a
maximum
height of
1.85m
(6ft) and
collapses
to an easily
portable
package.
LA1109
£57.95
Lastolite background paper rolls
FULL ROLL 2.72m wide x 11m long
Delivered direct to you from the Lastolite
distributor. All types each £46.95
LA9001 Super White
LA9002 Heaven
LA9020 Black
LA9051 Ivory
LA9027 Shadow Grey
LA9059 Dove Grey
Other colours are also available.
HALF ROLL 1.37m wide x 11m long £39.50
LA9101 Super White
9001
9002
9020
9027
9051
9059
LA9120
Black
LA9127
Shadow Grey
available in these three colours only
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
LIGHTING
Lastolite
backgrounds
The UK’s leading name in
backgrounds offers a huge
array of styles and sizes. We
can supply any, and if you
need one in a hurry, and if
it’s in stock at the Lastolite
distributor, we can send it to
you direct for a carriage
supplement of £3.50.
Three popular sizes for
the home studio are featured
on the right, and if you need
more information, please ask
us for the Lastolite colour
catalogue to help you make
your choice!
1
2
Collapsible Reversible
– no train (1)
Collapsible Reversible
– with train (2)
1.5 x 1.8m (5 x 6’). Have a different but
complementary colour on the reverse.
Fold away as shown above, and the size
suits head and shoulder portraits of one
or two people. Can easily be hung on a
wall or propped up behind the sitter.
LA56FM Florida/Maine
LA56WD Washington/Dakota
LA56WU Wyoming/Mississippi
LA56VK Virginia/Kentucky
LA56NO New York/Ohio
LA56CA Arizona/Colorado each £95.00
1.8 x 2.15m + 1.5m train. Now double
sided (two trains included – see below).
Fold up, reflector style, into a circular
80cm, easily portable unit. Once
mastered, you will impress family and
clients with the trick.
LA67FM Florida/Maine
LA67WD Washington/Dakota
LA67WU Wyoming/Mississippi
LA67VK Virginia/Kentucky
LA67NO New York/Ohio
LA67CA Arizona/Colorado . ea £159.95
Single colour
Crease-resistant, for passport, ID and
other uses. 1.5 x 1.8m.
LA56DB Dark Brown/Light Brwn £95.00
LA56MB Mid Blue/Light Blue . . . £95.00
LA56DG Dark Grey/Light Grey . . £95.00
LA5621 Black/White . . . . . . . . £104.50
LA5620 Freestyle (white) . . . . . £73.20
FAX: 01420 543 544
Steve’s guide to folding
your Lastolite background
1 Grasp the corners
of one of the
shorter sides, and
bring the long sides
together.
2 Fold the edge
nearest you down
and let the bottom
edge come towards
your feet.
3 Cross your hands
to allow the top of
the background to
form a circle, and
hold with one
hand,and gather up
the bottom edge.
Chromakey
Traditionally used in video photography as
a tool to mix two or more images; is now
often used in digital photography to aid
cutting and pasting subjects.
LA5687 Blue/green 1.5 x 1.8m £167.40
LA5987 Blue/green 1.8 x 2.1m £257.00
Also available as
curtains, Mini
Scrolls and Skylite
collapsibles.
3
Black/White Collapsible
1.8 x 2.1m +
1.5m detachable
black and white
trains. Creaseresistant, washable material
velcroes in place.
LA6701 £188.00
4 You should now
have a circular shape
to put in the bag. If
not, go back to 1
and repeat until
exhausted.
Curtain style (3)
3 x 3.5m (10 x 12’). Single-sided.
Designed for those who work with children
and pets, or use backgrounds intensively.
Chuck ‘em in the Hotpoint @ 40ºC when
grubby. All colours £89.95
LA7740 Washington
LA7741 Dakota
LA7742 Kentucky
LA7743 Virginia
LA7746 Florida
LA7748 Maine
LA7749 Colorado
LA7750 Wyoming
LA7751 Ohio
LA7753 Mississippi
LA7754 Arizona
LA7755 New York
3 x 7m (10 x 24’) Longer train version.
All colours £133.00
LA7840 Washington
LA7841 Dakota
LA7842 Kentucky
LA7843 Virginia
LA7846 Florida
LA7848 Maine
LA7849 Colorado
LA7850 Wyoming
LA7851 Ohio
LA7853 Mississippi
LA7854 Arizona
LA7855 New York
This is not a complete list of Lastolite
backgrounds – please ask for a quotation on anything not shown here.
Speed Graphic
69
LIGHT METERS
Surely, my multi-segment TTL system will do it all?
Well, yes it will, in about 90% of
picture-taking scenarios, if you have a
very good one. But then there’s the
black cat in the coal cellar scenario, the
ethereal dawn glow scenario, not to
mention the control that you get with a
hand-held meter, which is why most
serious photographers end up acquiring
one.
Some explanation of terms used;
ambient light refers to a continuous
light source, usually daylight, but it
could be a tungsten light as well. Flash
meters, as the name implies, measure
Ambient meters
Gossen Sixtomat
Shirt-pocket sized meter with a large,
high contrast digital readout and excellent low light capability. An additional
analogue scale indicates the contrast
range of the subject. Readout can be set
as shutter or aperture
priority.
EV range -2.5–18
@100ISO
Speeds 60
mins–1/8000th
Apertures f1–f90
(1/10th stops)
ISO range 3–8000
With case, strap and 1
x AA battery.
GSSIX £104.95
Capital SP-1
Straightforward, Japanese-made meter
designed for ambient metering. It has a 1º
measurement area, and needle and scale
viewfinder readout, and cine speeds.
EV range 2–18 @100ISO
Speeds 30 mins–1/2000th
Apertures
f1–45
ISO range
6–6400
Dioptric
viewfinder adjustment
Uses 9v battery
(supplied)
Includes case, eyecup
and strap. CPSP1
£175.00
70 Speed Graphic
the instantaneous light from flash, and are
increasingly combined with an ambient
meter. Incident metering means measuring the light falling on a subject – by
holding the meter in front of the subject
pointing towards the light source, and is
often the most accurate form of measurement. Reflected metering is what all
cameras do – measuring the light
reflected from the subject. Spot meters do
the same, but take an angle of view of
1–4º rather than the 60º or so of the standard meter view.
Gossen Digisix
Pocket meter
weighing only
40g. Operation
is traditional: a
reading is
taken, the EV
value displayed
on an LCD
screen, and
this is transferred to a
rotary scale.
The Digisix stores readings to allow
contrast measurement, and features
countdown timer (up to 30 mins), clock,
alarm and thermometer (-15–70ºC).
EV range 0–18 @100ISO
Speeds 4mins–1/2000th
Apertures f1–f32
ISO range 6–3200
25º measuring angle
Uses 1 x CR2032 (supplied). Includes case.
GSDIG £72.95
Clip-on Shoe Adaptor for Digisix meters.
Slots into accessory shoe on camera to fix
meter in place. GSDSHOE £9.95
Dual-purpose flash and ambient meters
Polaris
Sekonic L-308B II
Large and clear
digital readout.
Ambient metering
Versatile and popular meter, now with
extra flat Lumidisc for improved metering
of point light sources.
Ambient metering
EV range 1–19.9
Speeds 60
secs–1/8000th
0–19.9 @100ISO
Speeds 60 secs–1/8000th
Apertures f0.5–f90
ISO range
3–8000
Apertures
f0.7–f45
ISO range
3–8000
1/10th stop
accuracy. Last
setting retained
in memory.
Flash metering
Scale indicates
1/10th stop increments.
Flash metering
Speeds 1 sec–1/500th
Apertures f0.5–f90
9 multiple flash mem
Uses 1 x AA (not supplied)
Includes case and strap.
Speeds 1
sec–1/500th
SPECIAL PURCHASE
Polaris meter complete with 10º
spot attachment. RRP181.80
Our price
9995 [Code PLKIT]
£
Gossen Digiflash
The world’s smallest flashmeter. All the
functions of the Digisix (left) and the
same diminutive
size, but with a 1/3
stop accurate flash
meter.
Flash metering
Speeds 1
sec–1/500th, plus
1/90th
Apertures f2–f32
GSDIGF £104.95
NEW Gossen Digipro F
Development of the Sixtomat Flash, but with the addition of a
swivelling light receptor measuring a 25º angle.
Ambient metering
Apertures f1–f90
EV range -2.5–18
Up to 10 multiple
Speeds 60 mins–1/8000th
flash memory
Apertures f1–f90
Uses 1 x AA
ISO range 3–8000
(supplied)
Includes case and
Cine speeds
Flash metering
strap.
Speeds 1 sec–1/1000th, plus 1/90th GSDPF £168.70
Apertures
f1.4–f90
Uses 1 x AA
(supplied)
Includes case and
strap. SE308B £109.95
Sekonic T-style sync cord. 15 feet long,
interconnects camera, meter and flash.
SESC £24.95
Minolta Autometer VF
Update of the popular IVF, with improved
highlight/shadow and average metering,
and accepting a wide range of accessories.
Ambient metering
EV range -2.0–19.9
Speeds 30 mins–1/8000th
Apertures f1–f90
ISO range 3–8000
in 1/3rd stops
2 reading memory
with
highlight/shadow
metering and
averaging function
Flash metering
Speeds 1
sec–1/500th
Apertures f1–f90
Uses 1 x AA (not
supplied)
Includes case and
strap.
MNAM5F £188.50
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
LIGHT METERS
Sekonic L-358
Minolta Flashmeter VI
Gossen Starlite
With simultaneous measurement of flash
and ambient light, plus many other
features, this meter sets a new standard
at the price point.
Ambient metering
Latest top level professional meter incorporating a 1º spot function and dial-in
latitude to ensure that the tonal range
will match the final medium used.
Simultaneous metering and analysis of
flash and ambient light.
Ambient metering
All-in-one meter, with comprehensive
cine, zone system and photometric metering options. 1º or 5º spot metering as well
as standard incident/reflective, waterresistant housing, and auto calculation of
Polaroid exposure value.
Ambient metering
EV range -2–19.9 @100ISO
Speeds 30
mins–1/16000th
EV range -2.5–18 @100ISO
Speeds 60 mins–1/8000th
Apertures f0.5–f128
ISO range 3–8000
in 1/3 stops
EV range -2–22.9 @100ISO
Speeds 30 mins–1/8000th
Apertures f1–f90
ISO range 3–8000
1, 1/2 or 1/3 stop
increment shutter or
aperture display.
Nine reading
memory.
Apertures f1–f128
ISO range 3–8000
1/2 or 1/3 stop
increments.
Simultaneous
metering of flash and
ambient light.
Wide range of
accessories
Flash metering
All-weather design
Flash metering
Speeds
30min– 1/1000th
Speeds
30mins–1/1000th
Apertures f1–f128
9 exposure multiple reading
Uses 1 x AA
(supplied)
Inc. case and strap.
MNFM6 £325.00
Apertures f1–f90
Uses 1 x CR123A
battery (supplied)
Includes case and strap. SE358 £189.95
Sekonic L-558
Offers flash and ambient exposure metering in both (fixed) 1º spot and incident
modes, and weatherproof construction.
Ambient metering
Sekonic L-608
EV range -2–22.9 max @100ISO
Speeds 30 mins–1/8000th
Apertures f0.5–f161 in 1/10th stops
ISO range 3–8000
Wide range of cine speeds
3 reading exposure averaging
EV range -2–22.9 @100ISO
Speeds 30 mins–1/8000th
Apertures f0.5–f128.9
ISO range 3–8000
Combined metering of flash and
ambient
Built-in dioptric
adjustment
Compatible with wireless accessories.
Flash metering
Speeds 30
mins– 1/1000th
Apertures f0.5–f161
Up to 9 repeat
flashes
Uses 1 x CR123A
battery (supplied).
Inc case and strap.
SE558 £309.95
FAX: 01420 543 544
State-of-the-art meter offering optional
remote radio triggering of flash heads.
Ambient metering
1–4º zoom spot metering
Nine reading
memory
Flash metering
Speeds 1
sec–1/1000th
Apertures
f0.5–f128.9
Unlimited
multiple readings. Uses 1 x
CR123A battery
(supplied)
Includes case
and strap.
SE608 £379.95
Cine speeds
2–360fps
Ambient/flash
ratio readout
9 memories for
ambient or flash
Flash metering
Speeds 1
sec–1/1000th
Apertures f1–f128
Uses 1 x AA
(supplied)
Includes case and
strap.
GSSTAR £294.00
Gossen Spotmaster 2
1º spot meter for flash or ambient light,
with a comprehensive viewfinder display.
Ambient metering
EV range 1–22 @100ISO
Speeds 60 mins–1/8000th, plus 1/90th
Apertures f1–f90 in 1/10th stops
ISO range
1–80000
Contrast reading
and averaging.
EV and zone
system scales.
Flash metering
Speeds 1/8 sec
–1/1000th
Apertures f2.8–f90.
Uses 1 x 9v (supplied).
Includes case and strap.
RRP £649.99
GSSM £549.00
Meter accessories
Novoflex
Zebra
A 20x15cm
plastic card,
with white
and 18%
reflectance grey
sides. NVZEBRA £9.00
Lastolite Ezybalance
Gives accurate colour or exposure rendition with either
18% reflectance
grey or white
surfaces. 30cm
diameter folds down
to a third of size.
LA1258 £17.95
Post capture colour correction
By including a shot of a grey card in
every sequence of shots and then using
the levels setting in Photoshop to match
the other shots to the Ezybalance sample,
colour and exposure can be quickly
corrected.
Wein Meter Mate 2
An infra-red transmitter for any flashmeter, the Meter
Mate plugs into
the PC terminal
of the meter
and triggers
most infrared
sensitive flash
heads. No more
need to unplug
the sync cable from the camera! Works up
to 10m/35ft away. WEMM £49.00
Sekonic meter accessories
SESC
SESUP
SENP1
SEGC
T-style sync cord. . . . . . . 24.95
Step-up ring L-608/608C . 5.95
NP Finder 1º . . . . . . . . . 119.95
Grey Card . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95
Minolta meter accessories
MNRSD
MNRLA2
MNFD
MNSC3
Replacement std diffuser 20.00
Refl. light att 40º AMVF. . 15.00
Flash diffuser . . . . . . . . . 25.00
T-style sync cord 5m . . . . 35.00
Speed Graphic
71
BAGS
Zing covers are made primarily of 5mm neoprene, the exact
same material used for wetsuits. It’s robust, very soft, and
stretches to form a custom fit for the equipment it covers,
and provides minimal bulk when not in use.
The unique one-piece Zing design
does away with the need for latches.
The flap has an aperture, which when pulled forward over the lens
slips snugly into place to give maximum dust and abrasion protection. It’s the only pouch of its kind to be exhibited at London’s
Design Museum.
While shooting, the cover can either hang from your camera
strap, or be quickly stuffed in a pocket.
4
3
Zing SLR covers
Standard SLR Cover
For most older manual focus SLRs
plus newer compact body autofocus
types, together with a lens up to
8.7cm (3.5”) long. £20.00
ZSB
Std SLR all black
ZSG
Std SLR green
reversible to black
Large SLR Cover
2
Green Zing covers can be turned inside out if
you prefer a more sedate black.
For the majority of autofocus SLRs with a
body depth of around 10cm and deep body
manual focus types, together with a lens
up to 10cm (4”) long. £21.00
ZLG
Large SLR green reversible to
black
Zing Pro SLR Cover
For professional size autofocus SLRs up to
150mm or cameras with drives, together
with a lens up to 10cm (4”) long. £24.00
ZPB
Pro SLR black
Zing Telezoom Covers
Standard Zoom SLR Cover
Zing Pro Zoom SLR Cover
For professional size autofocus SLRs up to
150mm or cameras with drives, together
with a lens from 10–17.5cm (4–7”) long.
Black. ZPZB £26.50
72 Speed Graphic
One-piece neoprene cases to fit many
styles of film and digital cameras. Snap
locks attach the flap cover.
D-Compact 1 fits Canon G1-G3 and similar
size 35mm or digital cameras measuring
approx 12.2W x7.6Hx7.6D cm. OPDC £17.95
D-Offset 2 fits most cameras like the
Nikon 5700/Fuji S602 with an offset
design measuring 12.4Wx7.6Hx11.7D cm.
OPDO £17.95
D-SLR 3 fits SLR bodies 15Wx8H, like
Nikon D100, Canon D30/60 or EOS1D
without battery pack, with a lens not
exceeding 11.4Lx8.25D cm. OPDS £21.95
D-Pro 4 fits pro digital SLRs or 35mm with
battery packs 15Wx14H, like Nikon D1,
Canon EOS with battery pack, Fuji S2 Pro
with lens size as above. OPDP 27.95
Multi-purpose soft neoprene
pouches with a velcro flap and belt
loop on the back. Black only.
Zing Action Covers
For most autofocus SLRs, together with a
lens from 10–17.5cm (4–7”) long. £23.50
ZLZG
Lge Zoom green reversible to
black
Op/tech D-Series
Zing Belt Bags
For most older manual focus SLRs plus
newer compact body autofocus types,
together with a lens from 8.7–17.5cm
(3.5–7”) long. £22.50
ZSZG
Std Zoom green reversible to
black
Zing Large Zoom SLR Cover
1
The same as the
Standard or Large
SLR covers, but with
the addition of a
removable elastic
waist strap which
works with your
camera strap to
restrain the camera
while out hiking, biking or climbing.
ZSACB
Std Action Cover black . . 24.00
ZLACB
Lge Action Cover black . . 26.00
Small Belt Bag
For small 35mm, APS or digital
cameras, mini binoculars, light
meters etc. 137x87x37mm
(5.5x3.5x1.5”)
ZBBSB £10.00
Medium Belt Bag
(middle) For larger compact
cameras, cell phones,
personal stereos, organisers
etc 167x100 x37mm
(6.5x4x1.5”)
ZBBMB £11.00
Large Belt Bag
(right) For flashguns, larger cameras, PDAs, GPS
navigators etc. 200x115x37mm (8.25x4.5x1.5”)
ZBBLB £12.00
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
BAGS
Tamrac Digital Series
Designed specifically for the new generation of digital SLRs, these zoomster bags
have Tamrac’s exclusive system for identifying unused and full cards – tuck the red
flap behind empty cards, and just flip out
to cover when full.
With a tough ballistic nylon exterior,
and combined closed and open cell foam
for maximum shock damping and snug fit,
they have belt loops and shoulder strap
and extra under-lid pocket.
Further accessories from the Tamrac
Strap Accessory System can be added to
increase capacity.
Lowepro Toploader
Toploader 65AW
Digital Zoom 3
Sized around the Canon EOS300D with a
lens up to 9cm long, it will also take most
SLR-style digitals with fixed zoom lenses.
Front and under-lid organiser pockets.
Internal dimensions: 15Wx10Dx15Hcm
TC5683 £19.95
Digital Zoom 4
Gives great protection for a typical SLR
with short zoom. A tough, water-resistant
ballistic nylon outer covers closed-sell
foam interior, and when the weather gets
really bad there’s a pull-out AW cover.
Drop-down front pocket organises filters
and films, there are loops for SlipLock
accessories, and it can be belt mounted,
or can use the optional Chest Harness.
16.5W x15Dx20H cm. LPTL65 £46.50
A little bigger, to accomodate a body with
a wider or longer zoom up to 11cm long.
There are two additional side pocket to
take card reader,
mobile phone etc.
Internal dimensions:
15Wx11Dx18H cm
TC5684 £29.95
Lowepro Rezo
Neat pouches for digital
compacts. The stretchy
padded fabric gives
quite a bit, so use
the dimensions as
a rough guide – a
slightly larger
camera will probably fit.
Camera access is quick, via a zip at the
top of the pouch, and as well as a belt
loop there’s a detachable shoulder strap.
Internal dimensions:
7W x 1.5D x 9.5H cm
LPR10 £10.00
Rezo 50
Internal dimensions:
7.5W x 3.7D x 13H
cm. LPR50 £18.00
Rezo 30
FAX: 01420 543 544
Rezo 40
Internal dimensions:
5.8W x 4D x 13.5H cm
LPR40 £16.00
Rezo 10
All AW Topload
pouches include a
pull-out cover for total
protection when
conditions deteriorate.
The largest model is designed to take prosize SLRs with attached fast 80–200 size
zoom. Instant access is guaranteed with
the reverse-opening lid and it includes a
Chest Harness and attachment loops for
SlipLock accessories. 16.5Wx15Dx32H cm.
LPTL75 £62.50
Internal dimensions:
7.5W x 3D x 10.5H cm
LPR20 £12.00
Rezo 10
Larger version for average SLR with a
longer standard zoom, or compact telephoto type.
Includes a
Chest Harness,
and has a large
belt slot to allow
it to be mounted
on the Street &
Field Deluxe
Waistbelt. 16.5W
x15D x25.5H
cm.
LPTL70
£54.50
Toploader 75AW
Rezo 20
Internal dimensions:
7W x 3.5D x 12.2H cm
LPR30 £14.00
Toploader 70AW
Rezo 60
Internal dimensions:
7.5Wx7Dx 14H
cm.
LPR60 £20.00
Rezo TLZ20
Uses the same
stretchy
fabric with
soft tricot
knit interior
to house an
SLR with
short zoom.
Internal dimensions: 13.5Wx
10Dx17.5H cm.
LPRTLZ20 £25.00
Rezo TLZ10
Similar to the above, but shaped to fit an
offset-style fixed lens digital camera or
small SLR with compact zoom. Internal
dimensions: 13.5Wx9.5Dx14H cm
LPRTLZ10 £20.00
Speed Graphic
73
BAGS
Novoflex wraps
Other wraps we have tried use standard
neoprene fabrics which give good protection but have limited stretch.
Novoflex use a brand new fabric (in
nice bright blue of course) which
combines all the protection with much
more stretch, so you can really wrap it
tight around the equipment. Four sizes:
Small for pocket cameras, phones etc
20x20cm. NVWRAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.95
Medium for SLR bodies, lenses, flash, small
camcorders. 28x28cm NVWRAPM . . . . 9.95
Large for tele lenses, cameras with lens on,
camcorders. 38x38cm. NVWRAPL . . . 12.95
Extra large for long telephotos etc
48x48cm. NVWRAPXL . . . . . . . . . . . 15.95
Lowepro Lens Trekker 600AW
Peli Microcases
Will take a long lens from 300/f2.8 to
600/f4 with camera body attached. The
adjustable cradle ensures a snug fit.
There’s a quick-release tripod mount, pullout all-weather cover,
plus large external
pocket for film and
accessories. 2003
version now includes a
built-in backpack
harness which includes
a padded back pad with
lumbar support, and
padded straps
and waistbelt.
LPLT6
£124.50
Ensure that small but expensive item is
given complete protection!
Sizes: see panel on right
Colours: add suffix in brackets to code
when ordering. Clear/black liner (CB);
Clear/blue liner (CBL); Clear/yellow liner
(CY); Clear/red liner (CR); Black/black
liner (B); Blue/black liner (BL); Red/black
liner (R); Yellow/black liner (Y)
PE1010 Microcase 1010. . . . . . . . 13.95
PE1020 Microcase 1020. . . . . . . . 17.95
PE1030 Microcase 1030. . . . . . . . 18.95
PE1040 Microcase 1040. . . . . . . . 19.95
PE1050 Microcase 1050 . . . . . . . 20.95
PE1060 Microcase 1060. . . . . . . . 24.95
Optional ‘pick n pluck’ foam inserts
PE1010F 1010 foam insert . . . . . . . 4.50
PE1020F 1020 foam insert . . . . . . . 5.60
PE1030F 1030 foam insert . . . . . . . 5.60
PE1040F 1040 foam insert . . . . . . . 5.60
PE1050F 1050 foam insert . . . . . . . 5.60
PE1060F 1060 foam insert . . . . . . . 6.80
Peli Micro Case sizing
All dimensions are interior in cm
L
W
1010
11.2
7.4
1020
13.6
9.2
1030
16.5
6.9
1040
16.6
10
1050
16.6
10
1060
21.4
11.2
D
4.3
4.3
5.2
4.4
6.9
5.7
Zing XL Stuff Pouch
An extra thick neoprene pouch big enough for medium
format rangefinder and smaller SLR cameras, large pro
35mm and digital SLR bodies, and similarly sized
equipment. Belt loops and shoulder strap attachments
are provided. 20cm long x 15cm max dia. ZXLS £18.50
Domke Photogs
He’s back. Long-time customers will recall
our cool man of action in the old A5
smudgy black and white Pocketbook.
Domke is now back in the UK, and we
can offer this 100% quality stonewashed
cotton product again (at a price 18%
lower than before!). Mesh panels under
the arms and at the back provide ventilation; shoulders are padded and quilted,
and it has a raised and padded collar to
cushion a strap. There are 18 pockets in
total; front ones have weathertight velcro
flaps, and are lined with waterproof
nylon. Has moveable press pass holder,
and two handwarmer pockets. £69.95
DKPS
DKPM
DKPL
DKPXL
74 Speed Graphic
Photogs Small (36–38”)
Photogs Medium (40–44”)
Photogs Large (46–48”)
Photogs Extra Large (50–52”)
Waist packs
Lowepro Off Trail 2
Big enough for a pro-size SLR with attached
80–200/f2.8, plus more lenses in the side cases.
These can be detached, to be replaced if required
with any Street & Field sliplock item. Bag size:
18.5Wx16.5D x29H cm. Black. £41.70
Lowepro Orion AW
The 2-in-1 bag. Firstly, it’s a heavily padded waistpack with room for a pro SLR, four lenses and a
meter. There’s a pull-out all-weather cover under
the front pocket. But what makes this pack special is
the stowaway pack that turns the Orion into a
modular backpack – ideal for carrying clothing on a
day out. Now totally upgraded to include a deeper
main compartment for, say, an 80–200/f2.8,
improved DayPack with beefier shoulder straps, and
more. Size 34Wx15Dx20H cm. £107.95
LPOAWB Orion AW all black
LPOAWG Orion AW forest green/black
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
BAGS
Peli cases are used by NATO forces and
professional field users throughout the
world, and feature 1/4” neoprene O ring
seal, purge valve, extra-thick resin walls
and massive latches for absolute security.
We list some of the most
popular sizes. Most Peli
cases are available in
black (B), silver (S),
yellow (Y) or
orange (O).
Case illustrated is
1550 with foam
interior.
FREE PADLOCK!
worth £7.95, with every Peli case
over £100
NEW 1510 ‘Max Carry-On’
Padded drawstring pouches for big objects
(like a Metz hammerhead flash).
SVPS1
24L x 13D cm . . . . . . . . . 12.50
SVPS3
30L x 15D cm . . . . . . . . . 16.50
FAX: 01420 543 544
B,O,S,Y
B,O,S,Y
B,O,S,Y
B,O,S,Y
B,O,S,Y
B,O,S,Y
B
B,O,S,Y
B,O,S,Y
B,O,S,Y
B
B
B
Wheels
Colours
Model
1300
1400
1450
1470
1490
1500
1510
1520
1550
1600
1610
1620
1650
Weight (kg)
In response to popular
demand, Peli have produced
a 56x35x23cm case – the
largest hand baggage
size of most airlines.
Silvestri Protection Sacks
Lowepro Omni
Peli Product Codes
Carry-on
Kata is an Israeli company mainly making
high-end protection for ENG video
cameras and military applications. This is
a well thought out all-weather protector
for any size SLR with a standard zoom. A
full length double zipper allows easy
access and the adjustable hood fits a
variety of lens diameters and needs no
velcro attachment. A clear plastic sleeve is
of a high quality grade that won’t
discolour or crack.
For longer lenses there’s the E-704
Sleeve Kit
which
consists of
a 350mm
and 650mm
sleeve which
attach to the E702. If access is
needed for focusing, a Hand Sleeve can be
connected where required.
Elements Cover KTE702 £52.00
Sleeve Kit KTE704 £61.00
Peli Protector
Extn Handle
Kata Elements Cover
See chart at bottom of page for colour
options.
Add letter to code below; thus 1550 with
foam interior in yellow is ‘PE1550FY’.
PE1300F
PE1300E
PE1400F
PE1400E
PE1450F
PE1450D
PE1450E
PE1500F
PE1500D
PE1500E
PE1510F
PE1510D
PE1520F
PE1520D
PE1520E
PE1550F
PE1550D
PE1550E
PE1600F
PE1600D
PE1600E
PE1610F
PE1610D
PE1620F
PE1620D
PE1620E
PE1650F
PE1650D
PE1650E
PES
PECP
Peli 1300 foam interior. . 55.80
Peli 1300 no interior . . . 48.70
Peli 1400 foam interior. . 84.00
Peli 1400 no interior. . . . 74.40
Peli 1450 foam interior. . 92.50
Peli 1450 dividers . . . . . 126.40
Peli 1450 no interior . . . 82.90
Peli 1500 foam interior. 104.00
Peli 1500 dividers . . . . . 136.80
Peli 1500 no interior . . . 92.50
Peli 1510 foam interior . 152.50
Peli 1510 dividers . . . . . 183.00
Peli 1520 foam interior . 127.80
Peli 1520 dividers . . . . . 163.30
Peli 1520 no interior. . . 109.60
Peli 1550 foam interior . 147.20
Peli 1550 dividers . . . . . 199.95
Peli 1550 no interior. . . 127.20
Peli 1600 foam interior . 174.40
Peli 1600 dividers . . . . . 229.60
Peli 1600 no interior. . . 144.00
Peli 1610 foam interior . 231.95
Peli 1610 no interior . . . 196.80
Peli 1620 foam interior. 255.20
Peli 1620 dividers . . . . . 358.00
Peli 1620 no interior. . . 216.80
Peli 1650 foam interior. 256.00
Peli 1650 dividers . . . . . 332.80
Peli 1650 no interior. . . 217.60
Peli Strap . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.95
Peli Combination Padlock . 7.95
Interior cm
L
1.60 23.8
2.00 30.5
2.90 37.6
2.47 40.0
2.70 45.4
3.20 43.2
5.90 51.4
3.90 45.4
5.40 48.1
6.40 55.2
10.20 56.3
11.80 56.0
13.80 73.6
W
18.4
23.0
26.3
26.8
29.2
29.0
28.9
32.4
36.7
42.7
43.5
43.2
45.4
H
15.5
13.1
15.2
9.5
10.5
15.5
19.2
17.1
19.7
20.0
26.9
32.0
26.7
Designed for the travelling photographer,
these are not hard shell cases, being made
from a closed-cell high density foam, but
have the unique capability of fitting a
specific Peli/Lowepro Extreme case for
total water, dust and shock protection.
Omni Pro
Fits under an airline seat, and takes 1–2
bodies and 5–7 lenses. 43Wx16Dx20H cm.
LPOP £84.20
Shown with
Lowepro Omni
Extreme shell
(Peli 1520 size)
case.
LPOPS
£132.00
Omni Trekker
Exterior cm
L
27.0
34.0
40.6
42.4
49.4
47.0
55.9
48.6
52.5
61.6
62.4
63.0
82.5
W
24.6
29.5
33.0
33.2
35.4
35.7
35.1
39.2
43.6
49.4
49.0
49.2
52.0
H
17.4
15.2
17.4
11.1
11.9
17.6
22.9
19.2
21.7
22.0
30.3
35.2
28.7
An ideal travelling
case for a large SLR
system. With reverseopening lid, removable tripod straps and
backpack harness, it’s
discreet and capacious. 44.5Wx13.5D
x33H cm.
LPOTK £107.00
Lowepro Omni Extreme shell (Peli 1550
size) LPOTKS £165.00
Other Omni cases
LPOS
Omni Sport (Peli 1400) . . 39.95
LPOSS
Omni Sport Extr. Shell . . 92.50
LPOT
Omni Traveller (Peli 1450) 57.00
LPOTS
Omni Traveller Extr. Shell 99.95
Speed Graphic
75
BAGS
Crumpler
Photo bags for laptops
NEW Photo Bags
Tamrac CyberPro
No change to Crumpler’s rugged Oz
courier bag style, matched by oversized
zips, seatbelt width webbing straps, and
large quick-flick buckles, but enhanced by
some useful detail changes to make access
easier.
A slim, briefcase-style holdall for laptop and
photo gear, ideal for a carry-on bag. Separate,
foam-padded rear compartment carries a large
laptop like a 17” Mac G4 (max size 28x5x39.5cm)
with space for cables and charger. Front pocket
takes all the busy photographer’s paraphernalia.
Behind this is Tamrac’s excusive SlidePocket with
the useful memory card flap system for identifying full and empty cards. Supplied with grab
handle, shoulder strap and rear flap to allow it to
be slipped over the handle of a rolling pack.
Black. TC5618 £75.00
The drop-down front pocket now has a
hidden back section – dubbed ‘The
Darkroom’ .
Part of the upper section base can be
removed to enable a longer lens to be
stacked vertically. To wit; ‘the Trapdoor’.
Geekstar
(above) Largest in the range, for 2 bodies
and 6 lenses and accessories.
37Lx28Hx22.5D cm. £98.50
CRGE001 black
CRGE004 navy
CRGE002 red
CRGE005 green
CRGE003 grey
Bunny Man
For 2 bodies and 5 lenses and accessories.
29Lx25Hx20D cm. £71.60
CRBM001 black
CRBM004 navy
CRBM002 red
CRBM005 green
CRBM003 grey
The Darkroom
Long Schlong
Taller bag for 2 bodies and 5 lenses and
accessories. 26Lx28Hx19D cm. £62.70
CRLS001 black
CRLS004 navy
CRLS002 red
CRLS005 green
CRLS003 grey
Colours
Stunner
Takes 1 body and 2 lenses and accessories.
25Lx23Hx16.5D cm. £49.50
CRSTU001 black
CRSTU004 navy
CRSTU002 red
CRSTU005 green
CRSTU003 grey
Lollypop
plus Red shown top right
Takes 1 body and 1 lens and accessories.
20Lx22Hx14D cm. £35.90
CRLL001 black
CRLL004 navy
CRLL002 red
CRLL005 green
CRLL003 grey
Expand capacity with a Crisp-E!
New range of pouches for digital cameras, phones, meters etc
attach to the photo bags – in matching colours.
CRTC250 Crisp-E 250
7W x 8H x 3Dcm
£12.95
CRTC350 Crisp-E 350
7W x 9 x 3.5cm
£16.95
76 Speed Graphic
CRTC600 Crisp-E 600
8W x 10H x 4.5cm
£22.95
Colours: suffix -01 black, -02 red,
-03 grey, -04 navy, -05 green
Crumpler Brian’s Hottub
Tamrac CyberPack
Ah, those names.
Typical Crumpler
thinking turns
backpack
design back to
front. Access
to equipment is via
a large zip
hatch on
the back,
so you can
put the bag
down on damp
ground without suffering subsequent
discomfort.
The Hottub is the
largest of these
packs, each of
which has a
removeable laptop
compartment. The
whole photo section
can also be removed
if needed, and
there’s plenty of
accessory space.
Brian’s Hottub Ext
55Hx35Wx25D cm. Holds 2 bodies, 7
lenses, 17” laptop. £152.95
CRBHT001 black/olive
CRBHT002 black/blue
Farmers Double 55Hx35Wx24D cm. Holds
2 bodies, 4 lenses, 17” laptop. £107.50
CRFD002 black
CRFD001 navy
CRFD003 olive
Shrinkle Ext 50Hx32Wx22D cm. Holds 2
bodies , 7 lenses, 15” laptop. Black/blue.
£134.95
CRSRI001 black
CRSRI002 navy/silver
CyberPack 8
For a large outfit of
several camera bodies,
with a lens up to 34cm
attached to one, plus a
laptop up to 17” screen
size in a rear padded
compartment. A tripod
attachment, thickly
padded shoulder
harness and hip belt and sternun strap
help ease the burden. Internal size: 30W x
15D x 46H cm. Black. TC5258 £139.95
CyberPack 6
A more compact option, with space for 2
pro-sized bodies, several lenses including
one of 200/f2.8 size, and a 15” laptop.
Same harness and tripod attachment as
the larger pack. Internal size: 30W x 15D x
38H cm. Black. TC5256 £119.95
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
BAGS
Lowepro Stealth AW II
Billingham
Top-grain leather,
vegetable tanned
and hand dyed.
Different parts of
the hide are used
to suit the
function of the
component.
Designed for the photojournalist, with a
less bulky profile and discreet exterior.
There’s room for a laptop, digital SLR
system, overnight essentials and personal
electronic equipment. The laptop case is
removeable, and the Stealth has a fully
adjustable harness, and all-weather cover.
Carries 1-2 pro SLRs, 3-4 lenses, large
laptop and accs. 34.5Wx12Dx53.5H cm.
LPS £146.50
Lowepro CompuTrekker
Version of Mini Trekker AW with 15” laptop
compartment added behind camera
section. Black. LPCT £115.60
Crumpler December Quarter
Takes 2 large bodies, 4 lenses (or 2 big
zooms), flash and accessories. Internal
padded
dividers are
adjustable.
Padded
laptop
sleeve (up to
16”) amd
front compartment. 40Wx37Hx22D cm. CRDQ £107.00
Stealth Reporter 650AW
Shoulder bag with instant-access top flap
zip. You can get a 300/f2.8 inside plus
laptop. Liner is customisable and removeable. A waistbelt can be
added to
help take
the strain,
and extra
SlipLock
pouches can
be added if required. 37Wx21.5Dx28H cm.
LPSR65 £112.50
FAX: 01420 543 544
Waterproofed canvas or
extremely durable Nytex nylon
– never needs re-proofing.
Colour options
Khaki canvas/tan
leather trim
Code suffix . . . . .K
Strong 8mm zips
with woven, not
sewn, teeth and
extra-strong
pullers.
Black canvas/tan
leather trim
Code suffix . . . .BT
Lined with soft
AntiFray and
anti-wicking
material so
no fibres or
moisture get on
your equipment.
Solid brass fittings
– won’t rust or
break and are
hand-finished.
Classic
For many SLR photographers, these welltried bags offer an ideal storage solution.
Large main compartment, with front zip
compartment, on the front of which are
two pockets covered with a flap. Rear
document zip pocket. The 445 and 555
designs having extra height to take a
hammerhead flash. Optional Delta end
pockets add extra capacity (550 is
supplied with pockets).
BL225
225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159.90
BL335
335 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168.00
BL445
445 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192.00
BL555
555 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208.00
Colours: B, BT, K, NB, NS, O
BL550
550 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220.00
Colours: B, BT, K, NS, O
PressTop
Similar in look to the Classic bags, these
use lighter SoftWeave canvas and lose the
front zip compartment, making them less
deep and so more ‘body hugging’. The
other main feature is the PressTop
opening which uses no wires, but gives
maximum accessibility to equipment.
BL106
106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128.00
BL206
206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144.00
BL306
306 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152.00
Colours: B, K, N
Carbon fibre is
used to stiffen
the sides – light
and durable.
Olive canvas/tan
leather trim
Code suffix . . . . .O
Black canvas/black
leather trim
Code suffix . . . . .B
Hadley
Stone Nytex/tan
leather trim
Code suffix . . . .NS
Black Nytex/black
leather trim
Code suffix . . . .NB
Slimline bag design which can be used for
photo gear or as a general-purpose shoulder bag, or in the case of the Original and
Large Hadleys, will take A4 files or a
laptop computer. Insert can be removed
as one piece. Two front pockets have individual press stud closure flaps. The Hadley
Pro is the same size as the Original, with
extra back pocket, top grab handle and
the facility to accept AVEA pockets.
BLSH
Small Hadley . . . . . . . . . 85.00
BLOH
Original Hadley . . . . . . . 88.00
BLLH
Large Hadley . . . . . . . . . 96.00
Colours: B, BT, K, NS, O
BLHP
Hadley Pro . . . . . . . . . . 104.00
Colours: B, BT, K, O
FREE LUGGAGE TALLY
worth £12.95, with every Billingham bag over £100
Other bags
BLP
Packington. . . . . . . . . . 144.00
Colours: B, BT, K, O
BLL2
L2 (former Alice) . . . . . . 77.00
Colours: B, BT, K, O
Accessories
Shoulder pads
BLSP15 SP15 (Tan or black). . . . . 15.95
BLSP20 SP20 (Tan or black). . . . . 17.95
BLBPH Back Pack Harness . . . . . 39.95
(khaki/tan, black/black or black/tan)
BLTS
Tripod Straps . . . . . . . . . 14.95
(tan/brass, black/nickel)
BLWS
Waist Strap Attachments 22.95
BLLT
Luggage Tally . . . . . . . . . 12.95
(tan or black leather)
End pockets
BLAV3
AVEA 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95
BLAV5
AVEA 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.95
BLAV6
AVEA 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.95
Colours: B, K, O
BLDP
Delta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.95
Colours: B, BT, K, NB, NS, O
Superflex inserts
First number denotes the diameter: second
is the height of the insert.
6-12, 7-15, 8-15, 8-18 . . . . . . . . . . 11.95
9-15, 9-18, 9-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95
10-15, 10-18, 10-21, 11-15,
11-18, 11-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.95
12-21
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.95
Superflex Flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95
Speed Graphic
77
BAGS
Lowepro
Nova AW
Stealth Reporter AW
Magnum AW
Designed as ‘soft’ holdalls which fit
around the body, with a well-cushioned,
but less rigidly arranged internal partionioning to protect the equipment, but feel
less bulky in use. A top flap protects a zip,
which allows quick access to the contents
without undoing the clips. Feature:
The original and most popular pro bag,
now with more versatile interior, removeable end pockets, and attachments for
SlipLock accessories.
39.5Wx20.5Dx21.5H cm. LPM £116.80
SlipLock attachment loops for additional
pouches on both sides.
S&F Deluxe
Waistbelt
slot (not
100).
Built-in
all-weather
cover.
Nova 5AW
Completely
redesigned and
upgraded, the
popular Nova 5
takes 1–2
bodies, 4–5 lenses and accessories.
There’s a front storage pocket, and mesh
side pockets. Weatherproofing has been
improved. 35.5Wx15Dx21.5H cm. £52.00
LPN5B
black
LPN5G
forest green
LPN5BL
navy blue
Stealth Reporter 500AW
Capacious, for a substantial outfit consisting of 2 x SLR bodies, up to 8 lenses,
handle-mount flash, A4 laptop and lots of
film and accessories. 36Wx17Dx24H cm.
LPSR5 £99.95
Stealth Reporter 400AW
Similar in arrangement, but scaled down.
Takes 2 x SLRs, up to 6 lenses, handlemount flash and more. 32Wx17Dx24H cm.
LPSR4 £89.95
Smaller Stealth Reporter AW bags
LPSR3
Stealth Reporter 300AW . 79.95
LPSR2
Stealth Reporter 200AW . 68.00
LPSR1
Stealth Reporter 100AW . 55.20
Other AW holdalls
LPMM
LPE
LPCP
LPC
LPCMF
Mini Mag AW. . . . . . . . . . 72.50
Elite AW . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85.00
Compact AW . . . . . . . . . . 99.95
Commercial AW. . . . . . . 156.00
Commercial AW MF . . . . 156.00
FREE PARKER PEN
with every Lowepro bag over £60
Backpacks
Lowepro Orion Trekker
Has an integral unpadded backpack top
ideal for extra clothing and food,
together with
maps and books.
Mesh covered
back helps wick
away moisture,
and it comes
with adjustable
shoulder straps
and waist
belt. The
base holds an
SLR with zoom attached plus 2
more lenses, flash and film, and can be
removed if required. Bottom compartment
size: 30.5Wx16.5Dx 14.5H cm. Overall
height 41cm. £42.50
LPOTB
Orion Trekker black
LPOTG
Orion Trekker green/black
Lowepro Mini Trekker AW
The Mini Trekker takes an amazing quantity of equipment, and many professional
customers use them, so Lowepro have
responded by offering an upgraded model
with an AW cover. Takes SlipLock accessories and has a tripod holder capable of
taking a medium size tripod.
£89.95
LPMTB black LPMTG green/black
Domke F-2
Nova 4AW
All the features of
the Nova 5 in a
smaller size. For
1–2 bodies, 3–4
lenses. 29Wx15Dx19.5Hcm. £43.00
LPN4B
black
LPN4G
forest green
Backpack Harness
Enables Professional, Nova
and Reporter bags to be
carried on the back (right
side up). LPBPH £29.95
78 Speed Graphic
The original journalist bag, designed by
working photographer Jim Domke
(pronounced ‘Dom-key’) back in 1976. Still
made in America, from soft and supple,
but heavyweight canvas, the bag moulds
around your body, so feels less bulky than
bags of similar capacity, and has a smooth
texture which is friendly to clothing.
Inside there’s a padded 4-compartment insert system, which allows you to
tailor the storage to suit different kinds of
equipment, and as they are a complete
pocket, you can take them out without
removing the contents!
Takes 2 large body cameras, 6-10
lenses, flash, and accessories.
Removeable hand carrying strap included.
Lowepro Mini Trekker Classic
Internal dimensions: 30.5Lx16.5Wx22.9D
cm. £99.00
DKF2B black
DKF2S sand
After a long absence, first Domke deliveries
are due in November 2004. Other bags and
accessories will be available as well. Please
ask for a quotation.
Where the need to carry as much equipment as possible is more important than
space for non-photo items, the Mini
Trekker is an excellent choice. Capable of
swallowing 2 SLRs with lenses attached
plus up to 6 lenses or other items. The
interior can be easily customised.
28Wx12.5Dx37H cm. LPMTCB £69.95
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
BAGS
Lowepro Rover AW II
Lowepro Nature Trekker AW II
Our most popular quality backpack, the
Nature Trekker will take a sizeable 35mm
or medium format outfit, yet does not
seem bulky. Features a rapid-access tripod
system, heavily padded harness which can
be stowed away for travel, and a pull-over
all-weather cover. Will carry 1–2 bodies
plus 4–5 lenses (up to 400mm). 29Wx15D
x42.5H cm.
LPNT £167.00
Bag sizing
Lowepro DryZone 200
Backpacks for laptops
are featured
on preceding
pages 76-77.
The Rover is similar to the Orion Trekker,
but with AW cover and more features. The
bottom compartment is 28Wx14Dx21.5H,
big enough for a pro SLR with
80–200/f2.8 zoom attached, plus other
lenses, whilst the top section has room for
lots of lenses and clothes. There’s a tripod
holder on the front, additional waist and
sternum straps, and more capacity can be
gained from optional SlipLock accessory
pouches. LPR2 £87.50
Lowepro Rover Plus AW
A larger version of the
Rover with a 34W x
17Dx24H cm
bottom compartment and taller
top section.
Upgraded
harness to take
the extra
weight, otherwise has the
same
features.
LPRP
£119.95
Lowepro Pro Trekker AW II
Lowepro Photo Trekker AW II
Big enough for a body with 400/f2.8 and
hood attached, plus 5–7 more lenses, and
plenty of accessories. Ideal for medium or
large format too. Includes a tripod holder
which can be front or side mounted, and
SlipLock accessory mounting points, and
like all AW packs, a built-in weatherproof
cover. Also includes a
DayPack. 30.5Wx15Dx
48.5H cm. LPPT £199.95
All Trekker AW
backpacks have a
built-in allweather cover
which pulls out to
enclose the bag.
All bag dimensions quoted are internal,
and are from the manufacturer’s information. Soft bags may ‘give’ by about
1cm to accomodate an item, and adding
3–4cm to each dimension will give an
idea of the external size.
With an internal aluminium frame and
fully adjustable expedition quality
harness, this is a backpack designed for
the heaviest loads. It’s long enough for a
600/f4 lens, and has the capacity for two
of the very largest 35mm bodies, plus 6-7
lenses, or a large medium format system,
or large format and professional video
equipment. The tripod mount can be positioned at the side or centrally on the
front. Also includes as standard DayPack,
Accessory Pouch and
Lens Pouch. 30.5W x
15D x52H cm.
LPPRT
£239.95
Another first for Lowepro - the first soft
camera bag which is completely waterproof. The same size as a Nature Trekker,
the DryZone is two bags in one. The inner
watertight container uses a hi-tech TIZIP
zipper (this can be left open for easier
access in more hospitable conditions).
Bonded to this is an outer backpack which
includes drain holes, tripod holder and
mesh pockets for wet stuff, and SlipLock
attachment points. Fall off a boat, walk
under a waterfall – your equipment is
completely safe! £219.95
LPDZ2G DryZone 200 grey/black
LPDZ2Y DryZone 200
yellow/black
Lowepro Dryzone 100
New smaller, Mini Trekker sized version.
£149.95
LPDZ1G DryZone 100 grey/black
LPDZ1Y DryZone 100 yellow/black
Trekker AW accessories
Trekker
DayPack II
Can be used on
its own or
attached to a
back pack.
32Wx7.5D
x45.5cm.
LPTDP £44.00
Lowepro
Photo Trekker Classic
The latest version of Lowepro’s original
and best-selling ‘big rucksack’. It has the
necessary depth for a pro-size 35mm SLR
or medium-format camera, plus an extensive system. If you don’t need the extra
features or accessories of the Trekker AW
bags, this offers great quality and size for
the price. 33Wx15Dx45.5H cm.
Black/forest green. LPPTC £109.95
FAX: 01420 543 544
Lowepro Super Trekker AW II
A giant among backpacks. If you have an
800mm lens, or more equipment than you
know what to do with, this is the one. Inc
DayPack, Accessory Pouch and Lens
Pouch. 37Wx16.5Dx65H cm. LPST £349.95
Trekker FilmPack
Exposed/unexposed
film can be separated. LPTFP £9.00
Speed Graphic
79
BAGS
Lowepro modular
Bottle Bag
takes an average bike
bottle (not included)
LPBB £8.00
Film Drop AW
Ideal for the busy film
burner – just push the
exposed cassette
through the sprung
‘cross’ top. Has a builtin AW cover. Holds 25 x
35mm or 16 x 120.
LPFD £19.00
Deluxe Waistbelt
A wide belt for bigger loads, with mesh
liner and lumbar padding. Can be used
with either the Shoulder Harness or Vest
Harness, with between 9 and 15 SlipLock
loops depending on size. £30.00
LPDW9 Dlxe Waistbelt 9 (24–28”)
LPDW11 Dlxe Waistbelt 11 (28–34”)
LPDW13 Dlxe Waistbelt 13 (34–42”)
LPDW15 Dlxe Waistbelt 15 (42–48”)
SlipLock pouches
Lens cases
Protect everything from
a compact camera or
binoculars to a 35mm
SLR body or battery
pack. All pouches come
with a shoulder strap
and a SlipLock attachment tab (right). Small
pouches have a front mesh pocket; Pouch
50 and 60 have a built-in all-weather
cover for added protection. All have a
drawstring hood.
Case 1
Pouch 10
Light Belt
6cm wide, and lightly-padded, in two
sizes, with 9 and 11 loops respectively.
£17.00
LPLB9
Light Belt 9 (28–40”)
LPLB11 Light Belt 11 (32–46”)
Shoulder Harness
When you need to carry more weight, this
helps support the load, and adds extra
capacity with an extra 3 loops. £29.00
LPSHS
Shoulder Harness Small/Med
LPSHL
Shoulder Harness Large
LPSHX
Shoulder Harness X-Large
Vest Harness
Provides maximum
support and carrying
capacity with an
extra 10 SlipLock
loops, and wide foam
padded shoulders
and mesh body.
One size
LPVH £39.00
Pouch 20
9Wx4.5Dx14H cm
LPP20 £14.00
Case 2
80 Speed Graphic
9Dx21H
LPLC2
£13.00
Pouch 30
9.5Wx5.5Dx15H cm
LPP30 £16.00
Case 3
11.5Dx20.5H
LPLC3
£16.00
Pouch 50AW
Case 4
12.5Wx8.5Dx15H
cm. LPP50 £20.00
A simple clip-top holder for
film backs or a
battery pack
Complete with
AW cover.
LPMF1 £10.00
11.5Dx25.5H
LPLC4
£22.00
Pouch 60AW
Case 4S
16Wx7.5Dx
18H cm
LPP60 £22.00
Pro AW Side Pocket
Cinch Straps (2)
Extra straps (51cm max length) for securing loads. LPCS £5.00
Case 1S
10Dx12.5H
LPLC1W
£13.00
MFB Pouch 100 AW
14.5Wx4.5Dx16.5H cm zip
pocket to provide extra space
on many
Lowepro packs.
LPPSP £8.00
7.5Dx12.5H
LPLC1N
£10.00
Case 1W
Snap Top AW
Bigger ‘instantaccess’ film pouch
with ‘spring-ring’
closure which snaps
open or shut immediately.
LPSTAW £27.00
Case 1N
7.5Dx9H
LPLC1S
£10.00
9.5Wx5.5Dx15H cm
LPP10 £13.00
Film Organiser AW
Stores film in 3
compartments.
Sized to take the
Filter Pocket.
Holds 35 x 35mm
or 25 x 120.
LPFO £24.00
8.5Dx12.5H
LPLC1
£11.00
11Dx15H
LPLC4S £21.00
Case 5
Utility Case
A useful multipurpose padded
pouch with 3
zippered compartments.
LPUC £22.00
15Dx30H (not
SlipLock)
LPLC5 £28.00
Case 5S
15Dx23H (not SlipLock)
LPLC5 £28.00
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
SLIDE PROJECTION
Braun
Paximat SC600 series
All models accept six magazine types – Paximat
straight, rotary and compact, plus
Universal, LKM and CS types –
and have high power 250 watt
output with brightness
control, precision lens
guides, slide preview
screen, anti-jamming
mechanism, and infra-red
autofocusing system.
Novamat 130AF
A solid basic 150 watt projector manufactured in Germany. Features include:
Autofocus 85/f2.8 multi-coated
Super Paxon lens.
Takes Universal, LKM and CS type
slide magazines.
Single slide preview lift.
Fan cooling, with overheat protection.
Anti-jamming system.
Wired remote control which retracts
into the casing. BN130AF £99.95
Novamat M330AF Monitor
A single action converts this projector to
a 21.5cm square monitor viewer, giving
brilliant colours without the need to
darken a room. It may also be used as a
conventional projector, with these
features:
85/f2.8 multi-coated autofocus lens.
Takes Universal, LKM and CS type mags
Fan cooling, with overheat protection.
150 watt lamp
Wired remote control.
Built-in carrying handle
BNM330 £149.95
M350AFI Monitor
Has all the above features but
with an infra-red remote control.
BNM350 £169.95
Paxiscope XL
Project prints, text from
books, charts and many
other opaque objects. The XL
has aprojection glass size of
15x15cm, 300w fan-cooled
halogen lamp, 15w interval
lamp and multicoated lens.
There’s also a removeable
cover to crop the projected
image. BNPXL £199.95
Braun
offers a
wide range
of electric
and
mobile
screens,
whiteboards,
flipcharts, AV
trolleys and
tables and overhead projectors
for education
and industry.
Ask for a
brochure. Most
items are
special order
within 3-4
weeks.
FAX: 01420 543 544
Paxiscope XXL
The Rolls-Royce of text
projectors, capable of
taking flat or 3D objects
up to 28.5 x 28.5cm. 4 x
360w lamps enable
3.5–9.5x enlargment of
the image up to a
projected width of 2.7m
at 3.5m.
BNPXXL £799.95
SC668
SC663
Multi-function infra-red remote control
with illuminated keys.
Lacks the electronic controls of SC668, but
retains 14-pole AV socket and IR remote.
Has stepless lamp control.
BN663-85 With 85/f2.8MC £279.00
BN663-90U With 90/f2.4 Ultralit £379.00
BN663-ZU With 70–120 Ultralit £379.00
LCD control panel display.
3-phase fade-in/fade-out slide change.
Cordless dissolve slide projection with
another SC668/9 without additional
accessories.
Electronic 0–99 secs timer for auto slide
changing.
14-pole AV connection socket.
BN668-85 With 85/f2.8MC £369.00
BN688-90U With 90/f2.4 Ultralit £469.00
BN668-ZU With 70–120 Ultralit £469.00
Reveal the real quality of
your slides with a top
notch Ultralit lens
The Braun Profi-Line
Ultralit multicoated glass
lenses rival
anything
on the
market.
The
90mm/f2.4
was rated ‘Super’ quality by Germany’s
FOTO magazine.
Our price saves up to £60 on
importer’s RRP!
Braun slide magazines are listed on
page 85.
Braun carrying cases
BNNBAG
BNMBAG
BNPBAG
BNPCSE
Soft case Novamat . . . . . 29.95
Soft case Monitors . . . . . 34.95
Soft case Paximats . . . . . 29.95
Hard case Paximats. . . . . 39.95
SC640
Cable remote control with control of
focusing and slide change. 6-pole socket
for timer or tape control. 2-step lamp
brightness control.
BN640-85 With 85/f2.8MC £217.00
BN640-90U With 90/f2.4 Ultralit £307.00
BN640-ZU With 70–120 Ultralit £307.00
FREE DIAMONITOR
WITH EVERY SC600
SERIES –
WORTH
£120!
The
Diamonitor
allows
daylight
viewing
via a
bright
28cm
square screen.
Picture size can be adjusted. Also
doubles as a carrying case for the projector when closed. BNDIA
Spare projector lamps
LMA216
LMA223
A1/216 150watt/24v
A1/223 250watt/24v
2.50
2.95
Speed Graphic
81
SLIDE PROJECTION
Leica
Slide accessories
Braun Dual tripod screens
Pradovit P300/P300IR
Pradovit P150
P150IR
Leica build quality and reliability at a
modest price.
The P150 has all you need for successful home projection.
Autofocus with manual over-ride
150 watt lamp.
Takes Universal, LKM and CS type mags.
85/f2.8 Hektor lens
Back-lit preview screen
Heat filter and fan cooling
Single slide projection slot
SAVE £30 ON LEICA RRP!
£
00
LCP150
...........
As the P150, but with infra-red remote
control instead of wired. This allows autofocus over-ride. LCP150IR £184.00
139
Other lenses and carrying cases
For 70-120 Vario-Elmarit-P2 instead of
90/f2.5 Colorplan . . . . . . . . . add £20.00
For 90/f2.5 Super-Coloplan-P2 instead of
90/f2.5 Colorplan . . . . . . . . . add £85.00
LCP90P2 90/f2.5 Colorplan-P2 . . 120.00
LCO90P2S 90/f2.5 Super-Clrpln-P2 210.00
LC150P2 150/f2.8 Elmarit-P2 . . . 237.00
LC37323 Carrying case P300/600 . 69.00
LC37321 Carrying case P150 . . . . . 33.00
The single best reason for buying a Leica
projector is the world-renowned 90/f2.5
Colorplan lens. If you have owned another
projector, you may well see a stunning
transformation in the quality of your
pictures! With the solid build quality you
would expect of a Leica, the P300 has a
cable remote; the P300IR an infra-red
type. Features include:
250 watt lamp.
Takes Universal, LKM and CS type mags.
Built-in triac for dissolve control.
Integrated light pointer in the remote
(P300 only).
Built-in fold-out carry handle.
P300 with 90/f2.5 Colorplan-P2 . £389.50
P300IR with 90/f2.5 Colorplan-P2 £439.50
Rollei
Rolleivision Twin dissolve slide
projection makes presentations
more interesting and dynamic, gets
rid of tiring dark intervals and best
of all keeps your audience fully
engaged! Rollei’s unique design
does away with the bother of twin
projector set-ups and is easy to
carry.
MSC325P
Offers ‘hard cut’ (0.1 sec), medium (3
secs) and soft (6 secs) dissolves, plus first
and last slide fades and two shot overlay,
all controlled by an infra-red remote.
Using RAM modules, you can run through
a show, set up times and dissolves, and
store everything (you can make corrections afterwards). Up to 400 slides can be
memorised, so that programmes may be
repeated exactly. Programming can be
done via the projector’s keyboard, or a
connected PC. 150w lamps. With 2 x
90/f2.4 AV-Apogon MC matched lenses.
RLMSC325P £1129.00
82 Speed Graphic
66 Dual P
FREE CASE
worth £139.95 with MSC325/535
MSC535P
Specification as the MSC325P, but with
250w output. RLMSC535P £1349.00
Accessories
RLEDIT DiaEdit software (Win) . . 64.60
RLCM
CM55/50 magazines (2) . . 9.95
RLCM24 CM55/50 magazines (24) 99.95
RL100M 100 Module (black). . . . . 18.80
RL300M 300 Module (red) . . . . . . 28.20
RLTREX Track extenders . . . . . . . 39.95
RLLE
Spare lamp extractor . . . . 5.00
The only projector capable of taking both
35mm slides in 5x5 mounts, and 6x4.5
and 6x6 format slides in 7x7 mounts.
The slide holder, magazine transport
and focusing are directly driven under
microprocessor control. Autofocus with
manual over-ride; program memory
control or auto timer, variable fade-in and
fade-out, IR remote control controlling
the above. 250w lamp with auto switching
to reserve. Output can be reduced in 5%
steps. Quiet fan cooling. Complete with
with Schneider AV-Xenotar 150/f2.8 HFT
RL66DPK £1450.00
RLDPCC Dual P Carrying Case . . . 119.80
RLM77
Box 2x77 mags (3) . . . . . 43.50
These
screens
have
white
pearl
side for
dark
viewing,
and a
silvered
reverse
for
projection in
daylight.
The screen can be tensioned to present a
flat surface for viewing. With tripod
support and built-in carry handle, they
are easy to transport. Two sizes available.
BNTS125 125x125cm (4’) . . . . . . . 54.95
BNTS155 155x155cm (5’) . . . . . . . 64.95
Braun projection table
A sturdy metal model
with extra platform
for stacking slide
magazines. Top platform measures
45x30cm; lower
35x20cm. The top
platform angle is
adjusted by means of
a crank, and one leg
foot is adjustable to
compensate for
uneven floors.
BNPTL £39.95
Manfrotto projector platform
A solid 25x 35cm aluminium base which
screws on to any 1/4” or 3/8” tripod
thread to turn it into a sturdy projector
platform (if you have a sturdy tripod).
Supports up to 20kg.
MA183 £24.95
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
SLIDE ACCESSORIES
Ohnar zoom slide copier
Far from being a simple duplicating
device, a zoom slide copier will allow you
to copy slides on to negative film, crop
the picture to improve composition,
remove colour casts with filtration, and
sandwich slides together to create new
compositions.
You can use daylight as illumination,
but colour temperature can vary if you
simply point towards a window. We recommend a diffused flash as the light source.
It will copy from 1:1 (same size) to 1:2.5
and the film holder can be raised,
lowered, and rotated to allow fine adjustment of the image. 52mm filters can be
used on the front filter ring. A T2 mount
adaptor is required to mount it on the
camera body.
OHZC £89.95
KDT2C
T2 Mount Canon FD. . . . . . 9.95
KDT2CAF T2 Mount Canon EOS. . . . . 9.95
KDT2CY T2 Mount Contax/Yashica . 9.95
KDT2M
T2 Mount Minolta MD . . . . 9.95
KDT2M42 T2 Mount M42 screw . . . . . 9.95
KDT2MAF T2 Mount Minolta AF. . . . . 9.95
KDT2N
T2 Mount Nikon . . . . . . . . 9.95
KDT2O
T2 Mount Olympus . . . . . . 9.95
KDT2PK T2 Mount Pentax K . . . . . . 9.95
Magnifiers
Also known as ‘lupes’, or ‘loupes’. All of
these models except the Horizon linen
tester feature adjustable dioptric
eyepieces.
Our range has been carefully selected
to give the best quality available for the
price. 35mm models under £40 will give a
sharp central image, but will show some
edge curvature. From £50 the edge definition improves and the very top quality
loupes have virtually perfect drawing i.e.
lines at the edge will be straight.
Most come with either an opaque (for
lightbox viewing) or translucent (for
daylight viewing) base.
Horizon 4x
Folding ‘linen
tester’ style
with 30x30mm
field of view.
Multicoated
lens and metal
body.
HZ4X £18.80
Projector bulbs
LMA216 A1/216 150w/24v . . . . 2.50
LMA223 A1/223 250w/24v . . . . 2.95
FAX: 01420 543 544
Ohnar 3.5x for 6x6
All-metal
construction
with translucent and
opaque bases.
45mm field of
view. Very
good image
quality, comparable with
much more
expensive
models. OH4X £49.95
Metal body
lupe made
in Japan
with 80mm
field of view
to give
unfettered
viewing of a
6x6 slide.
Includes
opaque and
translucent
bases. OH66 £119.95
Horizon 4x for 6x6
Schneider 3x for 6x7
Medium quality
lupe which
covers
60x60mm
format, and
also includes
an insert for
58x24mm
panorama
pictures.
Translucent and opaque bases and lanyard
included. HZ604x £54.00
7 x 7 cm field of
view with excellent edge to
edge sharpness
with no distortion. Also
useful for
checking
larger format
films.
Opaque and
translucent
bases. SC3X £135.00
Ohnar 8x
Horizon 8x
Covers a 35 x
24mm field of
view. Fixed
translucent
base.
Multicoated
lens; complete
with lanyard.
HZ8X £27.00
Hama LP laser pointer
This small and neat pointer weighs just
30gm and is 127mm long, has a range of
50m. Comes complete with pocket clip and
case, and meets all current safety regulations. HA3547 £34.95
Ohnar 4x
Silvestri 8x
Metal bodied
with a 45mm
field of view.
Complete with
opaque and
transparent
bases, lanyard
and drawstring pouch.
SV8X £34.00
High quality,
with metalbody. Includes
translucent and
opaque bases
and lanyard.
30mm field of
view allows
close study of
fine details. OH8X £79.95
Schneider 4x
The industry standard. Sharp right to the
edge, with no
distortion.
48mm field of
view. Opaque
or translucent
base, and
lanyard.
SC4X £95.00
Schneider 10x
(not shown)
For small
formats and
checking of
finest details.
For lightbox work only. SC10X £149.00
Leica 5x
From the home of
optical excellence, a magnifier that offers a
slightly greater
than normal
magnification
with full frame
viewing of a
35mm slide.
50mm field of
view. Opaque or translucent base.
Includes a handy filmstrip viewing attachment, lanyard and pouch. LCM5X £149.00
Schneider
6x aspheric
Ultimate image
quality and with a
greater magnification for precise
evaluation of
35mm images.
Opaque and
translucent bases,
and lanyard.
SC6XAS £165.00
Speed Graphic
83
LIGHT BOXES & VIEWERS
Gepe Slim Lights
A range of high quality light panels at
attractive prices. They use cold cathode
fluorescent lamps with a colour temperature of 5000ºK and a life of 10,000 hours.
G2001
Compact and
highly portable,
for 2–4 35mm
slides at a time.
Viewing surface
10 x 12.5cm (4 x
5”). Overall size 15Dx16Wx1.4H cm. Uses
6 x AAA batteries, or optional 9v adaptor.
GP2001 £33.00
G2002
Viewing
surface of
12.7 x 17.8cm
(5 x 7”) so
better for
larger
formats.
Overall
dimensions
19Dx22Wx2H cm. Powered by 6 x 1,5v AA
batteries, or an optional 9v AC adaptor.
Includes protective pouch.
GP2002 £42.00
Hama mini viewer
Gepe Table Viewer
An inexpensive pocket
daylight
viewer
which
magnifies
the image
5x. HA3640
£3.95
Has a cold cathode fluorescent lamp with
5000ºK colour temperature, and glass
lens. Takes
35mm
mounted
slides and 135
filmstrips. 3x
magnification
71x71mm.
Uses 4xAA
alkaline
batteries.
GP5001
£28.00
Gepe Hand Held Viewer
For 35mm mounted slides. The folding
lens gives
1.8x magnification.
Uses 4 x AA
batteries.
Fitted with
neck cord
GP5002
£22.00
Gepe G5003 viewer
Takes 35mm or 120 film, and has a 2x
magnifier which slides along the 23cm
(9”) viewing area. It folds for convenient
storage and is supplied with case. Uses
6xAA batteries or optional 9v AC adaptor
(£10.00). GP5003 £44.00
Gepe Lightbox Magnifier
A simple and inexpensive 2x viewer for 35mm mounted slides
or strips, giving a shielded view. GP5004 £5.50
Gepe Professional Slimlights
DW Pulsar
Brushed aluminium frames only 1.5” (3.8cm) thick with edge calibrations in inches and cm. Use two 13w 5000ºK tubes with a 3000 hour life.
Both units feature a front-mounted on-off switch, and a base mounted
prop to allow viewing at an angle. They can also be wall mounted, and
have built-in strips to hold film in this position. An AC adaptor is
included.
A stylish and high quality range from the UK’s largest light
box manufacturer. White finished profiled aluminium with
flush fitting acrylic screen. All have a colour temperature of
5000ºK (+/- 10%), and depth of 90mm. With 3m cable and
plug.
Pulsar 3
Pulsar 1
Screen size 254x605mm
Screen size 209x305mm
DWP3 £179.00
DWP1 £137.00
Pulsar 2 Screen size 254x459mm
DWP2 £166.00
G2024
G2025
Viewing area 20x45.8cm (8x18”)
GP2024 £105.00
Viewing area 30.5x45.8cm (12x18”)
GP2025 £135.00
G2004
Has a viewing surface of 20 x 30cm (8 x
12”), which is just larger than A4, with
overall dimensions 28Dx37Wx2.5H cm.
The viewing angle is adjustable, and it can
be wall mounted. Comes with film holder
and protective pouch. GP2004 £72.00
Requires 12v power adaptor (see below).
Power adaptors for Gepe Slim Lights
GP12V
12v/1000mA adaptor . . . 11.00
GP9V
9v/600mA adaptor . . . . . 10.00
84 Speed Graphic
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
SLIDE MOUNTING
Slide mounters and slide mounts
Slide sundries
Gepe CS mounter/cutter
Gepe hand mount presses
35mm
Suitable
for all Gepe
glass or
glassless 2part slide
mounts,
and any
other
similar types. 35mm version includes a
light (requires 1 x AA) in the base to aid
transparency positioning.
Tweezers included. GP8001 £35.90
GP8007 Film cutter (35mm model) 6.20
GP8102 Mounting tweezers . . . . . . 1.60
GP8111 Mount opener for 1.9–2.3mm
mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.50
A-P film cutter
For 35mm film. Has a shear-action cutter
which, unlike scissors, ensures a straight
cut. APSC £8.95
5x5cm 35mm mounts
Suitable for the Gepe 8001 mounter above
Price per box
1–4 5+
Gepe
GP6002 AN glass x 20
4.70 3.99
GP6020 AN glass LKM x 20
6.20 5.29
GP7001 Glassless x 100
5.70 4.89
GP7003 Glassless x 1000
44.50
GP7011 Glassless+mask x 100 7.80 6.69
120
As this has no bottom, it’s designed to be
illuminated from below by a lightbox or
panel. 5 frames can be viewed at a time,
and it includes a 1.8x magnifier and a pair
of tweezers. GP8009 £39.00
We can order any Gepe line – delivery in
around a week if in stock at the distributor
FAX: 01420 543 544
42 labels per A4 sheet; 25 sheets per
pack. Template is standard across many
MS apps or Avery’s DesignPro 2000.
AVJ865725 for inkjet printers . . . . . 19.00
AVL7656 for laser printers . . . . . . 19.00
Hama CD-R/Slide Pen
An indelible,
anti-smear pen for marking
slide mounts – plastic as well as card – or
prints, plastic and even glass.
HA50479 £1.95
For Kaiser CAM type CS mounts. A springloaded wheel takes the film evenly
through the gate, the 2.5x magnifier
enables precise alignment of the cutter
position, and the film is inserted in the
mount and the mount sealed automatically. Uses 2 x C batteries.
KA2167 £36.95
5x5cm CS 35mm mounts
Suitable for the Kaiser 2167 mounter
Price per box
1–4 5+
KA2156 Glassless x 100
5.50 4.75
Choosing a slide storage system
5+
9.95
9.95
Avery slide labels
Gepe lightbox film cutter
7x7cm 6x6/6x4.5 mounts
4.25
9.80
9.80
Left to right:
HX1831 8mm colour dots (540). . . 1.50
HX1731 17x5mm colour strips (360)1.50
HX3736 35x5mm slide labels with 6
different colour coding (180) . . . . . . 1.50
HX3735 35x5mm labels white (252)1.50
HX3724 36x8mm labels white (168)1.50
Not shown:
HX4128 8mm numbers white 1-540 1.50
Kaiser CS mounter/cutter
Takes
7x7cm
mounts
(6x6/
6x4.5).
Does not
have
internal
light,
but can be used on a lightbox. Adaptor for
6x7 available. GP8002 £27.30
GP8005 85x85 adaptor for 6x7 . . . 4.70
Suitable for the Gepe 8002 above
Price per box
1–4
Gepe
GP7030 6x4.5 AN g/less x 20 4.80
GP2501 6x4.5 AN glass x 20 10.95
GP2601 6x6 AN glass x 20 10.95
Hama
HA1161 6x4.5 glassles x 50 10.95
HA1162 6x6 glassless x 50 10.95
Herma slide titling labels
Single lever cutting and mounting makes
this the fastest type of CS mounter.
Integral guiding bars and clamp ledges in
the mounts ensure accurate positioning.
GP8010 £34.30
5x5cm CS 35mm mounts
Suitable for the Gepe 8010 mounter
Price per box
1–4 5+
GP7050 Glassless x 100
5.50 4.85
Suitable for Reflecta CS mounters
GP7054 Glassless x 100
5.50 4.85
Secol ‘TECS’ Slide sleeves
A simple and effective way of giving
handling protection to mounted slides.
Clear polyester, open on two short sides.
Price per pack of 100
1–4 5+
SLTE35 35mm (5x5 mount) 4.35 3.85
SLTE66 6x6cm (7x7 mount) 7.95 7.25
If you prefer to use process-paid slide film you will receive the slides back in plastic
mounts 1.9–2mm thick. These will fit in Universal, LKM, Carousel and Braun pattern
magazines, but not CS magazines. If you get your film back unmounted you can use
any system. CS mounts have slots in the sides which, when inserted into a CS magazine mean they won’t spill. They can also be used in any other type of slide magazine,
and are the most compact in terms of storage.
All magazine boxes occupy pretty much the same shelf space, and this is what
you can store in the typical box: Universal 2 x 50 slide mags; LKM 2 x 80 slide mags;
CS 2 x 100 slide mags. The anomaly is the Braun Compact 50 magazine which stores
singly (has a dust cover) and is about the same pro-rata as the Leica.
Speed Graphic
85
FILING
Slide magazines
A-P slide filing tray
Universal type
Beware very cheap types, which often
have bendy magazines, prone to jamming.
Each box contains two magazines, and can
be stacked.
Price per box 1–4 5–9
10+
Gepe GP4302 2x50 3.89 3.69
3.39
Leica LC50U 2x50 6.50 6.30
5.99
LKM type
Will accept any type of slide mount up to
1.9mm thickness. Cheap ones again
should be avoided as they often warp, so
we just stock Leica. Each box contains two
magazines, and can be stacked.
Price per box 1–4 5–9
10+
Leica LC80LKM 2x80 9.95 8.50
7.99
Gepe CS type
Available in 4x40 and 2x100 styles. Will
only accept CS mounts. Boxes can be
stacked.
Price per box 1–4 5–9
10+
Gepe GP4309 2x100 6.70 6.25
5.99
Stores approx 200 35mm slides (depends
on mount thickness), and includes plastic
dividers and index cards. Transparent
hinged lid. APSFT £7.95
APSFT4 Four trays for £27.95
6 tray magazine case
A tough
plastic
briefcase
style case
which
holds
(and is
supplied
with) six
50-slide
Universal
type
magazines. ES650 £11.95
10x50 slide magazine box
Braun Paximat type
Only for use in Braun Paximat projectors.
For slimline 2mm mounts.
Price per box 1–4 5–9
10+
Compact 1x50
BNCM50
3.95 2.95
2.75
Circular 100 slide
BNCIRCG
9.95 8.70
8.29
Other types of Braun magazine to order.
Kodak Carousel type
AP APKC 80 slide
9.95
8.70
Only for use in the P600 series projectors.
Takes 120 slides.
Price per box
1–4 5–9
10+
LC37327
12.00 11.50 10.50
86 Speed Graphic
A complete system for filing transparencies,
DW Preview is unique in that all components
are modular. 95 x 68mm black card masks
are a uniform size for all formats from
35mm to 6x7, including X-Pan format
panoramic slides, plus 6x8 and 6x9 without
masks.
It’s ideal for photo libraries, or for
anyone who needs to present transparencies
to clients or picture editors.
With various sleeve options, and the
choice of ringbinder or cabinet filing, you
can customise it to your requirements.
To secure against unauthorised reproduction, place a security grid either inside the
mask, or use a grid type sleeve, insert into a
presentation pocket, and secure with a seal
(wording ‘Full fees payable if seal is broken’).
Complete protection is thus assured.
10% DISCOUNT
off these prices when you spend
£40+ on DW Preview products
Ringbinder
Will hold aroung 15 A4 format pages, and
has clasp. DWRB015 £10.95
Filing pages
Available in two formats. Packs of 10.
A4 8-pocket page DWPV024 £5.30
Foolscap 10-pocket page DWPV031 £5.30
File bars
For storage in filing cabinets. Packs of 10.
A4 size. DWVA003 £2.95
Foolscap size. DWVA001 £2.95
Black card masks
DWCM021 35mm (pack of 50) . . . . . . 8.20
DWCM022 6x4.5 (pack of 50) . . . . . . 8.20
DWCM023 6x6 (pack of 50). . . . . . . . 8.20
DWCM024 6x7 (pack of 50). . . . . . . . 8.20
DWCM025 24x54mm (pack of 50) . . . 8.20
DWCM026 24x65mm (pack of 50) . . . 8.20
Mounting tape
Scotch Magic tape for taping slides in
masks. DWVA058 £3.50
Protective sleeves
DWVA028 Transparent, open at two ends.
Pack of 100. £9.95
DWVA029 As above, but complete with
security grid. Pack of 100. £9.95
Security seals
Prevent unauthorised opening. Pack of
250. DWVA057 £5.85
Security grid
Place inside the card mask to create a line
across the picture to prevent copying.
Pack of 100. DWVA059 £4.70
Presentation pocket
A thicker pocket, with space for a label,
and clear front and translucent back, to
give protection when handling. Pack of 50
DWVM006 £7.00
Filing sundries
Negative handler
Cotton gloves
8.29
Leica circular
DW Preview System 10/8
Solves the transportation problem when
you have a big presentation to do. Will
take any Universal 50-slide magazines,
and is supplied complete with 10 magazines. ES1050 £16.50
Keep fingerprints
off slides and negs!
100% cotton. One
size fits all but the
largest hands.
HA8469 £3.50
Avoid marking negatives. Insert into file
sleeve and
safely withdraw the strip
without
scratching.
KRKL027 £
DISCONTINUED
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
FILING
Kenro
The leading name in storage systems,
Kenro’s professional quality pages are
made from heavy duty semi-rigid cadmium
and lead-free material to ensure stable
storage conditions. They are ‘Europunched’ to fit most types of UK and
European binder systems, and have a
diffused back.
Storage pages
Arrows on the diagrams show the
direction of loading.
35mm mounted slides
20 mounts up to 2mm thick.
10 pages. KRKEN001
Price each
1–4
5+
£5.99 £5.45
Storage binder
Black mask tranny sleeves
Shown
with the
optional
matching slip
case,
this has
a capacity of
around
30
pages,
and is
complete
with spine data
card and reference
pocket. Black.
KRKEN127 £6.50
Four or more
binders each £5.85
Slip case
KRKEN129 £10.95
Major binder
With a 65mm ring
mechanism, this
has around 50%
more capacity than the standard type.
KRKEN131 £7.75
Precision-cut frames with anti-static clear
matt sleeves, and sealed on three sides for
maximum protection. Overall size 9x12cm.
Fit into KEN007 binder pages.
6x6 unmounted slides
12 per page. 10 pages.
KRKEN002
Price each
1–4
5+
£8.39 £7.60
35mm negatives
Translucent. 6 strips of 6.
25 pages. KRKNF08
Price each
1–4
5+
£3.89 £3.50
6x6 mounted slides
12 per page. 10 pages.
KRKEN003
Price each
1–4
5+
£8.39 £7.60
120 negatives
Translucent. 25 pages.
KRKNF07
Price each
1–4
5+
£3.89 £3.50
6x7 unmounted slides
9 per page. 10 pages.
KRKEN004
Price each
1–4
5+
£8.39 £7.60
35mm negatives
Translucent. Strips of 4. 25
pages. KRKNF12
Price each
1–4
5+
£6.45 £5.80
6x4.5 unmounted slides
15 per page. 10 pages.
KRKEN005
Price each
1–4
5+
£8.39 £7.60
35mm negatives
Acetate print-through. 25
pages. KRKNF11
Price each
1–4
5+
£8.25 £7.45
4x5” unmounted slides
4 per page. 10 pages.
KRKEN007
Price each
1–4
5+
£8.39 £7.60
120 negatives
Acetate print-through. 25
pages. KRKNF10
Price each
1–4
5+
£8.25 £7.45
FAX: 01420 543 544
6x7
Pack of 25 masks and sleeves
KRKBM003/A £12.50
Pack of 100 masks only
KRKBM027/3 £25.90
KRKBM022 100 sleeves £21.95
35mm
Pack of 25 masks and sleeves
KRKBM001/A £12.50
Pack of 100 masks only
KRKBM027/1 £25.90
KRKBM022 100 sleeves £21.95
6x4.5
Pack of 25 masks and sleeves
KRKBM005/A £12.50
Pack of 100 masks only
KRKBM027/5 £25.90
KRKBM022 100 sleeves £21.95
6x6
Pack of 25 masks and sleeves
KRKBM002/A £12.50
Pack of 100 masks only
KRKBM027/2 £25.90
KRKBM022 100 sleeves £21.95
24x65mm panoramic
Pack of 25 masks and sleeves
KRKBM017/A £12.50
Pack of 100 masks only
KRKBM027/7 £25.90
KRKBM022 100 sleeves £21.95
Pages for filing cabinets
n.b. pages do not include filing bars.
Gepe HFS System
Suspension file bars 33cm A4
Plastic (pack of 10)
1–4
5+
KRKEN162/P
£3.69 £3.35
Metal (pack of 10)
1–4
5+
KRKEN162/S
£3.69 £3.35
Suspension file bars 39cm Foolscap
Plastic (pack of 10)
1–4
5+
KRKEN166/P
£3.69 £3.35
Metal (pack of 10)
1–4
5+
KRKEN166/S
£3.69 £3.35
A4 storage pages (packs of 10)
include a white write-on reference strip
35mm mounted slides (20) 1–4
5+
KRKEN030
£9.95 £8.95
6x6/645 mounted slides (12) 1–4
5+
KRKEN032
£9.95 £8.95
Foolscap storage pages (packs of 10)
include a white write-on reference strip
35mm mounted slides (24) 1–4
5+
KRKEN168
£9.95 £8.95
6x6/645 mounted slides (15) 1–4
5+
KRKEN164
£9.95 £8.95
Standard binder systems have one
problem – the contents sag, and wear out
the pockets. Gepe’s Hang Filing System
solves this problem by placing the ring
mechanism at the top. The Gepe HFS filing
pockets have special HFS punching on the
top edge as well as standard punching on
the left. The contents are guaranteed to
hang straight and flat.
GP9155 HFS ringbinder . . . . . . . . 5.10
GP9160 20 5x5cm slide mts (10) . . 3.70
GP9162 20 5x5cm slide mts (100) 24.30
GP9165 9 7x7cm slide mts (10) . . . 3.70
GP9180 35mm film strips (10) . . . 3.70
GP9182 35mm film strips (100). . 24.30
GP9185 120 film strips (10) . . . . . 3.70
GP9187 120 film strips (100) . . . 24.30
GP9200 Pages for 3 CDs PVC (10). . 6.20
GP9202 Pages for 3 CDs PVC (50). 22.90
GP9205 Pages for 3 CDs PP (10). . . 3.70
GP9207 Pages for 3 CDs PP (100). 24.30
GP9210 Pages for 6 Diskettes (10). 3.70
GP9212 Pages for 6 Diskettes (100)24.30
Speed Graphic
87
PRINT SUNDRIES
Kenro print mounts
Good quality slip-in folders with embossed
finish and gold border. Packs of 50.
Oval photo folders
As the rectangular styles on the left, but
with oval aperture with gold embossing.
Brown
KRPM043 6x4”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.00
KRPM044 7x5”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.00
KRPM045 8x6”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.00
KRPM046 8x10”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.80
White
KRPM048 6x4”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.00
KRPM049 7x5”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.00
KRPM050 8x6”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.00
KRPM051 8x10”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.80
Brown photo folders
KRPM017
KRPM018
KRPM020
KRPM021
KRPM022
KRPM023
KRPM024
KRPM025
KRPM026
6x4” upright . . . . . . . . . 26.00
6x4” view . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.00
7x5” upright . . . . . . . . . 34.00
7x5” view . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.00
8x6” upright . . . . . . . . . 38.00
8x6” view . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.00
8x8”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.80
8x10” upright. . . . . . . . . 46.80
8x10” view . . . . . . . . . . . 46.80
Tetenal SpotPen
Handcolouring Set
Print trimmers
Kaiser Mini Trimmer
Create hand-tinted photographs easily on
resin-coated and fibre-based glossy or
matt finish prints. The SpotPen dyes penetrate the emulsion and require no laquer
coating. The technique is to gradually
build up the colour, and because you are
using a pen rather than a brush, this gives
most users much better control.
Starter Kit includes 8 pens with the most
popular colours, sponge, pre-moisturising
solution, cotton swab and dye remover
pen. TLHCS £31.00
Designed for inkjet papers, thin card, foils
and film, and is supplied with three
cutters which slide along a metal guide
attached to a 12”/31cm clear acrylic ruler,
marked in inches and cm. The cutters are:
Straight cut
Decorative deckle-edge cut
Perforation
Also supplied is a self-healing cutting mat
markied in 1cm squares to aid alignment.
KA4315 £16.95
Tetenal Super Adhesive
Black & white spotting pens
A strong spray adhesive, specifically designed for photographic
use. CFC-free. 400ml can.
TLSSA £7.95
These pens are equivalent to a 000 sable
brush, and will retain their points for the
working life. Each set contains 10 pens.
TLBWN B&W Neutral Set
TLBWW B&W Warmtone Set
Either set costs £27.00
Dulling spray
Brown strut mounts
White photo folders
KRPM029
KRPM030
KRPM032
KRPM033
KRPM034
KRPM035
KRPM037
KRPM038
KRPM039
6x4” upright . . . . . . . . . 26.00
6x4” view . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.00
7x5” upright . . . . . . . . . 34.00
7x5” view . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.00
8x6” upright . . . . . . . . . 38.00
8x6” view . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.00
8x8”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.80
8x10” upright. . . . . . . . . 46.80
8x10” view . . . . . . . . . . . 46.80
Black photo folders
KRPM078
KRPM079
KRPM080
KRPM081
KRPM082
KRPM083
KRPM150
KRPM151
6x4” upright . . . . . . . . . 30.20
6x4” view . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.20
7x5” upright . . . . . . . . . 36.60
7x5” view . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.60
8x6” upright . . . . . . . . . 40.60
8x6” view . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.60
8x10” upright. . . . . . . . . 52.20
8x10” view . . . . . . . . . . . 52.20
88 Speed Graphic
Free-standing cardboard frames, each
strut mount can be used for view or
portrait format. Packs of 50.
Rectangular
KRPM099 6x4”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.80
KRPM100 7x5”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.80
KRPM101 8x6”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.80
KRPM102 8x10”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.00
Oval
KRPM104 6x4”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.80
KRPM105 7x5”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.80
KRPM106 8x6”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.80
KRPM107 8x10”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.00
Coloured strut mounts
Black rectangular
KRPM129 6x4”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.70
KRPM130 7x5”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.70
KRPM131 8x6”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.50
KRPM145 8x10”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.00
Smoke Grey rectangular
KRPM123 6x4”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.70
KRPM124 7x5”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.70
KRPM125 8x6”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.50
KRPM144 8x10”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.00
Blue and red available – same sizes /prices
Kenro special orders
We order at least once a week from
Kenro, so anything unusual can usually
be supplied to you in 7–10 days if from
stock there.
Safe on most surfaces (best to test first),
and can easily be removed with a clean
cloth. 500g cans. £10.50 Fine Matt
(slight sheen) KRKENR08 Full Matt (no
sheen) KRKENR07
Please use our codes
When ordering by phone it will take
less time and ensure we get the exact
product if you quote our product code.
Same applies for post and fax orders,
so thanks in anticipation!
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
PRINT SUNDRIES
Hama Procut
A versatile cutter with self-sharpening blade,
aluminium baseboard and guide bar, designed
for paper (up to 5 sheets – 0.5mm) or thin
card. A transparent clamping bar keeps the paper
secure during the cut. Picture formats and angle lines printed on
the baseboard. Three sizes.
HA8263 Procut 260 (26cm cut) . . 24.95
HA8264 Procut 320 (32cm cut) . . 32.95
HA8265 Procut 460 (46cm cut) . . 42.95
Longridge Duo
Mount Cutting System
Rotatrim Eurocut
A heavier-duty model with a longer
cut which will cope with a variety of
materials from film to 1mm card. Has
metric and imperial markings and a selfsharpening blade.
16” (40cm) cut
26” (66cm) cut
KRT010 £109.95
KRT011 £146.95
Everything you need (except the board)
to make professional quality mounts
Portfolios
Bevel cutter with retractable blade, variable depth control and
stop/start indicator
Kenro Envoy
A deluxe portfolio with
zip closure at a competitive price. Finished in
black simulated leather
with edge stitching,
strong carry handle, and
an inside storage pocket.
A4 format
(page size 21 x 29.7cm).
Overall size 31 x 36cm. 4
ring mechanism.
Not supplied with pages KRENV101 £15.50
Pack of 10 pages (black card centre) for Envoy A4 KRKEN011 £9.95
A3 format (page size 29.7 x 42cm). Overall size 40 x 47cm. 3 ring mechanism.
Not supplied with pages KRENV102 £19.95
Pack of 5 pages (black card centre) for Envoy A3 KRKEN532 £11.95
Secol Mini Portfolio
Miniature 4-ring binder mechanism holds 10 glass-clear
polyester display pocket (for 20 A4 images back-toback). The superb quality of these pages really gives
pictures a lift, and the 3mm binder boards will give
years of service. Complete with 10 pockets.
SLMP £22.00
FAX: 01420 543 544
The Longridge Duo enables the hobbyist or light professional user
to make good clean cuts through mountboard to create windows up
to 560mm (22”). It accomodates A1 mountboard sideways for
cutting, and can make mounts up to 610mm (24mm) external size.
The cutter can be used left or right-handed, thus removing stress
on thumb or fingers. The kit contains:
Hook-on vertical cutter for cutting mountboard to size
Non-slip guide rail, with mount and cutter stops, 650mm (26”)
long
Base with integral squaring facility
Border marker
Retractable steel tape measure
Protective mountboard cutting strip
Packet of 5 blades
Visual and audio instruction CD for PC/Mac and instruction leaflet
Duo System LG032 £124.50
NEW Duo Plus
Same high
specification
and kit
contents
of the
Duo but
longer
and
wider to
accomodate A0 mountboard shortways and
A1 lengthways.
Maximum external
mount size with guide rail located on base
865mm (34”). Maximum window size
765mm (30”). LG034 £165.00
Accessories
Corner Gauge
Locates in the corner of the window to
enable a line or border decoration to be
accurately placed. LG007 £12.50
Cube Cutter
Hand-held cutter for
freestyle curved
decorations. Cuts
straight and bevelled
edges. LG003 £13.50
LG324/5 Pack of 5 blades for above 3.95
Burnishing Bone
Settles the mount
edge after cutting. LG025 £4.50
LG024/4 Border Marker pencils (4) . 2.50
LG030/10 Mount Cutter blades (10) . 3.95
LG030/50 Mount Cutter blades (50) 16.00
Speed Graphic
89
ALBUMS
SAVE
BUY THREE & price. Buy
Greenlife
a ‘3+’
All albums show at the same
s
m
bu
al
any three
ixed between
m
be
an
(c
e
tim
%
yles) to save 10
brands and st
Rustic look slip-in albums with unbleached paper pages and space for memo next to each
picture. Colour choice will be supplied where possible, but cannot always be guaranteed.
Add suffix: R (red), G (green), BL (blue), Y (yellow)
Slip-In for 6x4” prints
Holds 200 prints.
GR6200 £7.50 3+ £6.75
Slip-In for 6x4” prints
Holds 300 prints.
GR6300 £11.50 3+ £10.35
Slip-In for 7x5” prints
Holds 200 prints.
GR7200 £9.95 3+ £8.95
Kenro Grace
Walther Roma
Excellent quality, traditionally bookbound albums from a leading German manufacturer.
The Roma series have acid-free glassine interleaved cream coloured pages, and an attractive simple linen-finish binding with the words ‘Photo Album’ embossed on the front. Dark
blue, Mid Grey and Dark Grey colours.
Roma FA-345 (right)
26W x 25H cm with 60 pages. Holds 120
6x4” prints. £11.95 3+ £10.75
WA345G
Mid Grey
WA345DG Dark Grey
WA345BL Dark Blue
Roma FA-346 (middle)
29W x 32H cm with 60 pages. Holds 300
6x4” or 120 7x5” prints.
£14.95 3+ £13.45
WA346G
Mid Grey
WA346DG Dark Grey
WA346BL Dark Blue
Roma FA-348 (left)
33W x 34H cm with 60 pages. Holds 360
6X4” or 240 7X5” prints.
£21.95 3+ £19.75
WA348G
Mid Grey
WA346DG Dark Grey
WA346BL Dark Blue
Building a collection?
We have tried to select designs which are
likely to be available for a number of
years, to enable buyers who wish to have
matching albums to do so.
Walther Classic
Good quality albums with grained and gold blocked covers and white pages, available in
three styles. Colours supplied will be either dark blue, dark red or green with tan.
Self-adhesive Album (left)
Clear-film on thick board
pages. 40 33x32cm postbound pages store up to
200 6x4” prints.
KRKD104 £15.50 3+ £13.95
KRKD106 5 extra pages
£3.95
Memo Album (front)
100 22x23.5cm pages hold
200 6x4” (10x15cm) prints.
Each page has two landscape pockets, next to
which is a space to write a
caption. KRKD101 £12.50
3+ price £11.25
90 Speed Graphic
Traditional Album (right)
White photoboard pages
interleaved with pergamin
paper for long-term protection of photos. 100 32x
29cm pages hold up to 500
6x4” prints, or 200 5x7”.
KRKD103 £15.50 3+ £13.95
Padded synthetic leather covers with
stitched edges. Acid-free pages with interleaving. Black or Dark Red.
Classic FA-372
29W x 32H cm with 60 pages. Holds 300
6x4” or 120 7x5” prints.
£13.95 3+ £12.55
WA372B
Black
WA372R
Dark Red
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
ALBUMS
Heritage English Library
Heritage Bonded Leather Collection
Hand-made by English craftsmen, Heritage
albums provide a top quality home for your
photographs. Acid-free cream or black
pages are interleaved with glassine; traditional bookbinding techniques ensure that
pages stay in place after years of handling,
and the classic styling of the covers is
enhanced by hand gold blocking.
Colours available:
Green with tan corners
Blue with tan corners
Green/tan
and Blue/tan
English Library albums
are available with black
pages. Model shown is the supercapacious Classic 4 ‘Country House’.
Also available with
self-adhesive pages
Sheet Size
205x151mm
205x243mm
230x300mm
320x310mm
350x350mm
419x350mm
315x325mm
415x330mm
Capacity
60 6x4” or 5x7”
160 6x4” or 80 5x7” or 6x8”
120 6x4” or 5x7”
400 6x4”
600 6x4”
All size photos up to 11x14”
including all APS sizes
300 6x4”
600 x 5.7”
Pages
60
80
60
80
100
100
a ‘3+’
All albums show at the same
s
m
bu
al
e
re
th
any
ixed between
time (can be m
%
yles) to save 10
brands and st
Model
Classic 2
Classic 3
Classic 4
Country House Album
Sheet Size
320x310mm
350x350mm
419x350mm
Capacity
400 6x4”
600 6x4”
All size photos up to 11x14”
including all APS sizes
Pages
80
100
100
Bonded Leather Collection: Prices
60
60
English Library Collection: Prices
Model
Cream pages 1–2
3+
Black pages
1–2
3+
Classic Mini
HGECMC
14.20
12.75
HGECMB
15.95 14.35
Classic Compact
HGECCC
19.50
17.55
HGECCB
21.50 19.35
Classic 1
HGEC1C
21.50
19.35
HGEC1B
24.95 22.45
Classic 2
HGEC2C
26.50
23.85
HGEC2B
31.50 28.35
Classic 3
HGEC3C
31.50
28.35
HGEC3B
36.70 33.00
Classic 4
HGEC4C
44.30
39.85
HGEC4B
48.30 43.45
Self-adhesive albums
LP
HGLP60
43.70
39.30
EJL
HGEJL60
54.90
49.40
Please specify colour when ordering. Green/tan (GT) or blue/tan (GT). Letters in brackets
are suffixes for our codes, so a Classic 2 with cream pages and blue/tan binding is HGEC2CBT
FAX: 01420 543 544
SAVE
BUY THREE & price. Buy
Bonded Leather Collection: Sizes
English Library Collection: Sizes
Model
Classic Mini
Classic Compact
Classic 1
Classic 2
Classic 3
Classic 4
Country House Album
Self-adhesive LP
Self-adhesive EJL
Traditional
style albums
made from
‘Hydra’, the
highest
quality recycled leather
which uses
80% genuine
leather fibres,
thus preserving the
quality, look
and feel of
genuine
leather, but
without the
high cost. Like the English Library albums,
these feature acid-free cream or black pages
and glassine interleaves, with hand gold
blocked spine lines.
Available in Black (B) and Burgundy (BG).
e.g. Classic 1 with cream pages in black –
HGIC1CB.
Model
Classic 2
Classic 3
Classic 4
Cream pages 1–2
HGIC2C
36.50
HGIC3C
39.95
HGIC4C
55.00
3+
32.85
35.95
49.50
Black pages
HGIC2B
HGIC3B
HGIC4B
1–2
41.50
46.50
59.95
3+
37.35
41.85
53.95
Bonded Leather Handy Range
All the convenience and high capacity storage of slip-in albums,
but traditional bookbinding means the pages won’t fall out even
after years of use. Included are a negative pocket and memo
card inserts for each page. n.b. these albums are plain with no
gold spine blocking. Black only.
Model
No of prints Code
1–2
3+
Handy 200 6x4”
200
HGIH200B 23.50
21.20
Handy 200 7x5”
200
HGIH2007B 26.95
24.30
Handy 300 6x4”
300
HGIH300B 26.95
24.30
Speed Graphic
91
ALBUMS
Heritage Wedding Albums
Hermafix
The fastest and cleanest way of
mounting prints – and suitable for
many other jobs around home and
office. Simply press the glue roll
dispenser down and roll it backwards. The dispenser is reloadable. Now available in either
removeable (glue can be rubbed off),
or the new permanent version.
1060 will be supplied in black
Original removeable Hermafix Transfer
HX1060 £4.99
HX1061 Glue refill for 1060 . . . . . . 2.25
HX10615 Glue refill 5 pack . . . . . . 10.00
New permanent Hermafix Transfer
HX1014 £4.99
HX1011 Glue refill for 1014 . . . . . . 2.25
HX10115 Glue refill 5 pack . . . . . . 10.00
Traditional style albums with acid-free cream pages and glassine interleaves. Each Wedding
album contains a Wedding Page for details of the day to be recorded. We offer two styles,
in two sizes. Each style can be ordered with either the word ‘Wedding’ in gold-blocked
script, or a simple wedding rings design.
Romantica is an all-white silk finish cover (right).
Harmony has discreet ostrich-feather patterning with walnut beige binding and gold
blocking.
NEW Cameo versions of the above. Options are the same, but with the addition of an inset
gold bordered oval window
in the front cover. Cameo
Wedding albums: Prices
albums come complete with
Model
1–2
3+
presentation box.
Romantica
HGRS80W
Studio 80 ‘Wedding’
21.20 19.00
HGRS80WR Studio 80 ‘Wedding Rings’ 21.30 19.00
HGRC2W
Classic 2 ‘Wedding’
29.20 26.30
HGRC2WR
Classic 2 ‘Wedding Rings’ 29.20 26.30
Romantica Cameo
HGCRS80W Studio 80 ‘Wedding’
32.50 29.25
HGCRS80WR Studio 80 ‘Wedding Rings’ 32.50 29.25
HGCRC2W
Classic 2 ‘Wedding’
41.50 37.35
HGCRC2WR Classic 2 ‘Wedding Rings’ 41.50 37.35
Harmony
HGHS80W
Studio 80 ‘Wedding’
21.30 19.00
HGHS80WR Studio 80 ‘Wedding Rings’ 21.30 19.00
HGHC2W
Classic 2 ‘Wedding’
29.20 26.30
HGHC2WR
Classic 2 ‘Wedding Rings’ 29.20 26.30
Sizes
Studio 80 album is sized to Harmony Cameo
HGCHS80W Studio 80 ‘Wedding’
32.50 29.25
take 160 6x4” or 80 8x6”,
HGCHS80WR Studio 80 ‘Wedding Rings’ 32.50 29.25
8x8” or 7x5” photos.
Classic 2 ‘Wedding’
41.50 37.35
Classic 2 album will take 80 HGCHC2W
HGCHC2WR Classic 2 ‘Wedding Rings’ 41.50 37.35
x 10x8” photos in landscape or portrait format.
Wanting a different look? For a contempary black and white album, see the Bonded
Leather albums over the page – available with black pages.
92 Speed Graphic
Hermafix Vario tab
dispenser
Loaded with 1000 self-adhesive doublesided squares to form a permanent bond
for photos in albums.
HX1030 Hermafix Vario. . . . . . . . . 5.50
HX1051 Vario refill rolls (1000). . . 1.99
HX10515 Vario refill 5 pack. . . . . . . 9.00
Herma Photo Glue
Transparent, non-drip,
water-resistant and acidfree. Good for mounting to
cardboard. Residual glue
can be rubbed off cleanly.
70g tube. HX1251 £3.50
Herma Photo
Corners
Herma deckleedged scissors
Self-adhesive and virtually
invisible. 15mm edge. 250
roll pack. HX1380 £1.99
Spice up your family album
with these scissors.
HX7813 £2.99
Heritage Photo Corners
Measure 10mm along each outer edge,
so are very neat, and come in transparent or black vinyl in packs of 500. The
black ones can look very effective with
black and white prints.
HGPCT
Transparent (500)
1.65
HGPCB Black (500)
1.75
Heritage Photo Mounts
Double-sided 10mm squares for invisible mounting of prints.
HGPM
pack of 500
1.50
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
DARKROOM
Contacts
If we can’t help, here’s details of the UK suppliers of products we sell:
Product
Company
Telephone
Fax
Website (www....)
B+W
Sangers
0844 477 0121 0121 554 4108 schneideroptics.com
Beattie
Morco
01623 422828 01623 422818
intenscreen.com
Benbo
Paterson
0121 520 4830 0121 520 4831 patersonphotographic
Billingham
M Billingham
01384 482828 01384 482399
billingham.co.uk
Braun
Sangers
0844 477 0121 0121 554 4108
Bronica
Intro 2020
01628 674411 01628 771055
intro2020.co.uk
Canon
Canon UK
01737 220000 01737 220022
canon.co.uk
Capital
Kauser Intl.
01727 821571 01727 821425
Cokin
Intro 2020
01628 674411 01628 771055
cokin.fr
Crumpler
Intro 2020
01628 674411 01628 771055
intro2020.co.uk
Cullmann
Newpro UK
01367 242411 01367 241124
cullmann.de
DW
DW Viewpacks
01908 642323 01908 640164
dw-view.com
Elinchrom
PSC
0113 247 0037 0113 247 0038
elinchrom.com
Gepe
JP Distribution
01782 753300 01782 753399
gepe.com
Giottos
Paterson
0121 520 4830 0121 520 4831 patersonphotographic
Gitzo
Hasselblad UK
020 8733 0666 020 8902 2565
gitzo.com
Gossen
Sangers
0844 477 0121 0121 554 4108
gossen-photo.de
Heritage
Foto Store
01273 494989 01273 492649 heritagephotoalbums
Hermafix
Fotolynx
0117 963 5263 0117 963 6362
herma.de
Hoya
Intro 2020
01628 674411 01628 771055
intro2020.co.uk
Interfit
Paterson
0121 520 4830 0121 520 4831 patersonphotographic
Kata
Optex
020 8441 2199 020 8449 3646
kata-bags.com
Kenko
Intro 2020
01628 674411 01628 771055
intro2020.co.uk
Lastolite
JP Distribution
01782 753300 01782 753399
lastolite.com
Lee
Lee Filters
01264 366245 01264 355058
leefilters.com
Leica
Leica Camera
01908 666663 01908 671316
leicacamera.com
Lowepro
DayMen Intl.
01902 864646 01902 864647
lowepro-uk.com
Mamiya
JP Distribution
01782 753300 01782 753399
mamiya.co.uk
Manfrotto
DayMen Intl.
01902 864646 01902 864647
manfrotto.com
Metz
Hasselblad UK
020 8733 0666 020 8902 2565
metz.de
Minolta
Minolta UK
01908 200400 01908 618804
minolta.co.uk
Nikon
Nikon UK
020 8541 4440 020 8541 4584
nikon.co.uk
Novoflex
Speed Graphic
08453 305530 01420 543544
novoflex.com
Ohnar
Kauser Intl.
01727 821571 01727 821425
Op/tech
Newpro UK
01367 242411 01367 241124
optechusa.com
Paterson
Paterson
0121 520 4830 0121 520 4831 patersonphotographic
Peli
JP Distribution
01782 753300 01782 753399
peli.com
Pentax
Pentax UK
01753 792792 01753 792794
pentax.co.uk
PocketWizard PSC
0113 247 0037 0113 247 0038
Prolinca
PSC
0113 247 0037 0113 247 0038
elinchrom.com
Quantum
Hasselblad UK
020 8733 0666 020 8902 2565
qt.com
Rollei
Studio Workshop 0870 444 680 0870 444 6871
rollei.de
Sekonic
JP Distribution
01782 753300 01782 753399
sekonic.co.uk
Sigma
Sigma Imaging UK 01707 329999 01707 327822 sigma-imaging-uk.com
Slik
Intro 2020
01628 674411 01628 771055
intro2020.co.uk
Stroboframe Speed Graphic
08453 305530 01420 543544
www.tiffen.com
Sunpak
Intro 2020
01628 674411 01628 771055
intro2020.co.uk
Tetenal
Tetenal
0116 263 0306 0116 263 0087
tetenal.com
Velbon
Intro 2020
01628 674411 01628 771055
intro2020.co.uk
Visatec
Studio Workshop 0870 444 6870 0870 444 6871
visatec.com
Wein (flash) PSC
0113 247 0037 0113 247 0038
tiffen.com
FLM, Zing, Q-top, Ergorest, Flash X-tender....that’s us!
FAX: 01420 543 544
Enlarging
Paterson Paragon 35
With mainly metal construction, this is a
robust product ideal for the home or
college 35mm enthusiast.
Its 75w condenser illumination is ideal
for black and white printing, and it has a
built-in filter drawer for multigrade or
colour filters.
Twin bar/bellows focusing guarantees
that the lens stays parallel to the baseboard, and it will produce a maximum
print size of 12x16” (30x40cm) on the
baseboard – the head can be swung round
to project on to a wall or floor for larger
prints.
Comes complete with a quality 4element lens and glassless negative
carrier. PTPE £169.95
LMP3/3ES 75w ES lamp. . . . . . . . . . . 2.25
Durst M370BW
A rugged and durable black and white
35mm enlarger capable of being upgraded
to 6x4.5, 6x6 and 6x7 formats. The square
section column is made from heat-resistant cast aluminium, marked with magnification and head height scales for a
50mm lens, so with any change of magnification the new exposure can be calculated from the scales. Head movement is
by smooth friction drive.
Print sizes up to 12 x 18” (30.5 x
46cm) can be made on the baseboard, and
the head can be reversed to allow floor
projection. Supplied with 75w opal lamp
and hinged neg carrier. Not supplied with
lens. Filter set shown is extra (see below).
DUM370B £199.95
Accessories for Durst M370BW
DULS66 LIDISET 66 (conversion kit for
6x6 format negatives) . . . . . . . . . 199.00
DULS67 LIDISET 67 (conversion kit for
6x7 format negatives) . . . . . . . . . 199.00
DUSCUF SIRIOCUF dust cover . . . . 19.95
DUVWAL VEGAWAL wall bracket. . . 47.00
DUVSET B/W Vario Filter Set (consists of
glass plate and 6 variable contrast filters,
grades 0-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.30
LMP3/3ES 75w ES lamp. . . . . . . . . . . 2.25
Enlarging lenses
Top quality lenses from Nikon and
Schneider. Available to order, and usually
obtainable within 3-4 working days.
NKEL50 EL-Nikkor 50/f2.8 N . . . 152.95
NKEL75 EL-Nikkor 75/f4 N . . . . . 143.50
NKEL80 EL-Nikkor 80/f5.6 N . . . 162.50
SCCR50 Componar-S 50/f2.8 . . . . 72.00
SCCR90 Componar-S 80/f4.5 . . . . 72.00
SCCN50 Componon-S 50/f2.8 . . 183.80
SCCN80 Componon-S 80/f4 . . . . 237.90
Speed Graphic
93
DARKROOM
Enlarging
Processing
LPL Easels
Paterson
Focus Finders
Micro Focus Finder
Makes finding exact
focusing easy by
magnifying the grain
of the enlargement.
PTFF £18.50
Major Focus Finder
Larger design makes
for easier working
with bigger enlargements – saves
fumbling for the
focus control.
PTMFF £38.50
Paterson proof printers
LPL 2-bladed easels are of durable metal
construction, with lockable sliding blades
to allow precise adjustment to the
maximum size.
LL108
10 x 8” (25.4x20.3cm) . . 56.00
LL1012 10 x 12” (25.4x30.5cm) . 60.50
LL1114 11 x 14” (27.9x35.6cm). . 72.20
LL1417 14 x 17” (35.6x43.2cm) . 95.90
LL1620 16 x 20” (40.6x50.8cm) 131.00
LLU4
14 x 17” 4-blade . . . . . . 217.00
Exposure meter
35mm Proof Printer
For 8 x 10” paper. Takes six strips of six
35mm negatives. Ideal for keeping a file
copy of each film. PTPP35 £38.50
6x6 Proof Printer
As above but taking four strips of 120 roll
film. PTPP66 £38.50
Pro Proofer
10x12” size with a plain glass top. Will
take four 4 x 5” format negs, or 120 size.
Also useful for keeping prints flat for
copying. PTPRO £38.50
Paterson Texture Screens
These are sandwiched
with a 35mm neg and
printed as normal to
produce an effect.
There are 12 in the
pack, ranging from
Old Master to dot
screen newspaper.
PTTS £19.50
Multigrade filters
Ilford
ILFDK
3” filter drawer kit . . . . . 21.50
Paterson
PTVCF
Set of 12 3” filters . . . . . 17.50
Kaiser Test Strip Printer
Separate shutters can be opened in turn
to allow six different exposures to be
tested. 5x7” paper can be turned around
to allow a second series of six exposures.
KA4009 £10.95
94 Speed Graphic
Paterson Film and Print
Processing Kit
Contains all the essential equipment for
processing both film and photographic
paper, so is the ideal ‘one box’ addition to
the purchase of an enlarger.
Universal Developing Tank with 1 spiral
Set of three 8x10” trays
Paterson Safelight
3 measuring graduates
Chemical mixer
Thermometer
PTDEV
Print tongs
95
Pair of film clips
Film squeegee
64
Safelight
Paterson 2000D
Durst Variolux
Simple exposure meters are not particularly good for variable contrast papers, as
a change in the grade means that the
meter needs recalibration. The Variolux,
as well as measuring the amount of light
and displaying the correct exposure via
two small control lamps, also measures
the contrast range of the negative and
then recommends a suitable paper
contrast.
This will enable a reasonably accurate
print to be produced immediately, and
avoid the need for test strips. Metering is
either integrated or spot, and the Variolux
is equally suitable for black and white or
colour negatives, and is powered by a 9v
battery.
DUVL £76.00
A simple digital enlarger timer which can
be set from 0.1–9.9 secs in 0.1 sec increments, or from 10–99 secs in 1 sec increments. Display brightness can be
adjusted. PT2000D £59.95
Durst Labotim
A compact
and precise
quartz
digital timer
with a large
display.
Times from
0.1 to 99
seconds
with interrupt facility. The ergonomic design is
simple to operate with just 4 control keys.
DULT £89.95
Paterson
Can be stood on the bench or hung on a
wall. The A (red/orange dome) is now the
only model offered (Paterson discovered
that the VF type could fog some of the
more sensitive modern MG papers).
PTSLA 18.40
PTSLDA Replacement A dome . . . . 8.70
LM15WES 15w spare bulb. . . . . . . . . 2.50
We can also supply Kaiser Duka sodium
safelights.
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
DARKROOM
Film clips
Paterson Film Clip
Set
Durable plastic,
one weighted.
One pair.
PTFCS £6.00
Paterson tanks
As used in thousands of darkrooms worldwide – durable and easy to use. 35mm
model takes 1 x 35mm film; Universal
model 2x 35mm or 1 x 120 film.
PT35T
35mm tank. . . . . . . . . . . 16.60
PTUT
Universal tank . . . . . . . . 17.50
PTMRT3 Multi-Reel 3 tank . . . . . . 17.50
PTMRT5 Multi-Reel 5 tank . . . . . . 20.60
PTMRT8 Multi-Reel 8 tank . . . . . . 29.00
Multi-reel tanks do not include reels.
PTALR
Auto-load reel . . . . . . . . . 8.80
PTALR6 Auto-load reel pack of 6 . 45.90
Paterson tank accessories
Force Film Washer
A hose which fits the core of
the tank to provide rapid
washing of films.
PTFFW £7.95
Water Filter
Used in
conjunction
with the
Force Film
Washer to
prevent any
mains-borne
contaminants entering the
tank. PTWF £11.50
Large changing bag
27 x29” size is roomy enough to fit a
camera and a typical developing tank.
KDCBL £17.95
FAX: 01420 543 544
Kenro stainless
steel clips
One clip weighted,
one pair.
KRFCS £5.25
Film squeegee
Soft
rubber
blades
rapidly
remove
water from the film surface to aid markfree drying. PTFS £7.95
Process timer
Chemical mixing
Kaiser 4219
Paterson Graduates
Has three independent channels
for separate
timing, plus
clock, alarm and
calendar, and a
beep signal for
various functions.
Starting times are retrievable, and timing
interruption is possible. Belt clip, stand or
magnet fixing. KA4219 £27.50
Paterson Triple Timer
Can be used as a clock,
stop-watch, or three
stage timer. The three
countdown stages can
run simultaneously, or
as separately switched
timers. PTTT £12.50
Accurate and high quality measures made
from transparent polysty-rene, which is
very resistant to staining. Jugs and funnel
are made from tough polypropylene.
PTG45
45ml graduate . . . . . . . . . 3.40
PTG150 150ml graduate . . . . . . . . 3.80
PTG300 300ml graduate . . . . . . . . 4.75
PTG600 600ml graduate . . . . . . . . 6.70
PTG1200 1200ml graduate . . . . . . . 7.60
Thermometers
Kaiser wide range tray thermometer
(top) Angled stem and hook, 0–50ºC.
85mm long plus 45mm of angled stem.
KA4083 £7.50
Kaiser precision thermometer
(middle) Alcohol filled. 10–50ºC +/- 2º.
Length 7.7”. KA4086 £10.95
Paterson colour thermometer
(bottom) Dual scales +/- 1.4ºC. 12” long.
PTCOL £9.70
Paterson certified thermometer
13–30ºC +/- 0.3ºC. 9” long. PTCERT £9.20
Kaiser digital thermometer
Battery powered all-purpose model with
LCD display. ºC or
ºF. Min/max
temperature with
beep warning.
Countdown timer
included. 1m cable
and stainless
probe.
KA4091 £43.95
Print developing
Dishes
Sets of three, each dish in a different
colour.
APDD8
8x10” (20x25cm) . . . . . . . 8.95
APDD10 10x12” (24x30cm) . . . . . 11.95
APDD12 12x16” (30x40cm) . . . . . 17.95
APDD16 16x20” (40x50cm) . . . . . 24.95
Print tongs (pairs)
APPT
PTTONG
KRPT
AP plastic tongs (1) . . . . . 3.50
Paterson plastic tongs (2) 5.80
Kenro stainless steel (3). 11.95
3
1
2
Funnel
PTF
11cm/4.25” funnel . . . . . . 3.30
Mixing jugs
PTJUG1 1 litre mixing jug . . . . . . . 6.70
PTJUG2 2 litre mixing jug . . . . . . 10.70
Chemical mixer
PTCM
Chemical mixer. . . . . . . . . 3.80
Storage bottles
Opaque accordion bottles prevent
oxidation of chemicals by collapsing to
expel any air.
APAB1
1 litre size . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25
APAB2
2 litre size . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.40
Latex gloves
Disposable thin
latex, alkaline
chemical resistant gloves.
10 pairs
KRLG20
DISCONTINUED
Speed Graphic
95
DARKROOM
Darkroom materials
Black and white
film developers
Paterson High Speed Print
Washer
Washes resin-coated papers in 2–4
minutes. Two sizes available:
PTHSW8 for 8x10” prints . . . . . . . 19.30
PTHSW12 for 12x16” prints . . . . . . 34.00
Paterson Rapid
Print Drying Rack
Holds up to ten 8x10” prints, and allows
air to circulate to allow resin-coated
papers to dry quickly. PTRACK £25.00
Paterson RC print squeegee
Large soft rubber blades. For prints up to
16x20”. PTPS £17.40
Kaiser darkroom apron
A washable,
acid-resistant apron,
matt black
with seamed
edges and
front
pocket.
KA4065
£15.95
96 Speed Graphic
Ilford ID-11
The ‘standard’ developer giving fine-grain
results with all films including T-grain
types, without loss of film speed. Can also
push-process HP5 to ISO1600. The same
as Kodak D76.
ILID100 ID-11 powder 1l . . . . . . . . 3.45
ILID250 ID-11 powder 2.5l . . . . DISC
ILID500 ID-11 powder 5l . . . . . . . . 6.90
Ilford Microphen
Gives an extra 1/2 stop without compromising fine grain. Allows pushing of HP5
up to ISO3200.
ILMIC100 Microphen powder 1l . . . . 3.45
ILMIC250 Microphen powder 2.5l DISC
Ilford Perceptol
DISCONTINUED
Ilford Ilfosol S
A universal and economical developer for
all films at standard dilution of 1+9. At
1+14 has small compensating effect on
high contrast subjects
ILSOL
Ilfosol liquid 250ml . . . . . 2.69
Ilford Ilfotec DD-X
A fine grain developer producing easy to
print negatives at full film speed.
Recommended for Delta 3200.
ILDDX
Ilfotec DD-X liquid 1l . . . 10.95
Kodak XTOL
New technology developer using ascorbic
acid. Mixes at room temperature. For all
types of b+w films.
KKXTOL XTOL powder 5l. . . . . . . . . 7.20
Kodak T-Max
Recommended for all T-Max films.
KKTDEV1 T-Max liquid 2 x 1l . . . . . . 9.20
Kodak Technidol
The best developer for Technical Pan film.
KKTDOL Technidol liquid 4 x 600ml10.25
Paterson Acutol
Classic acutance developer for films up to
ISO125. Increases apparent edge definition. Also contrast compensates at high
dilutions.
PTATOL5 Acutol liquid 500ml . . . . . 3.45
PTATOL10 Acutol liquid 1l. . . . . . . . . 5.95
Paterson Aculux 2
One-shot fine grain developer for all
films, with long tonal range and a speed
increase of 1/3 stop.
PTALUX5 Aculux liquid 500ml . . . . . 3.95
PTALUX10 Aculux liquid 1l . . . . . . . . 6.95
Paterson FX-39
One-shot high definition developer for
T-grain films like Delta, T-Max, APX and
Neopan.
PTFX39 FX-39 liquid 500ml . . . . . . 3.95
Paterson FX-50
New eco-friendly developer with a very
long shelf life in concentrate, with the
choice of single or 2-bath development.
PTFX50 FX-50 liquid 2 x 250ml . . . 6.95
Paper developers
Ilford Multigrade
Fast-working developer, for Ilford and
other variable-contrast papers.
ILMGD50 Multigrade liquid 500ml . . 4.75
ILMGD100 Multigrade liquid 1l . . . . . 6.80
ILMGD500 Multigrade liquid 5l . . . . 14.20
Paterson Acuprint
DISCONTINUED
Paterson Acugrade
Gives maximum density with short development times with resin-coated papers.
PTAGR5 Acugrade liquid 500ml . . . 3.95
PTAGR10 Acugrade liquid 1l . . . . . . 6.95
Fixers, stop baths,
wetting solution
Ilfofix 2
Economical, non-hardening (so keeping
wash times to a minimum), for all films
and papers.
ILFIX500 Ilfofix powder 5l . . . . . . . 6.90
Ilford Rapid Fixer
Non-hardening fixer where the dilution
determines fixing time. Replaces Hypam
and standard Paper Fixers.
ILRF50 Rapid Fixer liquid 500ml. . 4.99
ILRF100 Rapid Fixer liquid 1l . . . . . 7.15
Ilfostop
Odourless print stop bath with indicator.
ILSTOP Ilfostop liquid 500ml . . . . 3.60
Ilfotol wetting solution
Add to final rinse for films to reduce
streaking and lower static.
ILTOL
Ilfotol 250ml . . . . . . . . . . 2.60
Galerie Washaid
Speeds washing of fibre prints by removing by products of fixation. Dilutes 1+4.
ILWASH Washaid 1l . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.75
Paterson Acufix
Diluted 1+3, Acufix is rapid-acting and
suits all films and papers.
PTAFIX5 Acufix liquid 500ml . . . . . 3.45
PTAFIX10 Acufix liquid 1l. . . . . . . . . 5.95
Paterson Acuwet
PTAWET5 Acuwet 500ml . . . . . . . . . 3.95
Paterson Acustop
Prolongs fixer life and contains indicator.
PTASTP5 Acustop 500ml . . . . . . . . . 2.95
Paterson Acutone
Acutone Sepia
Variable from warm, almost yellow, to a
dark sepia-brown. 1l kit. PTATSP £10.45
Acutone Red
Best with warmtone paper. Gives tones
ranging from warm black through purple
to red – the longer you leave it, the
lighter it gets. 2 litre kit. PTATR £10.45
Acutone Blue
DISCONTINUED
Acutone Selenium
Single solution which can be re-used,
Gives a warm purple-black with archival
properties. 500ml. PTATSL £8.95
Photocolor
Chrome Six 3+
For E6 process slide films. Easy to mix 3
bath formulation giving excellent results.
Standard process time 30 minutes at 38ºC.
Kits include bleach-fix and stabiliser.
PTSIX6 Chrome Six 600ml. . . . . . 16.95
PTSIX12 Chrome Six 1.2l . . . . . . . 22.95
Photocolor II
For C41 process colour negative films. A
single concentrate developer. Use with
Universal Bleach Fix.
PTPC5
Photocolor II 500ml . . . . . 5.95
PTPC10 Photocolor II 1l . . . . . . . . 9.95
Universal Bleach Fix
For use with both Photocolor II and
Printmaster chemistry.
PTUBF10 Univ. Bleach Fix 1l . . . . . . 8.45
PTUBF20 Univ. Bleach Fix 2l . . . . . 14.95
Tetenal Protectan spray
An anti-oxidant gas which greatly
increases the storage life of chemicals.
Use a quick burst before stoppering the
bottle. CFC-free. 400ml can. TLPS £5.99
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
DARKROOM / FILM ACCS
Ilford paper
Multigrade IV RC Deluxe
A mid-weight 190gsm resin-coated
variable contrast paper noted for its high
maximum density and excellent highlight
detail. Available in three surfaces.
Glossy (Ilford code MGD.1M)
ILMG5100 5 x 7” 100 sheets . . . . . 11.20
ILMG825 8 x 10” 25 sheets . . . . . . 7.75
ILMG850 8 x 10” 50 sheets . . . . . 12.50
ILMG8100 8 x 10” 100 sheets . . . . 22.95
ILMGA100 A4 100 sheets . . . . . . . 29.95
ILMG950 9.5 x 12” 50 sheets . . . 17.50
ILMG1210 12 x 16” 10 sheets . . . . . 8.20
ILMG1250 12 x 16” 50 sheets . . . . 28.90
ILMG1610 16 x 20” 10 sheets . . . . 12.95
ILMG1650 16 x 20” 50 sheets . . . . 43.95
Pearl (Ilford code MGD.44M)
ILMP5100 5 x 7” 100 sheets . . . . . 11.20
ILMP825 8 x 10” 25 sheets . . . . . . 7.75
ILMP850 8x 10” 50 sheets . . . . . 12.50
ILMP8100 8 x 10” 100 sheets . . . . 22.95
ILMPA100 A4 100 sheets . . . . . . . 29.95
ILMP950 9.5 x 12” 50 sheets . . . 17.50
ILMP1210 12 x 16” 10 sheets . . . . . 8.20
ILMP1250 12 x 16” 50 sheets . . . . 28.90
ILMP1610 16 x 20” 10 sheets . . . . 12.95
ILMP1650 16 x 20” 50 sheets . . . . 43.95
Satin (Ilford code MGD.25M)
ILMS5100 5 x 7” 100 sheets . . . . . 11.20
ILMS825 8 x 10” 25 sheets . . . . . . 7.75
ILMS8100 8 x 10” 100 sheets . . . . 22.95
ILMSA100 A4 100 sheets . . . . . . . 29.95
ILMS950 9.5 x 12” 50 sheets . . . 17.50
ILMS1210 12 x 16” 10 sheets . . . . . 8.20
ILMS1250 12 x 16” 50 sheets . . . . 28.90
ILMS1610 16 x 20” 10 sheets . . . . 12.95
ILMS1650 16 x 20” 50 sheets . . . . 43.95
The Ilford situation . . .
At the time of going to press, Ilford’s UK
business was in administrative receivership, but supplies were still forthcoming.
The Swiss inkjet printing materials
business is unaffected.
FAX: 01420 543 544
Multigrade IV Warmtone RC
Variable contrast resin-coated paper with
a warm white base, and which reacts
extremely well to toning. Available in
Glossy or Pearl finishes.
Glossy (Ilford code MGRCW.1M)
ILMWG5100 5 x 7” 100 sheets . . . . . 16.85
ILMWG825 8 x 10” 25 sheets . . . . . 10.99
ILMWG8100 8 x 10” 100 sheets . . . . 34.90
ILMWG910 9.5 x 10” 10 sheets . . . . 6.50
ILMWG950 9.5 x 12” 50 sheets . . . 26.40
ILMWG1210 12 x 16” 10 sheets . . . . 11.50
ILMWG1250 12 x 16” 50 sheets . . . . 42.95
ILMWG1610 16 x 20” 10 sheets . . . . 18.30
Pearl (Ilford code MGRCW.44M)
ILMWP5100 5 x 7” 100 sheets . . . . . 16.85
ILMWP825 8 x 10” 25 sheets . . . . . 10.99
ILMWP8100 8 x 10” 100 sheets . . . . 34.90
ILMWP910 9.5 x 12” 10 sheets . . . . 6.50
ILMWP950 9.5 x 12” 50 sheets . . . 26.40
ILMWP1210 12 x 16” 10 sheets . . . . 11.50
ILMWP1250 12 x 16” 50 sheets . . . . 42.95
ILMWP1650 16 x 20” 50 sheets . . . . 65.00
Multigrade IV FB
Variable contrast paper with a heavy
225gsm fibre base.
Glossy (Ilford code MGF.1K)
ILMFG825 8 x 10” 25 sheets . . . . . 11.95
ILMFG8100 8 x 10” 100 sheets . . . . 38.50
ILMFG910 9.5 x 10” 10 sheets . . . . 6.95
ILMFG950 9.5 x 12” 50 sheets . . . 28.50
ILMFG1110 11 x 14” 10 sheets . . . . 10.50
ILMFG1210 12 x 16” 10 sheets . . . . 12.50
ILMFG1250 12 x 16” 50 sheets . . . . 46.95
ILMFG1610 16 x 20” 10 sheets . . . . 19.80
Matt (Ilford code MGF.5K)
ILMFM825 8 x 10” 25 sheets . . . . . 11.95
ILMFM8100 8 x 10” 100 sheets . . . . 38.50
ILMFM910 9.5 x 12” 10 sheets . . . . 6.95
ILMFM950 9.5 x 12” 50 sheets . . . 28.50
ILMFM1110 11 x 14” 10 sheets . . . . 10.50
ILMFM1210 12 x 16” 10 sheets . . . . 12.50
ILMFM1250 12 x 16” 50 sheets . . . . 46.95
ILMFM1650 16 x 20” 10 sheets . . . . 19.80
Warmtone fibre base paper also available.
Paper size conversion
4 x 6”
5 x 7”
8 x 10”
8.25 x 11.75” (A4)
9.5 x 12”
12 x 16”
16 x 20”
20 x 24”
10.5 x 14.8cm
12.7 x 17.8cm
20.3 x 25.4cm
21 x 29.7cm
24 x 30.5cm
30.5 x 40.6cm
40.6 x 50.8cm
50.8 x 61cm
Film accessories
Hama
film retriever
Reloadable
35mm
cassettes
Price per cassette 1–9
10–25
Plastic, twist-off end cap
APPC
£0.35 £0.29
Metal, push-on, pull-off cap
APMC
£0.45 £0.40
Metal, ISO100 DX-coded
APPC100
£0.45 £0.40
Metal, ISO400 DX-coded
APPC400
£0.45 £0.40
£0.36
Ideal for photographers
without the luxury of two camera bodies,
or with a camera which always rewinds the
leader. Now you can part use a film and
rewind it safe in the knowledge that you
won’t waste frames. Very ease to use;
won’t damage the film. HA8025 £5.50
£0.36
Film memo holder
£0.36
Fixes to a camera back and
takes 35mm film box ends.
HA5090 £3.95
25+
£0.25
Cassette opener
Makes short work of
removing end caps from
metal cassettes, and
save fingernails.
KDCO £3.95
Hama Filmsafe-X
Film changing bag
Good travel protection for up to four
35mm or APS canisters or two 120 rolls. Xray, sand and water resistant. For films up
to ISO3200; will pack in a pocket.
HA5990 £3.95
For standard use in the darkroom, but also
very useful if your film is jammed in the
camera. Light, and infra-red light proof
black material.
KDCBS
21x23” (53x58cm) . . . . . 14.95
KDCBL
27x29” (68.5x73.5cm) . . 17.95
Discount film
Ask for our Film List or
check website for
latest prices
Low prices and fresh stocks! And,
unlike other mail order suppliers, all
film comes from official sources, and is
usually supplied same day by
1st class post.
Hama FilmShield bags
Although most
airports advertise their X-ray
machines as
film-friendly,
repeated checking on a long
journey will
have an accumulative effect.
To be absolutely sure, we recommend use
of one of these lead-lined bags for protection during hand luggage inspections, and
they are also resistant to heat and water
exposure. Each will take up to 22 x 35mm
or 18 x 120 films.
FilmShield Standard (up to ISO200)
HA5980 £9.95
FilmShield Super (up to ISO1000)
HA5985 £11.95
Speed Graphic
97
Battery information
BATTERIES
DISCOUNT
BATTERY PRICES
Battery descriptions
Although there is an international
standard for naming batteries, not
all manufacturers stick to this, and
Duracell’s dominance in the market
has led to some types (‘AA’ for
example) becoming the norm.
Here are some alternatives for
some types which we sell:
2CR5 2CR5M, DL245
CRP2P CRP2, EL223A, DL223A
CR123A EL123A, DL123A, CR17345
CR1/3N 2L76, DL1/3N, K58L,
CR11108
PX28L L544, K28L, 2CR1/3N,
2CR11108
PX28 4SR44, KS28, V28PX
PX76 EPX76, D357, SR44, V76PX
SLR batteries
This is a brief list for popular
models: for other SLRs, compacts,
meters, please phone – we can
usually find the type you need.
Canon
EOS 1, 1n, 1v, 3, 5, 50 50E, 500n,
600, 620, 630, 650, 700, 750, 1000
series, RT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2CR5
EOS 30, 33, 3000, 500,
5000, IX. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x CR123A
EOS 300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x CR2
Minolta
Dynax: all except those below . 2CR5
Dynax 505si, 505si Super, 404si,
303si . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x CR2
Dynax 7, 9. . . . . . . . . . . 2 x CR123A
9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x AA
7000, 5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x AAA
Nikon
F3. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x PX76; CR1/3N
F4 (std version) . . . . . . . . . . . 4 xAA
F401 all types . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x AA
F50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2CR5
F60, F70, F80. . . . . . . . . 2 x CR123A
F601. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CRP2P
FM, FE, FM2, FE2 . 2x PX76; CR1/3N
Pentax
All MZ series . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x CR2
Z1, Z1-P, other Z series . . . . . . 2CR5
SF1, SFX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x AA
SF1-N, SF7, SF10 . . . . . . . . . . . 2CR5
Mercury batteries
PX27, TR164 and other mercury types
do not have an alternative available
in the EC markets (they may be still
available elsewhere in the world).
Buy more and save money – because of our
rapid stock-turn all batteries have long shelf
life. Lithium batteries are Panasonic, Fuji,
Kodak or other top quality brands. We don’t
sell ‘no-name’ type batteries!
Lithium camera
Digicam Traveller
Digispeed 4
One hour ultra-fast NiMH charger for
1–4 AA or AAA batteries. Mains/car use.
Microprocessor control using Delta peak
techniques ensures that each cell is indivually monitored to prevent damage. Each
slot has a charging indicator, and it comes
with a mains or car lighter adaptor.
Complete with 4 x 2200MaH AA batts
ANDS4 £49.95
Ideal for all mobile applications
including flash, CDs, PDAs etc.
Charges 4 x 2000mAh NiMH AA batteries
in 4 hours. Will also discharge safely. Each
cell is monitored and faulty cells are
detected. Multi-voltage use; complete
with UK, US, and Euro adaptors.
Complete with 4 x 2000mAh AA batts
ANDT £44.95
2CR5 6v
CRP2P 6v
CR123A 3v
CR2 3v
CR2016 3v
CR2025 3v
CR2032 3v
CRL1/3N 3v
PX28L 6v
1–2
3.99
4.09
1.99
2.29
0.99
0.99
0.99
3.35
6.09
3–5
3.59
3.69
1.85
2.15
0.89
0.89
0.89
3.09
5.69
6+
3.25
3.45
1.69
1.99
0.79
0.79
0.79
2.89
5.29
Lithium general purpose
Photocam Plus
BAL2AA
Economical charger
for AA or AAA batts
9 hour overnight
charge for NiMH batteries. Complete with 4 x
2000mAh batts
ANPP £15.95
AA 2 pack
5.39
4.99
4.65
Alkaline general purpose
BA4AA
BAD4AA
BA4AAA
BAC2
BAPP3
AA 4 pack
Duracell AA x4
AAA 4 pack
C 2 pack
PP3 9v block
1.49
2.89
1.49
1.79
1.79
1.39
2.59
1.39
1.59
1.59
1.29
2.45
1.29
1.45
1.45
3.09
1.19
2.89
1.09
Silver oxide camera
Ansmann NiMH batteries
AN4AAA
AN4AA
AN2C
AN2D
AN9V
BA2CR5
BACRP2P
BACR123A
BACR2
BACR2016
BACR2025
BACR2032
BAK58L
BAK28L
AAA 700mAh x 4. . . . . . . . 7.99
AA 2200mAh x 4 . . . . . . . 10.50
C 3500mAh x 2 . . . . . . . . 11.50
D 8000mAh x 2 . . . . . . . . 17.50
9v block 250mAh x 1 . . . . 9.25
BAPX28
BAKS76
PX28 6v
PX76 1.5v
3.35
1.35
Wein Zinc-Air cells
Energy 8
Quick desktop charger for 1–6 AAA or
AA, 1–4 C or D, plus 1–2 9v block.
Charges NiCad or NiMH batteries in any
combination. Automatic micropocessor
control of charging for each cell. Faulty
cell detection. As a guide, a 2000MaH AA
battery takes 4 hours from fully
discharged. Not supplied with batteries.
ANE8 £49.95
Also available:
Energy 4 As above, but taking 1–4 AA or
AAA plus 1–4 9v block. Not supplied with
batteries. ANE4 £39.95
Energy 16 As above, but taking 1–16 AA
or AAA or 1–6 C or D, plus 1–4 9v block.
Not supplied with batteries. ANE16 £89.95
98 Speed Graphic
Battery storage box
Store up to 8 x AA, or CR123A or memory
cards. Avoids accidental shorting or
discharging. Charged and uncharged
sections are marked. ANBB £2.95
Battery Box including 8 x
2200mAh Ansmann batteries
ANBBKIT
22
£
Mercury cell sale and production now outlawed
in the EC, there is a problem for owners of older
cameras using PX625, PX400 and PX675
mercury batteries. These require a voltage of
1.35v, and any alkaline replacement will be
1.5v which will lead to metering errors. These
cells give the correct voltage, are environmentally safe, and have a 10 year shelf life.
1–2
3+
WEB400 Wein PX400
4.99 4.49
WEB625 Wein PX625
4.99 4.49
WEB675 Wein PX675
4.99 4.49
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
BOOKS
Leica Guides
Leica M7 & Leica MP
Richard Hünecke
An in depth
appraisal of the
latest models in the
M rangefinder
series. Hardback
240pp.
BKH09 £19.95
Collectors’ Guides
Nikon Compendium 2
Stafford, Hillebrand and Hauschild
Completely
revised including chapters
devoted to
digital
cameras, this
is the most
recently
published
book of its
type. With
over 1000
pictures of
equipment past and present, it’s a must
for the Nikon devotee. Hardback 424pp.
BK113 £39.95
Hasselblad Compendium
Rick Nordin
Covers the
early history of
Hasselblad
through to the
latest cameras
and accessories, including flash,
projectors and
underwater
housings in 763
photographs. Hardback 300pp.
BK112 £34.95
Other titles
BK106
BKH01
BKH02
BKH03
BKH04
BKH05
BKH06
Canon Compendium . . . . 24.95
Zeiss Compendium . . . . . 29.95
Nikon Rangefinder Cams. 19.95
Japanese 35mm SLRs . . . 22.95
Kodak Cameras . . . . . . . . 29.95
Spycamera - Minox story. 19.95
Exakta Cameras . . . . . . . 19.95
FAX: 01420 543 544
Leica Pocket Book 7th edition
International Blue Book
Leica Lens Compendium
Erwin Puts
The author is an
expert on Leica
lenses, having
used and tested
them for many
years. The book
covers the majority of lenses
produced up until
Photokina 2002,
and discusses their suitability for various
photographic projects. Hardback. 240pp
BK127 £34.95
14th Edition
Edited by John Wade, and bigger than
ever, including more cameras from the
post-1945 period, this is the most
comprehensive directory of collectable
cameras there is. As well as being a directory of equipment, there is much general
information, including a section about
collecting via the Internet. Softback
630pp. BK125 £24.95
An illustrated compact
guide to Leica cameras and
lenses from 1925 to the
new products launched at
Photokina 2002. With
latest available production
figures and serial numbers.
An essential companion to
the Leica Price Guide.
Softback ‘diary’ style.
280pp. BK163 £19.95
Collector’s Guide to Classic
Cameras 1945-85 John Wade
Leica International Price
Guide 8th edition
Here are the
cameras which will
be familiar to
many, and the
author gives a
comprehensive
exposition of the
many different
styles and specifications and
advances in technology in the period,
with many illustrations. Hardback 192pp
BKH07 £22.95
Items are keyed to the page on which they
are shown in the 7th Edition Leica Pocket
Book, Leica Accessory Guide and Leica
Collector’s Guide. Softback 120p.
BKH10 £9.00
Leica Collectors’ Guide 2nd Ed
Dennis Laney
The definitive
and most
comprehensive
reference book
for all Leica
enthusiasts,
collectors and
dealers. A
historical introduction is
followed by
chapters
describing all cameras, lenses, accessories, medical and scientific, enlarging
and projection equipment, and binoculars. With production figures, serial
numbers, code-word details. Hardback.
500pp BK155 £59.95
Leica M Compendium Eastland
Leica R8 Jonathan Eastland
Covers all models
from 1954 up until
the M6. Jonathan
Eastland is a wellknown Leica buff
and photojournalist, so the text has
plenty of advice for
the budding
Lartigue or
Cartier-Bresson.
Hardback 208pp. BK138 £29.95
A comprehensive
guide to the
camera and R
system for the
owner or prospective purchaser.
Hardback. 190pp
BK153 £19.95
Asahi Pentax 35mm Cameras
Danilo Cecchi
In recent years in
the shadow of Nikon
and Canon, the
classic Pentax SLRs
of the ‘60s and ‘70s
are now becoming
collectible (as well
as being still very
useable). The book
covers the period
1952–1989. Hardback 192pp.
BKH08 £19.95
Leica R Compendium
Jonathan Eastland
Covers the SLR system from its inception
in 1965 to 1996. As well as a guide to
handling and useage, it covers all the
many lenses and accessories in detail,
with copious illustration. Hardback
186pp. BK139 £29.95
Other Leica titles
Leica M6 TTL Hunecke
BK132 £19.95
Leica M6 to M1 Matheson/Laney
BKH11 £19.95
Leica R7 Landt
BKH12 £19.95
Leica R6 Meisnitzer
BKH12 £19.95
Speed Graphic
99
BOOKS
General reference
Hove Manuals
take you stepby-step
through the
camera functions with reference to common
photographic
techniques.
Major system
accessories are
also covered.
Hove Guides
All priced at £10.95
BK049
Bronica ETR-Si/SQ-Ai/GS-1
BK010
Canon EOS 100
BK061
Canon EOS 3
BK062
Canon EOS 30/33
BK063
Canon EOS 300
BK021
Canon EOS 5
BK012
Canon EOS 50/50E
BK011
Canon EOS 500/500N
BK014
Canon Speedlites (inc 550/380)
BK043
Minolta Dynax 7xi
BK026
Minolta Dynax 9xi
BK065
Minolta Dynax 500si Spr/300si
BK047
Minolta Dynax 600si
BK046
Minolta Dynax 700si
BK027
Minolta Dynax 7000i
BK041
Minolta Dynax 8000i
BK042
Minolta X300/X700
BK032
Nikon F4/F4S/F4E/F3
BK036
Nikon F401/S/X
BK033
Nikon F601 AF & M
BK034
Nikon F70
BK031
Nikon F801S
BK048
Nikon Speedlites SB24/25/26
BK037
Pentax K1000/P30n
BK057
Pentax MZ5/MZ10/Z1P/Z70
The Nikon Handbook
by Peter Brasczko
The most
complete and upto-date guide of
Nikon equipment. This is a
whopping book
which details
nearly every Nikon item ever made, from
rangefinders to accessories, compacts to
other maker’s cameras with Nikon lenses.
Over 1200 products illustrated. Softback
460pp BK2580 £29.95
100 Speed Graphic
Infra-red Photography
Using the View Camera
A complete workshop guide by Hugh Milsom
by Steve Simmons
Covers view
camera design,
lenses, movements, optical
principles,
camera operation, plus film
choice and
processing, with
particular reference to the Zone
System. Softback 140pp. BK511 £17.99
The Hand Exposure Meter
Book
A concise guide to
using meters,
with three top US
photographers
showing how they
use them to get
spot-on exposure
accuracy in all
kinds of
situations. Softback 84pp BK 228 £15.95
The Complete Guide to
Colour Fraser and Banks
Explains key elements of colour theory,
practice and
application.
CMYK, RGB and
more – it’s all
here in this
definitive reference book.
Softback 224pp
BK869 £19.95
Photographer’s Guide to
Using Filters Joseph Meehan
A more technically
oriented book,
which offers
detailed information on colour
compensation
filters as well as
more general filter
applications.
Softback 144pp
BK509 £18.95
Night & Low Light
Photography Lee Frost
Twilight, moonlight,
cityscapes, lighting,
fireworks – all are
covered by this
book, as are film
types and film
uprating, filtration,
mixed flash and
ambient lighting,
recriprocity, and
more. Softback 192pp BK2671 £14.99
Covers both black and white and colour
infra-red photography. There’s a step-bystep guide for the beginner on both
exposing and developing the film, and the
book has over 200 photographs from
leading practioners of the craft. Softback
176pp BK2574 £24.95
Medium and Large Format
Photography Hicks and Schultz
Aimed at the
35mm user
wishing to make
the step up to a
larger format.
Covers a wide
range of
cameras old and
new, lenses,
techniques and
darkroom.
Copiously illustrated. Hardback 160pp BK2692 £22.50
Medium Format
Photography by Lief Ericksenn
Covers choice of format, the various
camera systems, lenses and their performance, film loading and processing, exposure and lighting, and projection. 144pp.
BK577 £17.99
Creative Exposure Control
Les Meehan
Excellent title
explaining the intricacies of precise
exposure control with
great clarity. Covers
in-camera and handheld metering,
through adjusting
exposure at the
camera and exposure
stage, plus visualising
the finished result with reference to the
Zone System concept.
Softback 126pp BK382 £14.99
Photographs that sell and
sell Roger Antrobus
Stock photography can be a
lucrative and
steady source
of income.
Antrobus is a
UK photographer with over
5000 images
lodges with
libraries. This
book shows
which kind of images are most wanted,
how to go about selecting them, and
photographing them to ensure the quality
which is required by the libraries. Covers
both film and digital pics. Hardback
128pp. BK385 £17.99
Professional Architectural
Photography Michael Harris
Starting with some architectural information including
a glossary of
terms, the
book then
takes a
detailed look
at photographic
equipment
and techniques, and
then has a
step-by-step
review of an actual assignment. Softback
184pp. BK638 £22.99
Also in the same series:
Professional Interior Photography
BK637 £22.99
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
BOOKS
Nature and landscape
John Shaw’s Landscape
Photography
Complete Guide to Close-Up
and Macro Photography
Those with a yen
for the Great
American
Outdoors will
revel in the fabulous photographs
in this popular
book, and proves
that with the
right technique,
stunningly sharp
and detailed photographs can be achieved
on 35mm. America’s leading outdoors
photographer also packs in a lot of solid
detail, technique and equipment advice,
with a highly readable style.
Softback 144pp BK562 £17.99
Paul HarcourtDavies
The original
complete guide
to close-up and
macro photography from a
flower and
insect specialist. Large
format 160pp
hardback.
Recommended.
Softback 160pp BK262 £14.99
Large Format Nature
Photography Jack Dykinga
A check through
Outdoor
Photography
each month
reveals that
many leading
landscape
photographers
are wedded to a
4x5” camera.
The quality of
the images in this book shows just what
can be achieved, and if you are planning
to move to a larger format and want to
know how it’s done, this is an excellent
introduction. Softback 142pp
BK537 £19.95
Nature Photography Field
Guide John Shaw
A detailed guide to
the equipment and
techniques
needed. Covers
animal and landscape subjects.
Superb photos
accompany the
typically pithy and
well-written Shaw
text. Softback 144pp BK532 £16.95
FAX: 01420 543 544
Photographing Wild Birds
First Light Joe Cornish
Chris Gomersall
A lavishly illustrated guide to
techniques
used by the
author and
many other
leading bird
photographers.
There’s an
extensive
section on light
control, and the book concludes with
several case studies of particular species.
Hardback 160pp BK2693 £19.99
Anybody who
regularly reads
most of the UK
photo magazines
will be familiar
with the work of
Joe Cornish, and
this book covers
subjects from his
native Yorkshire
to Colorado and
beyond. Shot on
4x5” in the main
and superbly reproduced, this is an exceptional book. Although technical details
are given for each photograph, the narrative concentrates on the thought
processes involved in the making of the
photograph, and it makes for excellent
reading. Hardback 160pp. BK2774 £25.00
Other titles
Creative Landscape Photography Benvie
BK2672 £19.99
Art of Landscape Photoraphy Chris Coe
BK2584 £19.95
Photographing Plants and Gardens
BK274 £14.99
Photographing the Patterns of Nature
BK573 £17.99
Small Things Big
Paul Harcourt-Davies
Covers much of the
ground of the book
above, but slightly less
technical approach and
includes digital. Hardback
160pp BK2698 £19.99
Digital Nature Photography
Photographing Plants &
Flowers Paul Harcourt-Davies
Leading UK specialist in this area explains
what techniques are required to shoot
plants from infinity to a few cm. Includes
outdoor and indoor photography.
Hardback 160pp BK378 £17.99
Jonathan Cox
Techniques and
advice on the
subject with
specific advice for
the digital camera
user. Softback
160pp
BKA02 £16.95
Photographic Hints and Tips Series
The Making of Landscape
Photographs Charlie Waite
One of the UK’s
leading practitioners sets out the
thinking and techniques which
enable a good
landscape shot to
be made. Great
ones often include
patience and luck
as well, and there
are many stunning
photos included, each chosen to illustrate
a theme or point of technique. Softback
160pp BK376 £12.99
Nicely produced hardback books with 112pp
written by UK experts in their fields, packed
with hints and tips and good photographs.
The Business of Nature
Photography John Shaw
Photographing Animals in the Wild
Andy Rouse
Aimed at the novice nature photographer.
There are specific chapters on badgers, foxes,
deer and urban wildlife, plus equipment choice
etc. Hardback 112pp BK2590 £12.95
Photographing Butterflies & Other Insects
Paul Hicks
Offers many tricks of the trade to help master a
difficult but very rewarding branch of photography. Hardback 96pp BK217 £12.95
Photographing Birds in the Wild Paul Hicks
Hide and car photography, fill-in flash and
more are all covered in this excellent primer.
BK2591 £12.95
One of the most lucrative and enjoyable
areas of
photography, if
you can find a
way in.
America’s most
prolific author
of nature
photography
books tells you
how, in a typically detailed
and well-written book, with some of his
stunning photographs to inspire.
Hardback 142pp BK587 £26.95
Speed Graphic 101
BOOKS
People
Digital Photography Expert
Photographing People
Michael Freeman
The first
title in a
new series
of books by
Freeman for
ILEX
publishing,
is aimed at
the novice
photographer, and
shows professional techniques for improving portraits, with particular reference to
digital capture and manipulation.
Softback 160pp BK872 £17.95
Weddings Annabel Williams
One of the
leading exponents of
reportage style
wedding
photography
reveals her
approach to
weddings. As
well as covering some of
the technical aspects of the photography
and organisation, there is a good section
on album presentation and marketing.
Softback 144pp BK2613 £24.95
Photographing People
Edited highlights from
three of the
best-selling
Rotovision
titles –
Portraits,
Fashion and
Glamour.
Stylistically it
tends towards
the modern,
especially in
the last two
sections, but at the low price it’s top value
for money. Hardback 304pp
BK2631 £16.95
102 Speed Graphic
Commercial Portraits
Annabel Williams
Gone are the stiff, slightly unreal portraits
of old. Today’s family buyer wants relaxed
‘unposed’, often monochrome shots,
which demand a different client/photographer relationship. Williams is a pioneer
of the style, and explains her approaches
and how to
market
yourself to
increase
income.
Softback
144pp
BK2611
£22.50
Professional Techniques for
the Wedding Photographer
George Schaub
A US bestseller, recently
updated to
include the
latest trends in
digital photography and
internet
marketing.
Although styles
of wedding
photography differ on this side of the
Atlantic, this book includes hundreds of
tips for improving photos and boosting
sales which will have universal application. Softback 144pp. BK536 £17.95
Creative Canine Photography
Larry Allan
People to
some people.
An expert’s
guide to
achieving
best-in-show
photos. Shows
you how to
avoid dog redeye, expose
detail in fur,
and most importantly, how to get the
pooch to look at the camera. Softback
192pp BKA01 £17.99
Darkroom & black and white
Darkroom Basics Hicks and Schultz
. . . and beyond.
Starting with
how to put
together a darkroom, the
authors guide
you through the
essential equipment, basic
processing and
printing techniques, to end with some more advanced
printing techniques. Well-illustrated, with
reference to older as well as current
equipment. Softback 128pp
BK398 £12.99
The Master Photographer’s
Toning Book Tim Rudman
As it says on the
cover, this truly
is ‘the definite
guide’. Sepia,
polysulphide,
selenium, gold,
blue, copper,
green, FSA,
silver, bronze,
even tea and
coffee! As well
as a detailed step-by-step exposition of
the process, there are practical tips highlighted, and recipes for making your own
toners. Printed on quality art paper.
Softback 208pp BK 2785 £25.00
Way Beyond Monochrome
Lambrecht & Woodhouse
For the advanced and more technicallyminded printer, this book explores
techiques of negative and print control
using pictures, graphs and tables. It also
has useful information on setting up a darkroom. Softback 304pp BK2595 £29.95
Other darkroom titles
The Master Printer’s Workbook McLeod
BK2636 £24.95
Larry Bartlett’s Black & White Printing
BK244 £24.95
Beyond Monochrome - A Fine Art Printing
Workshop BK2587 £29.95
Ilford Multigrade IV Deluxe Manual
ILMGMAN £7.50
Hand Colouring & Alternative Darkroom
Processes Sanderson BK2539 £19.95
Advanced Processing and
Printing Adrian Ensor
Even if you
never get
around to trying
some of the
techniques of
this master
printer, you’ll
enjoy the superb
photos from
many famous
photographers
and the print quality achieved. Straight
prints are compared with the finished
image. Softback 128pp BK2536 £22.50
Historic Photographic
Processes
How to create handmade photographic
images. Covers salted paper prints,
albumen, cyanotype, kallitype, platinum/palladium, carbon/carbo, gum
bichromate and bromoil. Fascinating
stuff, and interesting even if you never
get to try them out. Better if you do, of
course. BK2780 £22.50
Ansel Adams and the Zone System
The Practical Zone System (Focal Press)
BK628 £27.50
The Zone System for 35mm Photographers
BK633 £25.99
The Camera Ansel Adams
Softback BK461 £16.99
The Negative Ansel Adams
Softback BK462 £16.99
The Print Ansel Adams
Softback BK460 £16.99
Ansel Adams – An Autobiography
BK410 £10.99
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
BOOKS
Digital
Photoshop CS - Essential
Skills Galer & Andrews
Digital Darkroom
Masterclass Max Ferguson
The Photographer’s Website
Manual Philip Andrews
Adobe Photoshop Elements
A comprehensive guide to
using
Photoshop,
from ensuring
best possible
capture of the
image, colour
management
and printing,
to carefully
graded tutorials on using layers and channels, selections, retouching and special effects,
filters, plus preparing images for the web
and more. Sample images and more are
downloadable from a companion website.
BK824 £18.99
A leading
monochrome
printer
explains how
he has
converted
established
darkroom
techniques to
Photoshop.
Dodging and
burning, tinting restoring old photos, the
‘digital stocking filter’, and more are
covered in this thorough book, aimed at
the more advanced user. With CD-ROM
Softback 214pp BK809 £29.99
The Internet is proving to be an important
promotion and
information tool
for the photographer. This book
takes you from
Web basics to
choosing a
program to
create a site, and
then into detail
about image optimising, planning the
structure of the site and more advanced
design features, with clear step-by-step
illustrations. Softback 144pp
BK2676 £16.99
Adobe Photoshop CS for
Photographers Martin Evening
Step-By-Step Digital
Landscape Photography
This is not a comprehensive guide to
Photoshop, but a practical guide to all the
features relevant to the photographer,
written in clear
fashion, with
many example
tutorials.
Features of v7.0
not available in
earlier versions
are highlighted,
and all
commands are
given for Mac
and PC.
Complete with CD-ROM. Softback 554pp.
BK820 £29.99
Photoshop 7.0 for Photographers
Still available at press time. BK677 £29.99
Tim Gartside
A well-known
name from UK
magazines for
many years,
the author
gives a full
exposition of
his techniques
from image
capture to
output, with
many superb photographs. There are
several easy to follow tutorials explaining
some of these techniques. Softback 144pp
BK864 14.95
Philip Andrews
Adobe’s muchimproved
‘starter’ version
of Photoshop,
now being
bundled with
many products,
offers most
photographers
all they will ever
need to produce
top-quality prints. The author assumes no
previous knowledge of digital techniques,
and as well as taking you through the
features of the program, explains many of
the terms and procedures of image
capture and output. Latest edition covers
version 2.0 as well as 1.0. Softback 294pp
BK672 £19.99
Advanced Photoshop
Elements Philip Andrews
Having mastered
the basics, this
book will
develop skills
and show just
how powerful
this ‘basic’
program is.
Aimed at the
digital photographer, the book
covers best practice techniques for
capture by camera and scanner,
Photoshop’s Selections, Layers and useful
effects. Panoramas, web site building,
graphics and colour managing workflow
are also covered. Excellent book.
Softback. 278pp BK821 £19.99
Photoshop CS A-Z Peter Bargh
Alphabetical visual
reference to all the
features of the
latest Photoshop,
but including a
chart indicating
differences of
earlier versions.
Softback. 188pp
BK822 £16.99
FAX: 01420 543 544
AVA ‘Comprehensive Guide
to...’ Series
Digital Landscape
Photography John Clements
Clements as
usual includes a
lot of good
information,
and if your preference is for
landscape
photography
and you have, or
intend to buy a
digital camera,
this book will serve as a solid introduction. Softback 128pp BK2674 £14.95
Digital Portrait Photography
Duncan Evans BKAVA1. . . . . . . . . . . 14.95
Digital Glamour Photography
Duncan Evans BKAVA2. . . . . . . . . . . 14.95
Digital Black & White Photography
John Clements BKAVA3 . . . . . . . . . . 14.95
Digital Close-Up Photography
John Clements BKAVA4 . . . . . . . . . . 14.95
Digital Image Output
Duncan Evans BKAVA5. . . . . . . . . . . 14.95
Digital: Wedding & Portrait
Photography Lacey and Henshall
Expressly aimed
at the photographer converting
to digital capture.
Covers the technology, compares
digital with film,
the cons and (as
you can imagine)
largely pros of
doing so, and has many case histories of
professionals who have made the leap to a
purely digital workflow. Softback 128pp
BK2677 £24.95
Creative Digital Printmaking
Theresa Airey
For those
looking to go
beyond a
straightforward
inkjet print,
this may well be
an inspiring
book. It
discusses
colour management, ink types
and papers as well as Photoshop techniques aimed at achieving painterly and
artistic techniques. There are many stepby-step examples, as well as a gallery of
images from leading US and UK exponents. Softback 192pp BK552 £17.95
Speed Graphic 103
Some notes about ‘dpi’ etc.
DIGITAL IMAGING
Choosing a scanner
We assume that most of our customers
will be looking to make high quality
images, probably printing them on an
inkjet printer, and will be using a
negative or slide as a start point.
That’s why we don’t sell low price
flatbeds, which are great for prints but
don’t have the resolution for negs or
slides. Higher priced flatbeds, adapted
for transparencies, are superior in both
lens and mechanical quality, which
means that for medium format slides,
they can be used for many purposes.
For 35mm users, dedicated film
scanners (for the price of a high quality
lens) deliver superb results.
Scanning resolution
is described in ‘dpi’ (dots per inch), in
slightly different ways for film and
flatbed scanners.
Film scanners will have a single
dpi figure. 2900dpi means 2900 x 2900
pixels on the sensor.
Flatbeds will have (e.g.) 1200 x
2400 dpi resolution. The first figure is
the sensor dpi – across the scanner.
The second is the number of steps the
scanner takes along the length of the
scanner bed. The first figure is the
more important indication of quality.
Film scanners
Printers
Epson Stylus Photo R300
Our price includes 2.5”
LCD monitor worth £79
Minolta Dimage Scan Dual 4
Nikon Coolscan V ED
USB scanner with easy ‘one-click’
approach (or you can turn on a more
advanced screen when you get more proficient), with optional image enhancement.
Automated scanning of up to six
35mm pictures.
Latest in the excellent Coolscan series has
4000dpi, 7-element ED lens, stable LED
light source requiring no warm-up.
Also included is the latest Digital ICE4
software which as well as removing dust,
scratches and other defects from images,
will now restore faded colours, improve
grain, and more.
3200dpi optical resolution
48 bit colour input, 24 bit output
3.6 density range
Scan speed: 6 secs preview, 21 full resolution scan.
Supplied with Photoshop Elements
Windows 98 to XP; Mac OS8.5–9, 10.1.5
USB 2.0/1.1 interface
MNSD4 £269.00
4000 dpi optical resolution
42 bit colour input and 48/24 output
4.2 density range
Typical full res scan speed 38 secs
Windows 98SE, Me, 2000, XP; Mac
OS9.0+, OSX10.1.3+.
USB2.0/1.1 interface
NKLS50 £449.00
Using a six-ink system for superb quality
and maximum ink economy, the R300 is
ideal for either connection to a computer
or for standalone use with digital cameras.
Borderless printing up to A4 at 5760
optimised dpi.
Integrated memory card slot for CF, xD,
SM, SD, MS etc
Design and print CDs and DVDs with the
supplied software.
Back up images to a compatible CD-R or
Zip at the touch of a button.
EPR300 £156.00
Epson Stylus Photo 2100
Print resolution
Printers, like flatbeds, have two figures
– the smaller (e.g. 1440dpi) refers to
the number of dots of ink per inch
which the printer is capable of laying
down. The second is the number of
lines along the length of the print.
Both should not be confused with the
output resolution which you will set
when using a film scanner.
For optimum quality for most
printing, 300dpi output resolution is
fine. Any higher figure will result in
very large file sizes which will clog the
computer and take ages to print, with
barely discernible improvement.
So by a quick mental calculation,
it’s easy to see what print size along
the long side at maximum print quality
can be achieved from 35mm. For
example: 2900dpi ÷ 300 dpi x 1.375=
13.3”. In fact, you will find that excellent prints can be made at 200dpi.
104 Speed Graphic
Minolta Scan Elite 5400
Sets a new resolution level for desktop film
scanners, allowing a 300dpi A3+ print to be
made. Multiple scanning up to 16x is available for really dense slides, and it will
batch scan up to 6 frames. Prescan time
around 10 secs. Full resolution scan 60-69
secs.
Nikon Super Coolscan 5000 ED
The professional’s choice with unmatched
scan speed and an optional roll-film
adaptor capable of scanning a whole film,
or 50-slide bulk feeder. Includes Digital
ICE4 software.
5400 dpi optical resolution
48 bit colour input and 48/24 output
4.8 density range
Supplied with Digital ICE software
Windows 98SE/2000/Me/XP; Mac
OS8.6–9.x, OS10.2.1
4000 dpi optical resolution
48 bit colour input; 48 or 24 bit output
4.8 density range
Typical full res scan time 20 secs
Supplied with Nikon Scan 4 software
Windows 98SE, 2000, Me, XP; Mac
OS9.1+, OSX10.1.5+
Firewire and USB2.0/1.1 interface
MNSE5400 £529.00
USB2.0/1.1 or Firewire interface
NKLS5000 £899.00
The current standard in A3+ printers.
Long lasting lightfast prints from ink
system, with interchangeable matt and
photo black inks for matt and gloss media.
2880 x 1440dppi print resolution
Straight paper prices for CD and other
media printing up to 1.3mm thick.
Border-free prints up to A3+
Supplied grey balancer software for calibrating black and white printing.
EP2100 £445.00
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55
DIGITAL IMAGING
Hi-Touch Printers
Dye-sublimation printing has been around
for some time, but generally only at high
prices. Instead of an inkhead, these printers pass the paper three times over red,
green and blue dye ribbons which transfer
the colour (or ‘sublimate’) to the paper.
Compared to inkjet printing, dye-sub
offers several adbantages:
Economy. Paper and ribbons are
supplied in a pack which is loaded into the
printer. As there is exactly the right quantity of ribbon for the paper, there’s no
waste, unlike many inkjet cartridges.
Speed. A print is produced in around 45
seconds.
Durability. The print is completely dry
on exit, and has similar lightfastnes to a
conventional photo print.
General digital accessories
Camera Bellows Screen Shades
Digital Screen Shade
Improves LCD screen contrast on
digital cameras. There are three sizes
(measured diagonally across the
screen). The shade is secured by means
of small velcro tabs which are glued to
each corner, allowing it to be removed when
not required. Each type £14.95
CBDS1
Small 1.5–1.8” screens
CBDS2
Medium 2” screens
CBDS3
Large 2.25” screens
CBDS4
XL 2.5” screens
Hama LCD screen protector
Creates a
protective
cover to stop
LCD camera
monitors
being
scratched.
The pack contains 3 x 8.5 x 6cm sheets
which can be cut to suit the monitor. A
handy extra feature – two horizontal and
two vertical lines – which helps in aligning
pictures – so no more sloping horizons!
HA47184 £6.95
Kata F-417 Field Laptop
Case
Versions with built-in magnifier
The two larger sizes are available with a
high quality glass magnifier. This also
doubles as a makeshift loupe!
Each £29.50
CBDS1M Small 1.5–1.8” screens
CBDS2M Medium 2” screens
CBDS3M Large 2.25” screens
CBDS4M XL 2.5” screens
Video Screen Shade
Elasticated and adjustable fixing means
that the shade will fit over just about any
camcorder monitor of the style shown
above. Available in two sizes, each £29.40
CBVS1
Small 1.8”–2.5” screens
CBVS2
Large 2.5”–3” screens
Hi-Touch 640PS
Produces 6x4” prints
Needs no computer – the handheld
controller allows selection, editing and
adjustment of images.
403x403dpi is equivalent to 6400dpi on
an inkjet printer – just like a real photo.
Card slot supports CF/MS/SD/MMC/SM
1.6” colour LCD monitor
HT640PS £199.00
HT50PK64 6x4” 50 image paper kit . 16.95
Sticker kits also available
Hi-Touch 730PS
Gives the option of 8x6”, 7x5” and 6x4”
prints, and uses new generation print
technology for even better quality
HT730PS £329.00
HT60PK64 6x4” 60 image paper kit . 17.95
HT30PK75 7x5” 30 image paper kit . 14.95
HT30PK86 8x6” 30 image paper kit . 20.95
FAX: 01420 543 544
Manfrotto 783 Side Arm and
Laptop Platform
Laptop Screen
Shade
Effectively shades the screen in bright
conditions (and can keep prying eyes
away from sensitive documents!). Uses
Camera Bellows’ unique self-supporting
structure, so can be moved to the exact
angle required and will stay in position.
Slots over the back of a laptop screen
without the need for awkward fixings, and
Provides a carrying solution and a workstation all in one. The detachable
adjustable hood shades the screen and
provides extra padding in transit.
A removeable partition allows you to
divide the main compartment to store a
mouse, charger, or extra drive. Numerous
padded pockets store CDs, phone, PDA
papers and more.
Can be carried by handle, shoulder
strap or on a trolley handle.
KTF417 £128.00
when finished with, folds down flat to slip
inside a laptop bag. Five types – sizes
quoted are width x height:
CBLS1
13” screen. 11.5x9.5”. . . 86.25
CBLS2
14.5” screen. 12.75x10” . 86.25
CBLS3
15.5” screen. 14x10.25” . 86.25
CBLS4
16” screen. 14x11.5” . . . 98.50
CBLS5
17” screen. 15.5x10.5” . . 98.50
Uses the same platform as the MN183 on
page 82, but attached to an articulated,
locking arm which clamps to the leg of any
suitably robust tripod. Ideal for a tethered
digital back, or for photographers working
from a fixed position needing to dump a
large quantity of pictures to a computer.
MA783 £76.00
Speed Graphic 105
DIGITAL IMAGING
Inkjet paper
Ilford Galerie
Galerie Classic
250gsm
With suitable inks
and out-of-sunlight
storage, this paper
has a 20 year life.
The pearl finish
minimises fingerprints and prevents
glare, whilst giving
great sharpness. Requires careful handling
for a short period after printing.
Fuji Multijet
A range of high performance, professional
quality papers designed to meet the
requirements of critical photographers.
Both types have a bright white finish with
super-smooth surface, and are instant
dry. Multijet Premium is a heavyweight
resin-coated paper with the look and feel
of a true photographic print. Multijet
High Quality is similar, but on a lighter
base, suitable for prints which are for
presentation in frames or albums.
FUJI TRIAL OFFER
Buy an A4 10 sheet pack of
Premium Glossy (£7.99), and get
a pack of Premium Satin A4
FREE
(Code FJMJK: 1 per customer)
Multijet Premium Gloss 270gsm
FJPGA430
A4 (30 sheets) . . . . . . 9.95
FJPGA450
A4 (50 sheets) . . . . . 14.95
FJPGA320
A3 (20 sheets) . . . . . 15.95
Multijet Premium Satin 270gsm
FJPSA430
A4 (30 sheets) . . . . . . 9.95
FJPSA450
A4 (50 sheets) . . . . . 14.95
FJPSA320
A3 (20 sheets) . . . . . 15.95
High Quality Gloss 210gsm
FJHGA430
A4 (30 sheets) . . . . . . 8.95
Galerie Smooth
280gsm
Instant-dry with
vivid colour reproduction with heavyweight base. Up to
10 years lightfastness.
Olmec
ICI Olmec
An excellent
range of papers
made in the UK
which is fully
compatible with
most manufacturers’ printers,
including Epson.
Using the ‘Photo
Film’ setting will
give perfect touch-dry prints (and use less
ink in the process), with accurate colour.
Distribution of Olmec has moved to
Paterson Photographic, who are carrying a
much wider range of paper. We are able to
get any of this range within 2-3 days (if
available from stock at Paterson). These
non-stocked lines are marked with an
asterisk (*).
Canon
OLMEC SAMPLE PACK
Photo Paper Pro
Photo weight paper for highest quality
output on Canon printers
CAPA415
A4 (15 sheets) . . . . . . 9.95
CAPA315
A3 (15 sheets) . . . . . 20.95
2 sheets Artist Matt 310gsm
3 sheets Optimum Gloss 260gsm
3 sheets Optimum Satin 260gsm
2 sheets High Resolution Matt 230gsm
OLSP £4.99
106 Speed Graphic
Smooth Fine Art
190gsm
100% rag, acid-free
textured matt
surface paper, ideal
for high quality fine
art photographs.
Fast drying, and
compatible with all
major dye and
pigment ink printers.
NEW Smooth Heavyweight Matte
A double-sided 200gsm paper with a very
smooth surface for fine art, high quality
brochures and flyers. Fast drying.
NEW High Gloss Media
235gsm film based media to give prints
with a super glossy Ilfochrome look.
Instant dry.
Smooth Gloss 280gsm
ILGSGA425 A4 (25 sheets) . . . . . . 7.60
ILGSGA4100 A4 (100 sheets) . . . . 26.95
ILGSGA325 A3 (25 sheets) . . . . . 19.00
ILGSGA3+25 A3+ (25 sheets) . . . . 21.00
Optimum Gloss 260gsm
Heavyweight 260gsm paper which feels like
a real photo print.
OLOGA420
A4 (20 sheets) . . . . . . 8.50
OLOGA450
A4 (50 sheets) . . . . . 16.95
OLOGA330
A3 (30 sheets) . . . . . 26.95
OLOGA3+30 A3+ (30 sheets) . . . . 41.50
OLOGA230
A2 (30 sheets)* . . . . 57.95
OLOGR100
100mmx10m roll*. . . 13.95
OLOGR210
210mmx10m roll*. . . 23.95
OLOGR329
329mmx10m roll*. . . 31.00
OLOG6420
6x4” (20 sheets)*. . . . 4.95
OLOG7520
7x5” (20 sheets)*. . . . 7.25
Optimum Satin 260gsm
Same 260gsm weight, but with a ‘pearl’
type finish.
OLOSA420
A4 (20 sheets) . . . . . . 8.50
OLOSA450
A4 (50 sheets) . . . . . 16.95
OLOSA330
A3 (30 sheets) . . . . . 26.95
OLOSA3+30 A3+ (30 sheets) . . . . 41.50
OLOSA230
A2 (30 sheets)* . . . . 57.95
OLOSR100
100mmx10m roll*. . . 13.20
OLOSR210
210mmx10m roll*. . . 23.30
OLOSR329
329mmx10m roll*. . . 30.25
OLOS6420
6x4” (20 sheets)*. . . . 4.95
OLOS7520
7x5” (20 sheets)*. . . . 7.25
High Resolution Matt 230gsm
OLHRMA420 A4 (20 sheets) . . . . . . 7.95
OLHRMA450 A4 (50 sheets) . . . . . 14.75
OLHRMA320 A3 (30 sheets) . . . . . 24.80
OLHRMA3+20 A3+ (30 sheets)* . . . 37.95
Smooth Pearl 280gsm
ILGSPA425 A4 (25 sheets) . . . . . . 7.60
ILGSPA4100 A4 (100 sheets) . . . . 26.95
ILGSPA325 A3 (25 sheets) . . . . . 19.00
ILGSPA3+25 A3+ (25 sheets) . . . . 21.00
Classic Gloss 240gsm
ILGCGA425 A4 (25 sheets) . . . . . . 7.60
ILGCGA4100 A4 (100 sheets) . . . . 26.95
ILGCGA325 A3 (25 sheets) . . . . . 19.00
ILGCGA3+25 A3+ (25 sheets) . . . . 21.00
Classic Pearl 250gsm
ILGCPA425 A4 (25 sheets) . . . . . . 7.60
ILGCPA4100 A4 (100 sheets) . . . . 26.95
ILGCPA325 A3 (25 sheets) . . . . . 19.00
ILGCPA3+25 A3+ (25 sheets) . . . . 21.00
Fine Art 190gsm
ILGFAA410 A4 (10 sheets) . . . . . . 7.95
ILGFAA310 A3 (10 sheets) . . . . . 15.50
ILGFAA3+10 A3+ (10 sheets) . . . . 17.60
Smooth Heavyweight Matte 200gsm
ILGHMA450 A4 (50 sheets) . . . . . . 7.95
High Gloss Media 235gsm
ILGHGA425 A4 (25 sheets) . . . . . 12.75
LOWER PRICES
Artist Matt 310gsm
Lovely heavy cartridge style paper which
retains fantastic detail.
OLAMA420 A4 (20 sheets) . . . . . 15.50
OLAMA440 A4 (40 sheets) . . . . . 29.99
OLAMA320 A3 (20 sheets) . . . . . 38.80
Heavy Gloss 300gsm
For a realistic ‘double weight’ print feel.
Fast-dry polymeric coating. n.b. not recommended for printers with curved print path.
OLHGA420 A4 (20 sheets) . . . . . 11.65
OLHGA320 A3 (20 sheets)* . . . . 26.95
OLHGA3+20 A3+ (20 sheets)* . . . 36.50
Double Sided Matt/Matt 170gsm
OLDSMA4100 A4 (100 sheets)* . . . 11.75
Double Sided Semi-Gloss 270gsm
OLDSGA420 A4 (20 sheets)* . . . . 17.20
OLDSGA450 A4 (50 sheets)* . . . . 38.95
OLDSGA330 A3 (30 sheets)* . . . . 49.95
High Resolution Matt 180gsm
OLHRTA450 A4 (50 sheets)* . . . . . 8.50
OLHRTA4100 A4 (100 sheets)* . . . 11.95
Premium Gloss 170gsm
OLPGA420
A4 (20 sheets)* . . . . . 6.95
OLPGA450
A4 (50 sheets)* . . . . 11.95
Premium Satin 170gsm
OLPSA420
A4 (20 sheets)* . . . . . 6.95
OLPSA450
A4 (50 sheets)* . . . . 11.95
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30
DIGITAL IMAGING
Epson
Photo Quality Inkjet Paper and Photo
Paper
Can be used on
all printers:
standard matt
and gloss for
Stylus Photo
700 and EX
Premium
Glossy Photo
Fade resistant ‘gallery
quality’
gloss for
870/1270
onwards
Matte Paper Heavyweight
Gives similar quality to Premium Gloss:
870/1270 etc
Premium Semigloss Photo Paper
Similar to pearl photo paper: 870/1270
onwards
Photo Paper 194gsm
EP041140
A4 (20 sheets) . . . . . . 8.50
EP041142
A3 (20 sheets) . . . . . 23.20
Premium Glossy Photo 255gsm
EP041287
A4 (20 sheets) . . . . . 12.20
EP041315
A3 (20 sheets) . . . . . 30.60
EP041316
A3+ (20 sheets) . . . . 37.90
EP041303
100mm x 8m roll. . . . 14.30
Premium Semi Gloss 251gsm
EP041332
A4 (20 sheets) . . . . . 14.40
EP041334
A3 (20 sheets) . . . . . 32.10
Matte Heavyweight 167gsm
EP041256
A4 (50 sheets) . . . . . 10.50
EP041261
A3 (50 sheets) . . . . . 25.80
EP041264
A3+ (50 sheets) . . . . 31.25
Archival Matte
EP041342
A4 (50 sheets) . . . . . 11.95
EP041344
A3 (50 sheets) . . . . . 29.00
EP041340
A3+ (50 sheets) . . . . 36.50
Tetenal protective varnish
UV light degrades inkjet
images, so if you have an
older printer not capable
of printing on the latest
technology papers, this
will help extend display
life. Gloss or matt finish
(you can convert gloss
papers). 400ml can.
£8.95
TLPVG Gloss
TLPVM Matt
FAX: 01420 543 544
Ink
Epson
Stylus Photo 700/EX/750
EP050140
black . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.70
EP053040
colour . . . . . . . . . . . 15.60
Stylus Photo 810
EP026401
black . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.60
EP027401
colour . . . . . . . . . . . 17.99
Stylus Photo 870/890
EP007401
black . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.95
EP008401
colour . . . . . . . . . . . 15.20
Stylus Photo 1270/1290
EP007401
black . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.95
EP009401
colour . . . . . . . . . . . 20.30
Stylus Photo 950
EP033140
black . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.50
EP033240
cyan . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.50
EP033340
magenta. . . . . . . . . . 10.50
EP033440
yellow . . . . . . . . . . . 10.50
EP033540
light cyan . . . . . . . . . 10.50
EP033640
light magenta. . . . . . 10.50
Stylus Photo 2100
EP034140
photo black . . . . . . . 10.50
EP034240
cyan . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.40
EP034340
magenta. . . . . . . . . . 12.40
EP034440
yellow . . . . . . . . . . . 12.40
EP034540
light cyan . . . . . . . . . 12.40
EP034640
light magenta. . . . . . 12.40
EP034740
light black . . . . . . . . 12.40
EP034840
matt black . . . . . . . . 10.50
Stylus Photo R300/RX500
EP048140
black . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.25
EP048240
cyan . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.25
EP048340
magenta. . . . . . . . . . 11.25
EP048440
yellow . . . . . . . . . . . 11.25
EP048540
light cyan . . . . . . . . . 11.25
EP048640
light magenta. . . . . . 11.25
Jet Tec
Media
Save ££s on
ink costs
with these
top grade
UK-made inksets!
Memory cards
Jet Tec cartridges are high quality direct
replacements for printer manufacturers’
own cartridges. They are 100% compatible, and from our own tests produce
results indistinguishable from the original
brand.
Note that some black cartridges are
supplied in twin packs, and colours in sets
of two or three cartridges.
Epson fit cartridges
Stylus Photo 870/890
JTPE74 T007401 black (single) . . . 6.99
JTPE75 T008401 colour (single) . . 7.99
Stylus Photo 1270/1290
JTPE74 T007401 black (single) . . . 6.99
JTPE76 T009401 colour (single) . . 9.50
Stylus Photo 810
JTPE79 T026401 black (single) . . . 6.99
JTPE80 T027401 colour (single) . . 7.99
Stylus Photo 950
JTPE85B black (2 pack) . . . . . . . . 12.50
JTPE85C cyan/magenta/yellow (3)17.99
JTPE85LC light cyan/photo mag (2) 12.50
Stylus Photo R300/RX500
JTPE92B black (2 pack) . . . . . . . . 12.50
JTPE92C cyan/magenta/yellow (3)17.99
JTPE92LC light cyan/photo mag (2) 12.50
Stylus Photo R800
JTPE93 photo black (2 pack) . . . 12.50
JTPE93MB matt black (2 pack) . . . . 12.50
JTPE93C cyan/magenta/yellow (3)19.99
JTPE93R red/blue (2) . . . . . . . . . . 12.50
JTPE93G gloss optimiser. . . . . . . . . 8.99
Canon
S800, 820D, 900, 9000, i950, i9100
CABCI6BK
black . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.49
CABCI6C
cyan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.49
CABCI6M
magenta . . . . . . . . . . 7.49
CABCI6Y
yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.49
CABCI6PC
photo cyan. . . . . . . . . 7.49
CABCI6PM
photo magenta. . . . . . 7.49
additional cartridges for i9950
CABCI6R
red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.49
CABCI6G
green . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.49
Canon fit
cartridges
S800, 8200, 900,
9000, i950, i9100
JTPC22B black (2 pack) . . . . . . . . . 7.99
JTPC22C cyan/magenta/yellow (3)10.99
JTPC22PC photo cyan/magenta (2) . 7.99
Top brand media only stocked, including
the latest fast
write speed
types. With
prices of
memory
tumbling all
the time, it’s
not possible to
print
details of
these
here, but
latest
prices are
on our
website –
or phone us for a price.
Sandisk Firewire CF reader
Connects directly to
6-pin FireWire port
without the need
for driver. Superfast reading and
writing of large capacity files from
CompactFlash cards.
Small size takes up
little space in bag.
Win 98SE, 2000,
ME, XP. Mac OS9.1+,
OSX v10.1.2+.
SD8002 £26.50
Sandisk 8-in-1
card reader
Takes CompactFlash
I/II, SmartMedia,
XD, Memory Stick
and SD/MMC cards.
Can be used ‘loose’
or
plugged
into handy
docking
station.
USB2.0
compatible.
SD1010 £22.50
Speed Graphic 107
DIGITAL IMAGING
CD-R/DVD
CD storage
Hama Paper CD Sleeves
Paper
sleeves with
flap and
window.
Pack of 50
HA51060
£1.95
Secol D–S Archival Storage
The Secol D-S System allows you to catalogue and
keep track of an expanding digital file archive safely,
economically and with maximum ease of retrieval.
Flip-top archive box allows quicker searching than
separate CD boxes.
Chemically inert polyester sleeves have top index
section.
Verbatim CD-R 700MB >48x
Saves 80% in space! 50 standard jewel cases take
up 500mm; the same number of CDs fit into a single
Secol box measuring just 90mm deep.
Price per box
SLDS01 Storage Box
SLDS02 Pack of 25 pockets
Printable CD-R in standard CD jewel case
VBCDR10 700MB 48x (10) . . . . . . . . 4.95
Printable CD-R in slim jewel clear case
VBCDR20 700MB 48x (20) . . . . . . . . 7.95
Spindle mounted: no cases
VBCDR50 700MB 48x 50 spindle . . 14.95
VBCDR100 700MB 48x 100 spindle. . 24.95
1–2 3+
12.75 11.50
10.50 9.95
Secol Archival Multi-Page
Compatible with Kenro and similar 4-ring
binders, and suspension bars, the page
includes space for two CDs, with securing
flap over the slots, plus two 153x110mm
and one 55x124mm index pockets for catalogue details, thumbnails transparencies
etc. As with all Secol products, it’s manufactured from archival quality polyester.
1–2 3+
SLASCD2 Pack of 50 pockets 26.95 25.50
Large
index
cards
Takes
2 CDs
or
DVDs
18mm
flap
Hama Poly CD Sleeves
Polypropylene sleeves in vibrant colours
with easy open flap. Pack of 25. £3.50
HA33803
HA33805
HA33806
Red
Violet
Green
Verbatim DVD Media
VBDV+RW
VBDV+R
VBDV-RW
VBDV-R
4.7GB with jewel case (10)19.95
2.4x 25 spindle . . . . . . . 28.95
4.7GB with jewel case (5) 11.95
2x 25 spindle . . . . . . . . . 32.95
Spare
pocket
for card
etc.
Kenro CD Library
Quality, split-resistant simulated leather finish with
edge stitching and protective
corners. Supplied with
matching slip case.
Buy 3 or more and save 15%
Model 32
Set of two albums, each
holding 16 CDs and slip case.
KRCD132 £4.95 3+ £4.45
Model 80
One album, holding 80 CDs,
and slip case. KRCD180
£7.95 3+ £7.15
Gepe HFS System
Standard binder systems have one
problem – the contents sag, and wear out
the pockets. Gepe’s Hang Filing System
solves this problem by placing the ring
108 Speed Graphic
Hama Smart Wallet
Storage for 16 CDs, sleeves have a transparent plastic cover with built-in elastic
slip-over lock. £3.50
HA33658 Green
HA33655 Black
HA33657 Red
Verbatim CD Slim Jewel Cases
Hama CD writer
25 pack; 5 different colours
VBCDC25 CD slim case 25 pack. . . . . 5.95
Verbatim CD Jewel Cases
mechanism at the top. The Gepe HFS filing
pockets have special HFS punching on the
top edge as well as standard punching on
the left. The contents are guaranteed to
hang straight and flat. See page 87
Standard size; clear. 100pack
VBCDC100 CD std case 100 pack. . . . . 19.95
An indelible, fine point, anti-smear pen
for marking CD-R and slide mounts
HA50479 £1.95
Verbatim Paper CD Sleeves
Basic protection; pack of 50
VBCDS100 CD sleeves 50 pack . . . . . . 3.95
PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30